This API is a bit unfortunate as the caller will also
access the endpoint directly. E.g. like this:
output = bsc_mgcp_rewrite(...,
mgcp_net_src_addr(endp),
endp->net_end.local_port, -1,
In terms of "terminology" the "net" was meant to be bad
internet and the "bts" is the local and trusted network
segment. With this terminology the "bts" would be the
call-agent/MGW and "net" where the BSCs will send data
to but that is not the case and terminology actuallys
refers to:
* net: The addresses exposed to the entity that
made the MGCP call
* bts: The system where we get our data for the
local audio flow.
Fix the method but leave the API as it is. Use the net_end
in the net_src method and the bts_end in the bts_src method.
We put a signed integer into this string but did not account
for the newline and for the terminating NUL of the string. Add
the newline to the string and add one for NUL. Spotted while
accidently having a CID of 255.
There appears to be a leak of CIDs:
<000b> mgcp_osmux.c:544 All Osmux circuits are in use!
There are paths that a CID had been requested and never released
of the NAT. Remember the allocated CID inside the endpoint so it
can always be released. It is using a new variable as the behavior
for the NAT and MGCP MGW is different.
The allocated_cid must be signed so that we can assign outside
of the 0-255 range of it.
Fixes: OW#1493
Extend the osmux only setting from the MGCP MGW to the NAT. This
is applied when an endpoint is allocated and/or when the allocation
is confirmed by the remote system.
Not tested. The impact should only be when the new option is
being used.
Fixes: OW#1492
Some systems only want to use Osmux. In case only Osmux
should be used fail if it has not be offered/acked.
Client:
Verified On, Off and Only with X-Osmux: 3 and without this field.
<000b> mgcp_protocol.c:823 Osmux only and no osmux offered on 0x14
<000b> mgcp_protocol.c:884 Resource error on 0x14
NAT:
Not tested and implemented
Fixes: OW#1492
sizeof(uint8_t) == 1 and there is no need to create an array
with 16 bytes and then only use the first two of them. This
means the CID range is from 0 to 127 and we should be able
to extend this to 256 by changing the array size to 32. Update
the testcase now that we can have more than 16 calls with Osmux.
* Test that one can get an id
* That they are assigned predicatble right now
* That returning them will make the number of used ones go down
* That allocating more will fail
The log message does not help and says where the data is
being sent to. This is because we have both a RTP and RTCP
port. Remember if we failed with RTCP or RTP and improve
the log message.
I was searching a case where the port was bound to a local
address (e.g. 127.0.0.1) and tried to send the data to a
public one (e.g. 8.8.8.8).
The signature of mr_config and the BSC implementation didn't
match and the compiler was warning about it:
osmo_bsc_api.c:530:2: warning: initialization from incompatible pointer type
.mr_config = bsc_mr_config,
^
osmo_bsc_api.c:530:2: warning: (near initialization for ‘bsc_handler.mr_config’)
Change the mr_config again and provide an implementation
that will set the ms and bts data structure. It would be
better to put the size outside of the IE but I am not going
to change it right now. It would also be nice to either move
the AMR setting into the "nitb" structure or have the msc
data be used _after_ the bts settings. This needs to be
cleaned up in the next step.
Manually verified by placing a MO call and checking that
both the channel mode modify and the mode modify request
contain the multi rate config with the rate mr config
(length two bytes, version 1, icmi==1, no start mode being
set).
This way a lot of if/else can just be killed by the caller deciding
which of the two instances to use.
I have copied both branches to new files, replace bts for ms in one
of them and ran diff on it. There is no difference.
Merge two copies into a local static helper function. The format
of the message will change and then it is easier to modify it in
one place than in two.
Sadly the original patch was merged before this clean-up so do
the clean-up as second step.
Conflicts:
openbsc/src/libbsc/abis_rsl.c
openbsc/src/libbsc/gsm_04_08_utils.c
The pre-release didn't add a newline after the apn and the patching
pattern command. Create a quirk command that combines both. The
pre-release didn't include a differentation between routing and
patching.
The TLLI handling has a different and more generic name now. Make
it handle the old one that is actively used.
Add a file with the broken format and the standard config file
test should pick it up.
* Implement the rtp-bridge mode for MNCC
* Audio doesn't flow through the NITB at all
* It only works with IPv4 BTSes right now
* We need to select an audio codec way too early
* No tandem free operation
* Early assignment always equals TCH/F
In case of the RTP bridge mode we need to select the codec
ourselves. Rely on the same (incomplete) codec selection that
can be done using the mncc-int configuration node. This might
gain bearer capabilities support.
In case of a SDCCH a TCH/F will be attempted to be assigned.
This is an open issue for both modes and there should be a
preference for full or half-rate channels somewhere.
Implement sending MDCX on the newly allocated channel and send
the data to the same destination as the currently connected one.
This way the receiver can implement RTP RFC Appendix A.1 and
deal with the new source.
For the LCR rtp-bridge audio should directly flow to the
remote system. In contrast to the original patch audio
will now flow directly from the BTS to the remote system.
This assumes that BTS and the remote system are in the
same network segment and can directly communicate.
There are various limitations in the first iteration of
the implementation:
We could (and in the future) should delay the assignment
but currently we are forced to pick the channel and move
it to the audio state. In case we are located on a SDCCH
we always need to change but if we are on a TCH we could
send the ipa.CRCX and change the audio state a lot later.
The net effect is that the audio codec selection needs to
be done in the NITB code and not in the system connected
to it.
This only works with ip based systems. For E1 systems one
could still use the RTP socket or even try to move this
out of the process.
There is no code for handover handling and it relies on
the remote system dealing with the SSRC change of the
system.
This adds the protocol definition for the RTP bridge extension
of Andreas Eversberg and bumps the protocol version.
I added the missing mncc mappings from value to string.
[ 5cf8fb10ea3addcae74d37f4dbf1c1be664df53e protocol extension
5dac90de38990b188f499c602bf18a4f232070e8 payload extension]
Mike's patch included clean-ups I want to apply separately and
change them a bit. If we return from an else we don't need to
put the else.
* Try the E1 trunk first
* Then try a local virtual trunk
* Fail if none of the above returned
Remove the host portion of the endpoint Id. This requires less
configuration and we are probably fine to trust that MGCP only
received messages designated for it.
When using multiple interfaces on a system one can now configure
which will be served for the BTS ports and which will be served
for the network. The direct usage of source_addr is now only to
initialize the MGCP receiving port itself.
Make it possible to bind the call-agent to a specific IP address
and the network and bts end to different ip addresses. Begin by
clarifying which source ip address we want to have.
Use the existing ulaw encode/decode to support PCMU as well.
The MERA VoIP switch has some severe issues with the GSM codec
and it appears easier to enable transcoding for it.
The mera switch doesn't appear to cope with codec change
between a SIP 180 trying and the 200 ok connection result.
Inserting the codec is touching too many places. Ideally we
should have the transcoding function as pointer in the struct
as well but the arguments differ.. so it is not a direct way
forward.
Iridium is a satellite network which operates a GPRS-like that allows you to
get speeds up to 128kbit/s. However, it takes from 5 to 6 secs to get the
bandwidth allocated, so the conversation is garbled during the time.
This patch uses the new dummy padding support in libosmo-netif that is
controlled through the osmux osmux_xfrm_input_open_circuit().
This includes a new VTY option for osmux.
I guess none of our users knows what a mi_type=0x02 is, but most would
know what an IMSI or a TMSI is. So let's use the newly introduced
gsm48_mi_type_name() function to fix this.
For some odd reasons the XID is not a separate SAPI but has been kludged into
the GMM SAPI. This means we ahve to be careful not to dispatch XID frames into
GMM. We do this by introducing an explicit check for UI frames before the
dispatch to GMM.
The previous code already was doing "the right thing" but printed occasional
messages like "gprs_gmm.c:2082 Unknown GSM 04.08 discriminator 0x01: 01 00 0e
00 32 11 03 16 01 90 63 28 0b". Those should be gone after this patch.
Traffic cannot sent to BTS, if there is (currently) no logical channel
associated with the transaction.
This happens, if TCH traffic is received from upper layer, but there is
no lchan available before completing immediate assignment, handover or
assignment process.
[hfreyther: The code has not been moved to tch_frame_down
but the issue looks similiar]
The NAT sends an incomplete SDP file for the purpose of informing
the BSC about the remote IP/PORT early. The case of an incomplete
SDP file was not considered. Check if there is a codec and if not
skip it.
TODO: We need to have a better end-point life cycle test.
Move forward while preserving the legacy handling. Beging to
extract SDP rtpmap information and select codecs atfer this.
It is a foundation we can now build further and better check
ons.
We have a lot of legacy that I am afraid to break. We have
everything in place to make a good codec selection (e.g. if
we can avoid transcoding, pick the one with best quality or
the lowest speed). Right now I have a specific case where
from all options I want to pick GSM. Guard the codec compat
check behind the disallow transcoding option to make sure
to not break legacy application.
First collect everything we know and the mapping. E.g. a genuis
could remap "3" to "AMR" so we only know the codecs once we are
at the end of the SDP file. Once we have collected everything we
can select the audio codecs. The current code is compatible in
that two codecs will be selected regardless of if they make any
sense or not.
mgcp_set_audio_info could re-use some of our codec information
but then the caller in the MGCP protocol needs to be updated as
well as we use the "I: GSM" information to derive the codec from
there.
The SDP file handling will get more complicated in terms of
codec selection so let's remove it from the protocol handling
before we start blowing it up in size.
The parsing code assumed that there will be a single payload
type and this assumption is clearly wrong. Forward all of the
payload types. The code is still only extracting the first
type from the list. The variable name has been renamed to
reflect this.
Using the talloc leak report we see that there are some msgb's
that are allocated for SMS but we don't have transactions or
SMS around. We need to improve the name of the messages to
uniquely dscribe where they are from but the obvious leak does
occur in this routine.
The no available transaction id is most likely the case where
we leak memory. This should not occur and shows another issue
with the smsqueue/smpp handling. It doesn't explain the subscr
reference count issue either.
Extract of the leak report:
GSM 04.11 contains 1160 bytes in 1 blocks (ref 0) 0x2517dc0
GSM 04.11 contains 1160 bytes in 1 blocks (ref 0) 0x24b56e0
GSM 04.11 contains 1160 bytes in 1 blocks (ref 0) 0x23e7930
At the rhizomatica sites some unauthorized subscribers have a
last used from long time ago but a bigger reference count. This
means that we have an unbalanced subscr_get/subscr_put that we
need to investigate. These two fixes are genuine fixes but are
unlikely to fix the issue I am not understanding yet.
In case the subscriber is currently busy we would omit the
subscr_put. This seems to be very hard to hit as the subscr
need to be active and at the same time be selected for the
purge operation.
Various paging clean-ups. I couldn't re-produce the assert that
was hit by Rhizomatica in the subscriber code. Let's clean things
up a bit to avoid some of the potential issues this code had.
Always stop paging regardless of where the subscriber is at the
time of the cancellation.
As the comment says we should not rely that the paging
occurs on the current LAC. We might page at more BTS.
Walk all the BTS to stop paging. No callbacks will be
issued by this stop operation.
In case we can't page on a BTS then stop it everywhere. The
callers of paging_request assume that this is kind of an
atomic operation and we should help with that.
Coordinate with the normal subscriber channel requests instead
of going to page ourselves. This might lead to getting a channel
that is of a different type though.
vty_interface_layer3.c:584:4: warning: format '%d' expects argument of type 'int', but argument 3 has type 'long unsigned int' [-Wformat=]
sizeof(subscr->extension)-1, VTY_NEWLINE);
When two phones use the same TMSI and no A3A8 is possible
we could end in a hard to detect issue. Assume that the IMSI
will not clash and we have issues for foreign simcards.
In case foreign simcards are used we can not do authentication
and ciphering. In case a TMSI is re-used too early and we do
page using TMSI we can't know which of the two MS is responding
to us. We could change the "secure channel" routine to ask for
the IMSI and only then stop the paging.
As we don't have ciphering there is not much use in using the
TMSI. Add a mode "no assign-tmsi" that will not assign the TMSI
during LU. Now CM Service Request and Paging Response will
work using the IMSI. There can't be a clash with that.
[ciaby fixed the vty write to use the right name]
When we can't find the TMSI then the subscriber is not in our
VLR. We have not consulted with the HLR and it is better to not
use such a severe error code.
in_address is not 'accidently' included by FreeBSD when we include
the osmocom/core/select.h header file. We need to include a bit
more.
In file included from mgcp_protocol.c:38:
../../include/openbsc/mgcp_internal.h:134:21: error: field has incomplete type 'struct sockaddr_in'
struct sockaddr_in forward;
List needs to be executed from within the right configuration
node to see if it is available or not. list on the toplevel
will uncoditionally show "smpp" as part of the logging config.
Struct osmo_msc_data contains int core_ncc, which is actually the
MNC part of the PLMN, not to be confused with the Network Colour
Code.
The following patch renames this field for clarity and consistency
with the standards.
If we have tried SMPP first and it was not routable, and then
tried the local delivery there is no point in trying SMPP with
the same parameters again. Leave early and return unknown sub
to the caller.
default-route would only be looked at after there has been
no subscriber in the local database. Depending on the setup
this is not what one wants. This has been discussed at the
OsmoDevCon and there have been hacks in some branches. Let's
introduce a VTY command to select if SMPP should be consulted
first and then fallback to the current behavior.
Even if it is using BSC/NITB types let's put it in the header
file than just declaring it at a place that could bitrot in a
way that doesn't lead a warning.
The "default-route" for SMPP will be used after a local
subscriber look-up. Sometimes we want to route everything
to SMPP. Make this possible by changing this routine.
We just link to libosmovty and if it requires crypt internally it
needs to link to that (and not us). This looks like a left-over
from when we moved the VTY code out of OpenBSC
We don't need to consume all the entropy of the kernel but can
use libcrypto (OpenSSL) to generate random data. It is not clear
if we need to call RAND_load_file but I think we can assume that
our Unices have a /dev/urandom.
This takes less CPU time, provides good enough entropy (in theory)
and leaves some in the kernel entropy pool.
We are using the token to find the right bsc_config and
then we can use the last_rand of the bsc_connection to
calculate the expected result and try to compare it with
a time constant(???) memcmp.
Check if the NAT has sent 16 bytes of RAND and if a key
has been configured in the system and then generate a
result using milenage. The milenage res will be sent and
noth the four byte GSM SRES derivation.
Generate 16 byte of random data to be used for A3A8 by
the BSC in the response. We can't know which BSC it is
at this point and I don't want to send another message
once the token has been received so always send the data
with an undefined code. The old BSCs don't parse the
message and will happily ignore the RAND.
/dev/urandom can give short reads on Linux so loop
around it until the bytes have been read from the kernel.
Instead of doing open/read/close all the time, open the
FD in the beginning and keep it open. To scare me even
more I have seen /dev/urandom actually providing a short
read and then blocking but it seems to be the best way
to get the random byes we need for authentication.
So one should/could run the cheap random generator on
the system (e.g. haveged) or deal with the NAT process
to block.
Unfortunately the basic structure of the response is broken.
There is a two byte length followed by data. The concept of
a 'tag' happens to be the first byte of the data.
This means we want to write strlen of the token, then we
want to write the NUL and then we need to account for the
tag in front.
Introduce a flag if the new or old format should be used.
This will allow to have new BSCs talk to old NATs without
an additional change. In the long run we can clean that up.
In case the token was not correct, just close the connection.
It is not clear that forcing a new TCP connection is going to
give us any extra security here. But with the upcoming auth
handling it does make sense to have both case look similar.
In the libfilter source code, which is built regardless of --enable-nat,
headers from libosmo-sccp were used, thus causing a build failure (see
below) when building without --enable-nat, and libosmo-sccp not being
installed (or being installed in a prefix not otherwise included in the
build).
The build fails like this:
In file included from ../../../src/libfilter/bsc_msg_filter.c:27:0:
../../../include/openbsc/bsc_nat_sccp.h:27:37: fatal error: osmocom/sccp/sccp_types.h: No such file or directory
As the includes seem not to be actually needed, this change fixes the
issue by just omitting them.
Running "make distcheck" failed trying to generate ".version" into the
read-only unpacked source directory. Actually shipping ".version" in the
tarball fixes that.
There was no context for the SCCP CREF message and this means
that the msc_con was a plain NULL pointer that was dereferenced
and the application would crash.
Use the new API to pass the incoming MSC Connection which sould
be used for the SCCP CREF message as context. The code has not
been fed with an actual SCCP CR message.
The loop was used to print all returned addresses but we can
simply pick the first one. This is fixing a coverity issue that
the loop will be executed eaxactly once (and that was on
purpose).
Simplify the code and just take the first element (which might
be NULL).
Fixes: Coverity CID#1302852
We can't do much in case the fd is failing to be registered.
There should be a timeout that is catching this and it might
be able to repair it self.
Fixes: Coverity CID#1302854
The code to do that doesn't belong to the control interface, so
abstract it out to a separate function gsm_bts_set_system_infos().
[hfreyther: Fix the coding style...]
In case the query for "hostname" will fail c-ares will append the
domain name of /etc/resolv.conf and query again. We don't want that
so claim we provide a list of domain names and then don't provide
any.
I didn't intend to have pushed the c-ares code to master yet.
For real networks we need to check if the requested APN string
is allowed and then resolve the GGSN address through DNS. There
are countries with two or three digit MNCs and one could either
try to keep a list of countries that have two/three digits or
just try both of them. I have opted for the later for the ease
of the implementation.
C-Ares doesn't allow to cancel a request so we will need to
have the MMCTX and the Lookup have different lifetimes. We simply
set ->mmctx to NULL in case the MMCTX dies more early.
The selected and verified apn_str will be copied into the out
parameter. In case no static APN/GGSN config is present and the
dynamic mode is enabled a request will be made.
c-ares is an asynchronous DNS resolver and we need it to
resolve the GGSN address. This is integrating the library
into our infrastructure. We will create and maintain a list
of registered FDs (c-ares is currently only using one of
them) and (re-)schedule the timer after events occurred.
When needing to do an asynchronous DNS query we need
to keep the TLV data around. So create a wrapper that
takes a copy of it and frees it after the call. I can
change the code to add an out parameter to decide if
the msgb should be freed or not.
Pick network failure in case the msgb could not be
cloned in the hope the MS will retry then.
A real SGSN will dynamically resolve the APN name into the
GGSN IP Address. This means that after we have collected all
information we need to start to resolve the GGSN and then
can continue.
This is a left-over from the initial system where no PDP
was provided by the system. For now if there is a subscr
attached and no PDP context provisioned. He is not allowed
to have a data connection.
Update the testcase to create the pdp list entry more
early with a wildcard and then change it to a specific
match.
Include the hlr-Number of the subscriber in the CDR. This is useful
for debugging and understanding which equipment was used during the
test. In contrast to the MSISDN the '+' is emitted as the number
must be in international format already.
Copy the hlr-Number into the sgsn_data and use it during
the purgeMS. There is no unit test that looks at the data
we send so I manually verified this by looking at the output.
Below is the output of the test that purges the subscriber.
<000f> gprs_subscriber.c:170 SUBSCR(123456789012345) Sending GSUP, will send: 0c 01 08 21 43 65 87 09 21 43 f5 09 07 91 83 61 26 31 23 f3
We have verified/selected the APN. Either based on the subscriber
data, a global APN match. But at least this SGSN has looked at
what the MS has asked for and then selected a matching GGSN.
Clear LAC/RAC with pre-defined value in the RAI.
3GPP 29.060 v7.17.0 section 7.3.1 page 23:
"The SGSN may include the Routeing Area Identity (RAI) of the
SGSN where the MS is registered. The MCC and MNC components shall
be populated with the MCC and MNC, respectively, of the SGSN
where the MS is registered. The LAC and RAC components shall be
populated by the SGSN with the value of 'FFFE' and 'FF',
respectively.”
Most SGSNs pass the IMEI(SV). We currently only enquire about
the IMEI and then pad the 'SV' with 1111b (thanks to the encoding
routine). Sadly it insists on always writing the length which
means we have to memmove the data around by a single octet.
Manually verified using the pcu-emu and looking at the trace
using wireshark.
Give the GGSN another opportunity to determine which tarif
to apply for the SGSN/subscriber. This code assumes tha the
RAN is a GERAN system but the assumption has been made in
other places as well.
For PDP context creation we always want to include the RAI
for the current mmctx. This might help commercial GGSNs to
determine which charging to apply.
The charging_id is provided by the GGSN. Copy it into the CDR
part of the data structure so it will remain present until after
the pdp context has been deleted.
Make it possible to set a filename to use for the CDR. By
default no CDR will be generated. Forbid to set the interval
of 0 seconds as this will cause a lot of work. Add a very
basic VTY test.
This is consuming the new signals and allows to install several
different CDR/observing/event/audit modules in the future. For
getting the bytes in/out the code would have had to undo what the
rate counter is doing and at the same time adding a "total" to
the ratecounter didn't look like a good idea, the same went for
making it a plain counter.
Begin writing the values one by one and open/closing a new FILE
for every log messages. This is not efficient but easily deals
with external truncation/rotation of the file (no fstat for and
checking the links and size). As usual we will wait and see if
this is an issue.
Add some new members to our PDP context structure to see what it
is about.
In case there is a subscr attached to the MM context and there
is an encoded MSISDN we will attempt to decode it and in case
of an international number prepend a '+'. Assume that the array
size of gsm_mmcc_called->number is as big as ctx->msisdn for the
strncpy.
When communicating with a GGSN that is not the OpenGGSN
the PDP context activation does fail. This is because on
the activation of the first PDP context we need to supply
a MSISDN. Extend the protocol, parse the MSISDN and then
send it to the GGSN. The second item is that we have only
forwarded the requested QoS of the subscriber. In most
cases this is 0x0, 0x0, ... which means one requests a
rate 0 byte/sec which the GGSN will not allow. Make it
possible to receive, store and use the subscribed QoS of
the Subscriber.
If QoS is only three bytes it does not include the allocation/
retention policy. Otherwise it does. Copy it depending on that.
We should have a macro for the clamping to reduce code duplication.
The insanity does come from the MAP data and this seems to be
the easiest in terms of complexity. It is an array of bytes that
is transported from MAPProxy to the SGSN and then simply forwarded.
The case of more than three bytes is neither unit nor manually
tested so far.
sgsn_create_pdp_ctx should use the subscribed QoS. When selecting
the PDP context we inject the QoS to be used into the TLV structure
and use it during the request. Assume a "qos-Subscribed" structure
only with three bytes and prepend the Allocation/Retention policy
to the request.
The MSISDN should be present for "security" reasons in the first
activation of a PDP context. Take the encoded MSISDN, store it for
future use and then put it into the PDP activation request.
The MM Context contains a field for a decoded MSISDN already. As
we need to forward the data to the GGSN I want to avoid having to
store TON and NPI in another place. Simply store the data in the
encoded form.
QoS is a mess. In MAP there is qos-Subscribed which is then extended
using ext-QoS-Subscribed, ext2-QoS-Subscribed, ext3-QoS-Subscribed
and maybe even ext4-QoS-Subscribed by now. The MAP ASN1 files defined
how these need to be "linearized". Instead of copying this I have
decided to include the two semantics with/without the Allocation/Retention
policy using the size of the data.
It is a bit arbitary to decide which one is the global
and which one is the local one. We might change it around.
I don't think we want to introduce it based on BTS.
For the BSC we will have the gsm48_hdr and don't need to
find data within SCCP. For legacy reasons we need to
initialize con_type, imsi, reject causes early on and
need to do the same in the filter method.
This means we need to require a talloc context and
simply operate on the list. I had considered creating
a structure to hold the list head but I didn't find
any other members so omitted it for now.
Move the filter methods to the filter module. This is
still only usable for the NAT and the _dt/_cr filter
routines need to move back to the bsc_nat in the long
run.
For customer requirements we want to be able to do
filtering on the BSC as well. The same messages need
to be scanned and the same access-lists will be looked
at. In the future we might even split traffic based
on the IMSI. Begin with moving the code to a new top
level directory and then renaming and removing the
nat dependency.
ENDPOINT_NUMBER takes the difference of two pointers. On 64bit
builds the difference is a long and the compiler then complains
about the usage of abs. We will never have thousands of endpoints
so silence the warning by casting the ENDPOINT_NUMBER to int.
mgcp_vty.c:1381:34: warning: absolute value function 'abs' given an argument of type 'long' but has parameter of
type 'int' which may cause truncation of value [-Wabsolute-value]
rtp_port = rtp_calculate_port(ENDPOINT_NUMBER(endp),
^
../../include/openbsc/mgcp_internal.h:206:31: note: expanded from macro 'ENDPOINT_NUMBER'
#define ENDPOINT_NUMBER(endp) abs(endp - endp->tcfg->endpoints)
^
mgcp_vty.c:1381:34: note: use function 'labs' instead
The idea of "subscriber_get_channel" was that different
requests would be coordinated. At the same time we have
seen that the "queue" can get stuck at both 31C3 and the
rhizomatica installations.
Voice calls and SMS do not need coordination. We should
be able to send SMS on a voice channel and switch the MS
from a SDCCH to a TCH in case we establish a voice call.
The SMS code itself needs to coordinate to obey the limit
of one SMS per direction but this should be enforced in
the sms layer and not on the subscriber.
Modify the code to have a simple paging coordination. The
subscriber code will schedule the paging and register who
would like to know about success/failure.
This allowed to greatly simplify the paging response
handling for the transaction code (and in fact we could
move the transaction list into the subscriber structure
now). The code gained to support to cancel the notification
of a request (but not the paging itself yet).
TODO: Cancel paging request in case no one cares about it
anymore.
In case the default TCH/F codec is "EFR" and we do an early
assignment from SDCCH to a TCH we would assign the TCH/H
codec. This is because the lchan_type will be neither a
TCH/H nor a TCH/F.
At the same time the _gsm48_lchan_modify code to check for
half vs. full-rate is the other way around. Align both.
It is full-rate if it is not a TCH_H. This will have some
other complications down the way (early assignment on
cells with only TCH/H). So the mode should not depend on
the _current_ channel but the kind of channel we want.
The debian shlibs:depends macro will add the depends
according to the needed libraries for us. We only need
this for the sqlite3 plugin of libdbi-drivers as there
is no direct linkage.
In test_rtp_seq_state an assignment is accidently done within an
assertion.
This commit changes that into a comparison as it was intended.
Fixes: Coverity CID 1295457, 1295458
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the src_codec const variable is set to &src_end->codec
before src_end is checked against NULL. Since the assigment is just
an address operation and the memory where it points to is only
accessed after the NULL check, this does not harm technically.
Nevertheless this is potential source for errors if that code is
changed.
This commit moves the definition below the NULL check. This does not
comply with the coding style, but it cannot be split into definition
and a later assignment due to the const qualifier.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
We might have compiled transcoding into the MGW but
we don't want to enable it for a given user. Add a new
switch that should allow that.
I had manually tested the allow-transcoding/no allow
VTY interface for the primary interface and a new trunk
using show running-config.
It is unlikely that GSM, gsm and GsM refer to different codecs.
The mera mvts does send the audio codecs in lower case even if
RFC 3551 has them in upper case (but copy and paste is sometimes
too hard).
Currently the handling of the buffers is not done consistently. Some
code assumes that the whole buffer may be used to store the string
while at other places, the last buffer byte is left untouched in the
assumption that it contains a terminating NUL-character. The latter
is the correct behaviour.
This commit changes to code to not touch the last byte in the buffers
and to rely on the last byte being NUL. So the maximum IMSI/IMEI
length is GSM_IMSI_LENGTH-1/GSM_IMEI_LENGTH-1.
For information: We assume that we allocate the structure with
talloc_zero. This means we have NULed the entire imsi array and then
only write sizeof - 1 characters to it. So the last byte remains NUL.
Fixes: Coverity CID 1206568, 1206567
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently some VTY command do neither check the length of the source
string before calling strncpy nor ensure NUL-termination afterwards.
This can to destination string buffers whose contents are not
NUL-teminated.
This commit adds checks and corresponding warnings to the VTY
commands 'subscriber TYPE ID name .NAME" and "subscriber TYPE ID
extension EXTENSION".
Fixes: Coverity CID 1206570, 1206569
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
When handling an incoming GSUP cancellation request, the cancel_type
if effectively ignored, such that is always handled as
GPRS_GSUP_CANCEL_TYPE_UPDATE and never as WITHDRAW.
This commit fixes the expression used to set the variable
is_update_procedure.
Fixes: Coverity CID 1267739
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the inner loop in show_bsc_mgcp iterates of the timeslot
interval [0, 31]. Timeslot 0 is not valid, which causes
mgcp_timeslot_to_endpoint to generate a corresponding warning and to
return an invalid endp value. That value causes an out-of-bound
read access, possibly hitting unallocated memory.
This patch fixes the loop range by starting with timeslot 1.
Note that this does not prevent mgcp_timeslot_to_endpoint from
returning an invalid endpoint index when called with arguments not
within its domain.
Addresses:
<000b> ../../include/openbsc/mgcp.h:250 Timeslot should not be 0
[...]
vty=0xb4203db0, argc=1, argv=0xbfffebb0) at bsc_nat_vty.c:256
max = 1
con = 0xb4a004f0
i = 0
j = 0
[...]
==15700== ERROR: AddressSanitizer: heap-use-after-free on address
0xb520be4f at pc 0x8062a42 bp 0xbfffeb18 sp 0xbfffeb0c
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
I omitted the check as this was already done by the verify
function for this command. Please Coverity and do the check
again even if it is not necessary. I begin to doubt the
usage of a "dedicated" verify method as well.
Silences: Coverity CID 1293150
On DT messages we directly write into the tracked SCCP
connection. This means "imsi" will always be NULL at
this check. Change the code to use con->imsi
Fixes: Coverity CID 1293151
We want to have a program add entries to the allow list
this can be done using:
$ bsc_control.py -d localhost -p 4250 -s net.0.add.allow.access-list.NAME "^IMSI$"
bsc_stat_reject is treating -1 as parsing failure but for the
global barring. Change it to another return value so it is
not counted as parsing failure.
We had issues with odd behavior on the nanoBTS which lead
to the introduction of the "broken" state. On busy multi
BTS cells (e.g. rhizomatica) with wifi backhaul the timeout
we set to wait for a RF Channe Release ACK is sometimes too
little and channels are marked broken that look to be okay
(besides the still to be determined delay).
In case of a sysmoBTS we now know that we can change the
state of a broken channel back to normal in case we do
receive the right response.
Manually verified using the Smalltalk BTS code
PackageLoader fileInPackage: 'FakeBTS'
bts := FakeBTS.BTS new.
bts btsId: '1903/0/0'.
bts connect: 'localhost'.
bts waitForBTSReady.
test := FakeBTS.OpenBSCTest new.
test bts: bts.
test requireAnyChannel
... wait for NITB output
<0004> abis_rsl.c:223 (bts=0,trx=0,ts=0,ss=0) Timeout during deactivation! Marked as broken.
... process pending messages
stdin next
<0004> abis_rsl.c:735 (bts=0,trx=0,ts=0,ss=0) CHAN REL ACK for broken channel. Releasing it.
So the channel went from broken to unallocated.
Change the paging strategy based on on if a LAC override
is in place or not. In case we had changed the LAC we need
to page on all the BTS. Change the "grace" handling to
iterate over the BTS and filter out all non matching ones
LAC in case no LAC handling is active.
Manually verified all four cases with a single BTS:
* No LAC handling and grace period
* LAC handling and grace period
* No LAC handling and not lock
* LAC handling and lock.
Related: SYS#1398
For MT we can't page per lac as we don't know which BTS was
the original one. Split the grace period and normal mode into
two methods so we can bloat both of them later.
We need to use different LAC/CI towards the core network.
It is a bit problematic as LAC/CI is a per BTS attribute
so this feature only works if a BSC manages everything in
the same LAC.
Related: SYS#1398
The write_queue is designed to have a maximum amount of pending
messages and will refuse to take new messages when it has been
reached. The caller can decide if it wants to flush the queue
and add the message again, create a log. But in all cases the
ownership of the msgb has not been transferred. Fix the potential
memory leak in the failure situation.
When reading from RTP socket, the first read() may fail right after
connecting to remote socket. Subsequent read() will work as it should.
If the remote socket does not open fast enough, the transmitted RTP
payload can cause an ICMP (connection refused) packet reply. This causes
the read to fail with errno=111. In all other error cases, the errno is
logged at debug level. In all error cases, reading is not disabled.
Conflicts:
openbsc/src/libtrau/rtp_proxy.c
[hfreyther: Fix typo, stop reading in all cases but ECONNREFUSED]
If a bad TRAU frame is received, it is forwarded to MNCC application
as GSM_BAD_FRAME. The application can now handle the GAP of missing
audio. (e.g. by extrapolation)
If TRAU frames are forwarded via RTP, bad frames are dropped, but frame
counter and timestamp of RTP sender state is incremented.
Conflicts:
openbsc/src/libtrau/rtp_proxy.c
[hfreyther: Merge without testcase, fix typo]
In case:
* No message_payload and a 0 sm_length was used
* esm_class indicates UDH being present
* 7bit encoding was requested
The code would execute:
ud_len = *sms_msg + 1;
Which is a NULL pointer dereference and would lead
to a crash of the NITB. Enforce the limits of the
sm_length parameter and reject the messae otherwise.
Fixes: Coverity CID 1042373
I used strdup in case the data would not be valid from after
the call to getopt and this creates a potential leak if a user
is specifying multiple configuration files. If I depend on the
fact that the string is a pointer into the argv[] array I can
kill the strdup and fix the unlikely leak.
Fixes: Coverity CID 1206578
We are deferencing conn earlier in this function without doing
a null check. At the time deliver_to_esme is called the conn
will always exist and even the lchan is likely to be present.
Remove the null check for conn right now.
Fixes: Coverity CID 1210594
For most configurations we don't address multiple GGSNs but
only want to enforce a list of APNs. In the future we might
add a special global GGSN context but not right now.
Fixes: SYS#593
This reverts commit f81cacc681.
Since the PURGE MS retry mechanism had been removed, this feature
is not used anymore. It just makes the code more complex.
Conflicts:
openbsc/include/openbsc/gprs_sgsn.h
openbsc/src/gprs/gprs_subscriber.c
openbsc/tests/sgsn/sgsn_test.c
Currently the APN IE in the Activate PDP Contex Request and the PDP
data that is stored with the subscriber is ignored completely.
This commit adds the sgsn_mm_ctx_find_ggsn_ctx that checks the APN IE
against the subscriber's PDP data entries if both are present. If
there is no match, the request is rejected.
If an APN IE has not been included but PDP data entries are present,
the function checks all of these entries against the static 'apn'
configuration to find a suitable entry.
If an APN has not been determined so far and any APN is allowed, the
configuration is checked with an empty APN string, to allow for
default configurations based on the IMSI prefix only.
If nothing of this succeeded but the request wasn't rejected either,
and there is no 'apn' configuration at all or if any APN is allowed
but a default configuration ist not present, the GGSN with id 0 is
used (if present).
Otherwise the request is rejected ('missing APN').
Ticket: OW#1334
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This commit adds the exported functions apn_ctx_find_alloc,
apn_ctx_free, apn_ctx_by_name, and apn_ctx_match to manage and
retrieve APN to GGSN mappings.
The following VTY commands are added to 'config-sgsn':
- apn APN ggsn <0-255>
- apn APN imsi-prefix PREFIX ggsn <0-255>
which maps an APN gateway string to an SGSN id. The SGSN must be
configured in advance. When matching an APN string, entries with a
leading '*' are used for suffix matching, otherwise an exact match is
done. When a prefix is given, it is matched against the IMSI. If
several entries match, a longer matching IMSI prefix has precedence.
If there are several matching entries with the same PREFIX, the entry
with longest matching APN is returned.
Ticket: OW#1334
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the PDP info that is transmitted via GSUP is just parsed
and then discarded.
This commit adds a new data structure sgsn_subscriber_pdp_data and
maintains a list of those in sgsn_subscriber_data. The PDP data is
copied from an incoming GSUP UpdateLocationResult message. If that
message contains the PDPInfoComplete flag, the list is cleared before
new entries are added. The 'show subscriber cache' output now also
shows the PDP data entries.
Note that the InsertSubscriberData message is still not supported.
[hfreyther: Added talloc_free in gprs_subscr_pdp_data_clear]
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Keep track if the power level has been "fixed" by the BSC,
otherwise keep track of the currently ordered one. The ms_power
is the initial value set by the BSC and continues to be used.
Create a control command to read and modify the gprs mode. Use
the get_string_value to indicate if the value was found or not.
This is useful for the ctrl interface where I didn't want to
replicate "none", "gprs" and "egprs". Share code to verify that
a BTS supports the mode.
Related: SYS#591
30f1f37638 introduced new channel
combinations but had a copy and paste error in the description.
The jenkins system didn't run the external tests so this issue
and others were not noticed until now.
Fix the copy and paste and update the test result.
Currently the MM context is not deleted when a GSUP location
cancellation message is processed, because the real
sgsn_update_subscriber_data function has been wrapped to a dummy
implementation.
This commit adds an explicit call to sgsn_mm_ctx_cleanup_free which
also unassigns the LLME, so the call to gprs_llgmm_assign is removed.
It also adds an assertion to check that there are no talloc'ed blocks
left in tall_bsc_ctx.
Addresses:
== 372 bytes in 1 blocks are possibly lost in loss record 7 of 9
== at 0x402A17C: malloc (in /usr/lib/valgrind/vgpreload_memcheck-x86-linux.so)
== by 0x4059FB8: _talloc_zero (talloc.c:354)
== by 0x8055B82: sgsn_mm_ctx_alloc (gprs_sgsn.c:167)
== by 0x804A336: alloc_mm_ctx (sgsn_test.c:140)
== by 0x804B24D: test_subscriber_gsup (sgsn_test.c:503)
== by 0x804EC99: main (sgsn_test.c:1853)
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This commit adds a check after a GSUP message has been decoded
whether it is an error message and does not contain a cause value.
If his is the case, the cause value is set to 'Network failure', so
that this cause if effectively the default value for error messages.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently there are not any test cases for PurgeMS GSUP messages in
test_subscriber_gsup.
This commit adds tests for incoming PurgeMSResult and -Error
messages.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently gprs_subscr_rx_gsup_message returns immediately after it
detects that an IMSI has not been given in the received GSUP message.
While this is ok for responses (result or error), a request should
always be answered.
This commit adds code to reply with a corresponding error message
("Invalid mandatory information") when it receives a request without
an IMSI.
Note that the generated error message will not contain an IMSI either.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The cancellation type that is part of the UpdateCancellation message
is currently ignored.
This patch adds the missing glue between the existing GSUP and GMM
support. If the type is not present or has the value updateProcedure
the subcriber and MM context are siliently removed. Otherwise, a
message with cause 'implicitly detached' is sent to the MS. Since the
real cause is not known (the specification neither added a cause IE
nor defined a static cause value), the MS may get the real cause in
the following AttachRej.
Added VTY commands:
- update-subscriber imsi IMSI cancel update-procedure
- update-subscriber imsi IMSI cancel subscription-withdraw
the old form without the cause is no longer supported.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the subscr entry is no longer present, when PURGE MS
ERROR/RESULT arrives. In this case, an unspecific notice is logged
('unknown IMSI'). This clutters up the logfile with notices even in
perfectly normal operation.
This commit changes the code path that is used when a subscr cannot
be found for an incoming GSUP message. A check for PURGE MS RESULT
and ERROR is added and gprs_subscr_handle_gsup_purge_no_subscr is
called for these messages instead of gprs_subscr_handle_unknown_imsi.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the keep_in_ram flag is explicitely reset in
gprs_subscr_cleanup to cover the case, that the VTY 'create'
sub-command has been used to create the subscriber entry.
This commit completely removes keep_in_ram handling from
gprs_subscriber.c and adds a VTY 'destroy' sub-command to reset the
flag and remove the entry. So 'create' and 'destroy' can be used to
manager sticky entries that are kept even when a location
cancellation is done.
Added VTY command:
- update-subscriber imsi IMSI destroy
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the MM context cleanup code is distributed over several
functions. sgsn_mm_ctx_free not only frees data structure but also
eventually stops the timer and does the subscriber clean-up.
mm_ctx_cleanup_free (gprs_gmm.c) cleans up the PDP contexts and
unassign the TLLI.
This commit moves the cleanup code from both functions into a new
unifying function sgsn_mm_ctx_cleanup_free that cares about the
clean-up of all related sub-systems.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently, sgsn_update_subscriber_data can be called with mmctx ==
NULL and will find and associate the right context (if present) based
on the subscriber's IMSI. This will not happen in regular use
any more, since sgsn_update_subscriber_data will only be called when
subscribers are used (auth mode 'remote') and in this case
gprs_subscr_get_or_create_by_mmctx will already be called by
sgsn_auth_request. Therefore, MM context and subscriber are always
associated except for some test cases and experimental VTY usage.
The current implementation of sgsn_update_subscriber_data also causes
additional complexity for the deletion on MM contexts to avoid a
ipossible double-free MM contexts.
This commit removes the MM context <-> subscriber association code
from sgsn_update_subscriber_data. That function must always be called
with mmctx != NULL, now. To avoid problems with VTY and test usage,
the calling subscriber function now only call
sgsn_update_subscriber_data when mmctx != NULL, since the purpose of
that function is to update that state of an existing MM context after
subscriber data has been changed.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The definition of subscr_put in gb_proxy_main.c will break linking if
symbols from libcommon are used. Since subscr_put is in libcommon,
there is no need for this dummy definition anymore.
This patch removes the dummy definition.
Adresses:
../../src/libcommon/libcommon.a(gsm_subscriber_base.o): In function `subscr_put':
/home/jerlbeck/git/build/openbsc/openbsc/src/libcommon/gsm_subscriber_base.c:90: multiple definition of `subscr_put'
gb_proxy_main.o:/home/jerlbeck/git/build/openbsc/openbsc/src/gprs/gb_proxy_main.c:56: first defined here
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the sgsn_mm_ctx_free contains code to reset the mm->subscr
field that is also present in gprs_subscr_cleanup, which is called
directly afterwards.
This commit modifies the code path, so that the cleanup is done by
the gprs_subscr_cleanup function. The additional reference counter
increment is needed, since mm->subscr->mm->subscr (which is the same
like mm->subscr) will be reset (and unref'd) within
gprs_subscr_cleanup. Because the local variable subscr in
sgsn_mm_ctx_free is an additional pointer to the subscriber object,
it is consequent to adjust the reference counter when the assignment
is done.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The old name is somewhat misleading. The function is rather preparing
the subscriber for a subsequent subscr_free, that is possibly invoked
by a subscr_put. It detaches the subscriber from the MM context and
optionally invokes a PURGE_MS procedure. Therefore the _cleanup
suffix is chosen (see mm_ctx_cleanup_free).
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently, the return value of gsup_client_connect is checked whether
it is < 0 and != -EINPROGESS. Since gsup_client_connect will only
return a negative value on a few permanent errors (not including
EINPROGRESS), rc is always != EINPROGRESS.
This patch removes the explicit check againt -EINPROGRESS and just
leaves the check rc < 0.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the size argument of strncpy is set to sizeof(mm->imsi) in
some places. If the source IMSI string is too long, the terminating
NUL byte in the static mm->imsi field gets overwritten.
This patch limits the size to sizeof(mm->imsi)-1, so that the last
byte of the buffer (that has been initialized to 0) is not
overwritten.
Fixes: Coverity CID 12065751, 12065754, 1206575
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently gprs_subscr_delete implicitely calls subscr_put, which
makes the code more complex than necessary (additional subscr_get) in
a few places. It also makes it more difficult to see, whether get/put
are balanced within a function. In addition, the functions are not
named consistently (gprs_subscr_delete vs.
gprs_subscr_put_and_cancel).
This commit changes the semantics of gprs_subscr_delete and
indirectly of gprs_subscr_put_and_cancel to not call subscr_put on
their argument, but to leave that for the caller to do it
explicitely.
It renames gprs_subscr_put_and_cancel to gprs_subscr_cancel to
reflect that change in the name, too.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The subscriber cache would help in case:
* GPRS DETACH, GPRS ATTACH. In that case we might still
have some cached authentication tuples we avoid another
sendAuthenticationInfo request.
* After a detach the cache expiry would make sure to
eventually send a purgeMS to the HLR (which might be
ignored).
At the same time to make the cache work we will need to
make sure to start and stop timers. In case we don't
start we might accumulate subscribers. I am afraid that
the above two benefits do not outweight the complexity
of this implementation.
Currently old LLMEs and MM contexts that haven't been explicitly
detached or cancelled are not removed until another request with the
same IMSI is made. These stale entries may accumulate over time and
severely compromise the operation of the SGSN.
This patch implements age based LLME expiry, when the maximum age has
been reached, the corresponding MM context is cancelled. If such an MM
context doesn't exist, the LLME is unassigned directly.
The implementation works as follows.
- llme->age_timestamp is reset on each received PTP LLC message
- sgsn_llme_check_cb is invoked periodically (each 30s)
- sgsn_llme_check_cb sets the age_timestamp to the current time if
it has been reset
- sgsn_llme_check_cb computes the age and expires the LLME if
it exceeds gprs_max_time_to_idle()
Ticket: OW#1364
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
[hfreyther: Fix typo in comment LMME -> LLME]
Currently the T3312 timer is directly set as encoded value when
generating the Attach/RAU Accept messages.
This patch adds GSM0408_T3312_SECS and uses it to set the
information element's value.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently this optional IE is omitted, so that the optional
'Requested READY timer value' of the corresponding Request message
is used by the MS (or the default value if this IE is not used).
This patch extends gsm48_tx_gmm_att_ack and gsm48_tx_gmm_ra_upd_ack
to always include the IE set to the default value of T3312 (44s,
see GSM 04.08, table 11.4a).
Ticket: OW#1364
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently, all GPRS timer values are hard-coded. To make these values
configurable in seconds and to show them, conversion functions from
and to seconds are needed.
This patch adds gprs_tmr_to_secs and gprs_secs_to_tmr_floor. Due to
the limited number of bits used to encode GPRS timer values, only a
few durations can be represented. gprs_secs_to_tmr_floor therefore
always returns the timer value that represents either the exact
number (if an exact representation exists) or the next lower number
for that an exact representation exists.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the gsup_client_connect return 0 if the call to
ipa_client_conn_open was successful and -errno otherwise. This makes
it difficult for the caller to determine, whether the the whole
operation has been cancelled (currently on EBADF, ENOTSOCK,
EAFNOSUPPORT, EINVAL) or whether the GSUP client will retry to
connect after a timeout. This will cause gprs_gsup_client_create to
destroy the GSUP client object, even if the error might be temporary.
This patch changes the function to return 0 if (and only if)
ipa_client_conn_open was successful or the retry timer has been
started. Since the return value 0 doesn't guarantee, that a
subsequent call to gprs_gsup_client_send will succeed, this shouldn't
break anything.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The per BSC code didn't guard against the init already having
been executed. This lead to:
Adding a osmo_fd that is already in the list.
<000b> bsc_nat_vty.c:1200 Setting up OSMUX socket
So a new socket got created and the old one leaked. Luckily
Linux appears to allow to bind multiple times so we were able
to just read from the new one. Use the same guard that is used
on the MGCP MGW. Re-order the log message to say "Setting up"
before we actually do that. I manually verified that osmux_init
is called at most once.
The log message was spotted by Roch
The dependecies do not match the current package names or are
missing:
Build-Depends:
- renamed libgtp-dev -> libgtp0-dev
- added libosmo-netif-dev
Depends:
- renamed libgtp -> libgtp0
Other run time dependencies might still be missing and have to be
installed manually.
This is taken from Holger's e744ebd17c3761b5cad81d718d0349f2f820ec66.
In addition, the build-dependency on libgtp-dev is replaced by
libgtp0-dev.
This patch drops the following commands:
- update-subscriber imsi IMSI insert authorized <0-1>
- update-subscriber imsi IMSI commit
since they are already covered by the 'update-location-result'
sub-command, except that this command doesn't create an new entry if
none is found with the given IMSI.
It adds the following command:
- update-subscriber imsi IMSI create
which can be used to create a new entry.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently '\n' is used to end lines in the VTY output string
constants instead of inserting VTY_NEWLINE. This leads to incorrect
line starts in error messages.
This patch fixes that accordingly.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently an error_cause of 0 is being used to indicate normal
operation. Albeit this is not a defined GMM cause, the value is not
explicitly reserved.
This commit adds the macro SGSN_ERROR_CAUSE_NONE and uses it for
initialisation (instead of relying on talloc_zero) and comparisons.
The value is set to -1 to be on the safe side. The VTY code is
updated to set the error_cause when using the
'update-subscriber imsi IMSI update-location-result CAUSE' command.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the access to subscr->sgsn_data->error_cause is not
protected against subscr == NULL like it is done in other code paths
of sgsn_auth_update.
This commit adds a conditional to avoid a NULL-dereference.
Fixes: Coverity CID 1264589
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently, if assert_subscr were called with subscr == NULL, the
later call to subscr_put might fail, as Coverity has complained. In
addition, the call to subscr_put would free the subscr object if it
were in the cache with a refcount of 0 at the time assert_substr was
called.
This patch adds a check for the subscr being non-NULL and reorders
the checks, so that the subscr_put comes last.
Fixes: Coverity CID 1264590
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently sgsn_alloc_ptmsi uses rand() to get a new P-TMSI and then
sets to upper 2 MSB. Therefore there is no lower limit of the
distance between 2 identical P-TMSI.
This patch changes the implementation to discard any random value
above 2^30 and to generate a new random number in that case until a
fitting number is found (or a repetition limit is reached). This way,
all number below 2^30 within the PRNG's period are used.
Ticket: OW#1362
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently no GSUP LocationCancellationResult message is sent back to
the peer (HLR), if the procedure succeeded at the SGSN's side.
This patch adds the missing message and put the whole request
handling of this procedure into a separate function.
Ticket: OW#1338
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently gprs_subscr_rx_gsup_message creates a subscriber entry if
such an entry doesn't exist for the IMSI within an
InsertSubscriberData GSUP message. This behaviour is not compliant to
GSM 09.02, 20.3.3.2 (Subscriber data management/SGSN) where it is
defined, that an error ("Unidentified subscriber") shall be returned.
This patch removes the case distinction, so that an existing
subscriber entry is required for all incoming GSUP messages.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently, an incoming GSUP request message isn't answered at all if
it is not handled due to an error or missing implementation.
This patch adds GSUP error replies for these requests (and only for
requests). It also adds tests for these cases.
Note that several of these tests check for
GMM_CAUSE_MSGT_NOTEXIST_NOTIMPL, which will have to be changed, when
the features are implemented.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
GSM 09.02, 19.4.1.4 mandates that no other MAP procedures shall be
started until the PURGE_MS procedure has been completed.
This patch implements this by adding corresponding state and checks
to gprs_subscr_purge, gprs_subscr_location_update, and
gprs_subscr_update_auth_info. If an Update Location or a Send Auth
Info Req procedure is not started because of blocking, the retry
mechanism is aborted to shorten the blocking time. The outstanding
Purge MS procedure itself is not aborted.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently, when the PURGE_MS_REQ to the HLR gets lost (e.g. by a
connection or peer failure), the expired subscriber entry will not get
deleted.
This commit adds a retry mechanism then restarts the procedure after
a timeout (currently 10s). The maximum number of retries is limited
(currently to 3 PURGE_MS messages). If none of these procedures is
completed (either with success or error), the subscriber data is
deleted.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
When a subscriber entry is going to be deleted by SGSN and when the
subscriber info has been obtained from a remote peer via GSUP, the
peer should be informed before the entry is really deleted. For this
purpose, MAP defines the PURGE MS procedure (see GSM 09.02, 19.1.4).
This patch adds support for the PURGE_MS_REQ/_ERR/_RES messages and
invokes the procedure when the subscriber entry is going to be
removed. This only applies if GSUP is being used, the Update
Location procedure has been completed successfully, and the
subscriber has not been cancelled. The removal of the entry is
delayed until a PURGE_MS_RES or PURGE_MS_ERR message is received.
Note that GSM 09.02, 19.1.4.4 implies that the subscriber data is not
to be removed when the procedure fails which is not the way the
feature has been implemented.
Note that handling 'P-TMSI freezing' is not implemented.
Ticket: OW#1338
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This commit implements the encoding and decoding of the messages
- Purge MS Request
- Purge MS Error
- Purge MS Result
and adds corresponding tests.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the definitions of the message PURGE_MS_RES and
PURGE_MS_ERR are missing in the specification.
This patch adds those definitions.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This commit adds talloc reports to log remaining NULL chunks after the
terminates. It also adds explicit checks for empty subscriber lists.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This test replaces gprs_gsup_client_send by a custom function, that
emulates a GSUP remote peer by calling gprs_subscr_rx_gsup_message
with responses for all requests. It then executes a full
Attach/Detach cycle.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Set the expiry delay after the subscriber has been deleted (e.g. by
freeing the MM context). If cancelled, the subscriber will be deleted
immediately and no timeout will be set. If the expiry time is set to
SGSN_TIMEOUT_NEVER, no timer will be started and the subscriber entry
will be kept until it is cancelled.
The following VTY command is added to the sgsn node:
- subscriber-expiry-time <0-999999> set expiry time in seconds
- no subscriber-expiry-time set to SGSN_TIMEOUT_NEVER
The default is an expiry time of 0 seconds, which means that the
subscriber entries are wiped out immediately after an MM context is
destroyed.
Note that unused MM contexts are not expired yet. Therefore the
subscriber will only be expired after a successful MM detach.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The code sequence that checks, whether a subscriber is still
reachable for a given IMSI, is repeated several times.
This patch puts this code sequence into a single function and adds a
check for the IMSI after the entry has been found. In addition,
some comments are extended.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the subscribers are not really deleted by
cleanup_subscr_by_imsi, but kept in RAM instead.
This patch fixes this and adds a test to verify, that the subscriber
is really deleted afterwards.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the error causes MSC_TEMP_NOTREACH, NET_FAIL, and
CONGESTION are silently dropped to force the MS to continue. On the
other hand, GSM 04.08/24.008, 4.7.3.1.4 in combination with 4.7.3.1.5,
require the MS to retry the attachment procedure for cause codes
above 15 instead of disabling GPRS. All of the mentioned GMM causes
have codes above 15, so using a REJECT message including the cause
code is a better choice. This way, the retry algorithm based on T3311
(15s, 5 times) and T3302 (default 12min) could be used.
This patch modifies gprs_subscr_handle_gsup_auth_err and
gprs_subscr_handle_gsup_upd_loc_err to proceed like when the access
has beed denied, except that the corresponding subscriber's
information fields are not cleared.
This has been successfully tested which an iphone which enters a
retry loop as it is being described in the specification.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
To unify the layout of the logging messages in gprs_subscriber.c,
this patch replaces each LOGP by LOGGSUBSCRP, unless a non-NULL
pointer to a subscr is not available. In those cases, it uses
LOGMMCTXP if a pointer to an MM context is available or LOGP
otherwise.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch adds a new logging macro, that logs to DGPRS and provides
a uniform prefix containing the IMSI without using the mm reference.
This is an improvement over using LOGMMCTXP, since the new macro also
provides an IMSI if no MM context is attached.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the GSUP message handling function in gprs_subscriber.c and
the functions in gprs_gsup_messages.c are not consistent with respect
to the return codes if an error happens. Albeit all error return
codes are negative, the semantics of the absolute value are not
clearly defined. In addition, some return codes are not passed to the
calling function.
This path changes these functions to always return a negated GMM
cause value in case of errors. Return values of called parser
functions are not longer ignored.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently always a cause with the meaning of 'access denied' is
assumed. gprs_subscr_handle_gsup_auth_err just clears the auth
triplets and the authorized flag before calling the update function.
gprs_subscr_handle_gsup_upd_loc_err only clears the authorized flag
and calls the update function. This means, that an MS will not retry
to attach even on temporary network errors.
This patch changes these functions to use the GSUP error cause value
to decide, whether to clear the corresponding subscriber fields, to
just continue with the corresponding update function, or to log,
ignore and not pass the cause to the MS in case the error is directly
related to the GSUP protocol. The subscriber's error_cause field is
updated, if the update function is going to be called. The
error_cause fielt is reset on non-error GSUP messages.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch extends gsm0408_gprs_access_denied and
gsm0408_gprs_access_cancelled to accept GMM cause codes. These are
then passed to the MS, unless gsm0408_gprs_access_cancelled is called
with cause 0 (no error -> updateProcedure).
Since gsm0408_gprs_access_denied uses GMM_CAUSE_GPRS_NOTALLOWED if
the cause is not set, and the subscriber's error_cause is never set
(and thus always 0), the SGSN's behaviour does not change with this
patch.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Conflicts:
openbsc/include/openbsc/gprs_sgsn.h
[hfreyther: Conflict due the removal of the unused
authenticate flag]
Currently the mapping between GSM 04.08 (GPRS) protocol specific
numbers and their textual description was put into gprs_gmm.c and not
exported.
This commit moves the mappings to a new file gsm_04_08_gprs.c,
renames some of them, and exports them via gsm_04_08_gprs.h.
The following identifiers are renamed to match the corresponding type
names:
- gmm_cause_names -> gsm48_gmm_cause_names
- gsm_cause_names -> gsm48_gsm_cause_names
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This commit adds a line to the output of 'show sgsn' if the GSUP
client has been initialized:
- Remote authorization: [not] connected to HOST:PORT via GSUP
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently, the reconnect mechanism relies on gsup_client_updown_cb
which in turn gets called based on the OS' view of connection state.
This patch adds a timer based PING mechanism that regularly sends
PING messages and forces a reconnect if a PONG message won't be
received until the next PING message is scheduled. The current ping
interval is 20s.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Conflicts:
openbsc/src/gprs/gprs_gsup_client.c
[hfreyther: Conflicts due the potential memleak fix by me. Removed
another TODO from the code as we stop the ping/pong timer]
Currently the IPA CCM messages are not handled by the GSUP client.
This means, that the client doesn't answer to PING and ID_GET and
logs notices when receiving PONG or ID_ACK. At least the PING
functionality (remotely originated PING) shall be supported.
This patch extends gsup_client_read_cb by a call to
ipaccess_bts_handle_ccm. Only when the return code is 0, the message
is processed further and checked for an OSMO/GSUP message. ID_GET
messages are answered by a dummy description, where only the
unit_name is set to 'SGSN'.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The ipa_client_conn_open function does not distinguish between a
connection being already established or waiting for establishment.
In either case, the application gets informed about the connection
state via the updown_cb. The 'up' parameter is only set, if
poll/select consider the socket as writable.
This patch handles both cases equally and fully relies on the
updown_cb to adjust the gsupc obejct state.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently, messages are added to the tx queue even if the connection
is down for some reason and all of these messages are eventually sent
after a re-connect. The MS has probably sent several Attach Requests
while the connection was down and will continue doing so. Therefore
these stored messages could be dropped.
This patch clears the queue before re-connecting and also extends
gprs_gsup_client_send to return immediately, when the connection is
not established instead of calling ipa_client_conn_send.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
[hfreyther: Replaced
while (!llist_empty(&gsupc->link->tx_queue))
llist_del(gsupc->link->tx_queue.next);
with new libosmo-abis API]
Currently the GSUP connection to a server is not restarted if the
connection cannot be established or is terminated during operation.
This commit adds a timer based connection mechanism, basically
consisting of a timer callback that calls gsup_client_connect. The
timer is eventually triggered (up == 0) or cleared (up != 0) by
gsup_client_updown_cb. It adds calls to osmo_timer_del() to
gsup_client_connect and gprs_gsup_client_destroy. The latter is now
called instead of talloc_free in gprs_gsup_client_create on error to
be on the safe side.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch extends test_gmm_attach to optionally resend Attach
Requests until the SGSN responds to it instead of calling
OSMO_ASSERT at a few places. The test_gmm_attach_subscr_gsup_auth
test optionally uses this feature. It is called once in either mode.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This test calls test_gmm_attach() where the mocked subscriber
functions insert GSUP messages instead of manipulating the
subscriber structure directly.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently, several lines of boiler plate are needed around a call to
gprs_subscr_rx_gsup_message.
This patch puts all of this (including the call to
gprs_subscr_rx_gsup_message) into a separate function.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This flag is used to determine, whether the Update Location procedure
shall be invoked. This is currently only set, when the 'remote'
authorization policy is set. When the flag is set, sgsn_auth_update
will not never be called directly by sgsn_auth_request, if an Attach
Request procedure is pending, even if the remote connection fails for
some reason.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the flag 'authenticate' is managed per subscriber.
This patch replaces that flag by a global cfg.require_authentication
flag that enables/disables the use of the Auth & Ciph procedure for
every subscriber. The flag is set by the VTY, if and only if the
authorization policy is 'remote'.
The VTY command
- update-subscriber imsi IMSI insert authenticate <0-1>
is removed.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This commit adds GSUP client configuration (via VTY), connection set
up, and real message sending.
The following configuration commands are added:
- gsup remote-ip A.B.C.D set server IP address
- gsup remote-port PORT set server TCP port
Ticket: OW#1338
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This commit adds the client code to get subscriber information from a
remote server. It provides an IPA over TCP connection to transmit and
receive GSUP messages.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the message structure is not cleared before the message is
parsed which can cause information leaking between messages if the
same gprs_gsup_message object is used. Especially list elements (auth
tuples and pdp info) are not replaced by an IE, but the IE is
appended.
This patch uses the assignment operator to clear gprs_gsup_message,
gsm_auth_tuple, and gprs_gsup_pdp_info before using them. This also
replaces the use of memcpy of the latter.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently auth tuples are always appended to the lists when
gprs_gsup_decode is called with a gsup_msg structure. This makes a
test case fail, where the same gsup_msg is used again and again
without clearing it after each use.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently, the gprs_gsup_decode function doesn't check the return
value of gprs_shift_v_fixed before using the value pointer. The
function fails, if the GSUP message length (not including IPA
headers) is 0. In this case, a segfault can happen, depending on the
value of the uninitialized 'value' pointer. The test case doesn't
trigger a segfault, but valgrind complains about reading
uninitialized data.
This patch adds a check for the return value that would return with
an error code if the shift function failed.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently, the tests only use valid GSUP messages. This does not
check the robustness of the parser.
This commit adds a test for truncated messages and another for
modified messages.
Thanks to Holger for the basic truncation test.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the mocked bssgp_tx_dl_ud function used for testing in
sgsn_test.c does not free the msg as it is done by the original
function. This leads to a msgb leak in the test.
This patch fixes the test code accordingly and uncomments the
assertion that checks for left-over msgbs.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This commit adds talloc reports to log remaining chunks after the
testing has been finished. It also adds a (currently disabled) check,
that no msgbs are allocated after running the tests.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch extends gprs_subscr_query_auth_info and
gprs_subscr_location_update to create GSUP messages with the help of
a static gprs_subscr_tx_gsup_message function. A corresponding
gprs_subscr_rx_gsup_message is added which takes a messages, gets the
subscr, and updates it accordingly.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
[hfreyther: Added a msgb_free gprs_subscr_tx_gsup_message]
This patch adds functions to encode and decode GSUP messages. This
does not include the layer 1 framing (IPA). The messages so far
supported are: send_auth_info_*, update_location_*,
location_cancellation_*.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the result of the osmo_hexparse function in
update_subscr_insert_auth_triplet is not handled correctly. There is
a misplaced leading exclamation mark in a few conditional
expressions. This effectively disables the error checks, as it is
noticed by Coverity ("Missing parentheses" followed by "Logically
dead code").
This patch removes the exclamation marks.
Fixes: Coverity CID 1260435 and CID 1260434
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The code assumes that sqlite3.h is in the standard include
path. Maybe sqlite3 wasn't installed or resides in a non
standard (/usr/local) location? Fix the build as it has been
broken since 1st of January.
This is a normal situation under high load: The BTS is out of resources
and the BSC cannot allocate any dedicated channel. We may send an IMM
ASS REJECT back to the MS. All well within normal parameters, not an
error that needs to be reported back to the caller, who propagates it
all the way up to libosmo-abis.
Move the "logging filter imsi IMSI" into the BTS/NITB code to
allow to set the gsm_subscriber and only compare it. This way
we simply compare the subscriber address and don't have to care
if the subscriber data is still valid.
Most of the "fixes" have nothing to do with gcc-4.9.2 but are a
question of ABI/Architecture (e.g. x86 vs. AMD64). Revert these
for now.
This partially reverts commit 7b1d25a11e.
abis_test.c: In function ‘test_simple_sw_config’:
abis_test.c:68:2: warning: format ‘%ld’ expects argument of type ‘long int’, but argument 2 has type ‘int’ [-Wformat=]
printf("Start: %ld len: %zu\n", descr[0].start - simple_config, descr[0].len);
^
abis_test.c: In function ‘test_dual_sw_config’:
abis_test.c:111:2: warning: format ‘%ld’ expects argument of type ‘long int’, but argument 2 has type ‘int’ [-Wformat=]
printf("Start: %ld len: %zu\n", descr[0].start - dual_config, descr[0].len);
^
abis_test.c:115:2: warning: format ‘%ld’ expects argument of type ‘long int’, but argument 2 has type ‘int’ [-Wformat=]
printf("Start: %ld len: %zu\n", descr[1].start - dual_config, descr[1].len);
^
abis_test.c: In function ‘test_sw_selection’:
abis_test.c:132:2: warning: format ‘%ld’ expects argument of type ‘long int’, but argument 2 has type ‘int’ [-Wformat=]
printf("Start: %ld len: %zu\n", descr[0].start - load_config, descr[0].len);
^
abis_test.c:136:2: warning: format ‘%ld’ expects argument of type ‘long int’, but argument 2 has type ‘int’ [-Wformat=]
printf("Start: %ld len: %zu\n", descr[1].start - load_config, descr[1].len);
I'm merging this code, as it is proven to be very useful. The only
reason to keep it out of master was the fact that the UDP data
structures it sends are non-portable, so you can only run it reliably on
localhost or between identical systems (hardware/compiler/os).
As this hasn't been fixed in the past >= 2 years, I am merging the code
now anyway. We can still introduce a portable protocol by increasing
the protocol version at a later point.
There are two options:
a) we make 'struct gsm_meas_rep' portable. This requires an ABI
change with libosmocore, as it contains struct gsm_meas_rep_unidir :(
b) we introduce a completely separate wire format with corresponding
encoding and decoding functions.
In fact, the DB write code has been split out so we could later also
have a binary that would listen to realtime meas_feed packets and stuff
them into a database without any intermediate PCAP step.
The database schema contains a couple of convenience wrapper views, most
notably the "overview" view.
This extends osmo_nitb to offer a UDP feed of real-time measurement
reports, which can be used by (a variety of) external tools for
visualization or other processing.
We also add a small ncurses based tool (meas_vis) which shows a
baragraph display of the last few mobile stations that were active,
indicating their uplink/downlink receive level and quality.
<WARNING>
This sends non-portable structures like gsm_meas_rep over UDP
and assumes the receiver has identical alignment and endianness! Before
this feature is merged, it either needs to be converted to a unix domain
socket (but they don't do multicast, which would be nice) or the wire
format needs to change into something portable with defined alignment
and encoding
</WARNING>
The idea of ts_alloc()/ts_free() dates back to the very early days of
OpenBSC, where we didn't yet have a fixed PCHAN type assigned for every
lchan in a BTS. However, ever since, PCHAN types (channel combinations)
are configured by OML in a certain way, and we only allocate LCHANs
inside PCHANs of a matching type. There should be no PCHANs with
type GSM_PCHAN_NONE, unless those that you don't want to use for
administraive reasons or the like.
show net with an CCCH+SDCCH/4+CBCH channel active caused bts_chan_load to read
from invalid memory. Fix this by making sure the pchan array is large enough.
==30346==ERROR: AddressSanitizer: stack-buffer-overflow on address 0x7fff9bdc5dc8 at pc 0x5aeece bp 0x7fff9bdc5350 sp 0x7fff9bdc5348
READ of size 4 at 0x7fff9bdc5dc8 thread T0
#0 0x5aeecd in bts_chan_load /home/alphaone/scm/osmo/openbsc/openbsc/src/libbsc/chan_alloc.c:490
#1 0x5af706 in network_chan_load /home/alphaone/scm/osmo/openbsc/openbsc/src/libbsc/chan_alloc.c:511
#2 0x4b7410 in net_dump_vty /home/alphaone/scm/osmo/openbsc/openbsc/src/libbsc/bsc_vty.c:208
#3 0x4b5f23 in show_net /home/alphaone/scm/osmo/openbsc/openbsc/src/libbsc/bsc_vty.c:227
#4 0x7fdabaa425bd in cmd_execute_command_real /home/alphaone/scm/osmo/libosmocore/src/vty/command.c:2042
#5 0x7fdabaa3f124 in cmd_execute_command /home/alphaone/scm/osmo/libosmocore/src/vty/command.c:2077
#6 0x7fdabaa850e9 in vty_command /home/alphaone/scm/osmo/libosmocore/src/vty/vty.c:402
#7 0x7fdabaa75962 in vty_execute /home/alphaone/scm/osmo/libosmocore/src/vty/vty.c:666
#8 0x7fdabaa6d947 in vty_read /home/alphaone/scm/osmo/libosmocore/src/vty/vty.c:1408
#9 0x7fdabaa9165f in client_data /home/alphaone/scm/osmo/libosmocore/src/vty/telnet_interface.c:119
#10 0x7fdaba7860b6 in osmo_select_main /home/alphaone/scm/osmo/libosmocore/src/select.c:160
#11 0x43c656 in main /home/alphaone/scm/osmo/openbsc/openbsc/src/osmo-nitb/bsc_hack.c:355
#12 0x7fdab92604bc (/lib64/libc.so.6+0x224bc)
#13 0x43b6cc (/home/alphaone/local/osmo-asan/bin/osmo-nitb+0x43b6cc)
Address 0x7fff9bdc5dc8 is located in stack of thread T0 at offset 232 in frame
#0 0x4b5faf in net_dump_vty /home/alphaone/scm/osmo/openbsc/openbsc/src/libbsc/bsc_vty.c:182
This frame has 3 object(s):
[32, 40) ''
[96, 104) ''
[160, 224) 'pl'
HINT: this may be a false positive if your program uses some custom stack unwind mechanism or swapcontext
(longjmp and C++ exceptions *are* supported)
SUMMARY: AddressSanitizer: stack-buffer-overflow /home/alphaone/scm/osmo/openbsc/openbsc/src/libbsc/chan_alloc.c:490 bts_chan_load
==25637==ERROR: AddressSanitizer: stack-buffer-overflow on address 0x7fff3f587c43 at pc 0x5bf591 bp 0x7fff3f587630 sp 0x7fff3f587628
READ of size 4 at 0x7fff3f587c43 thread T0
#0 0x5bf590 in tv_fixed_put /home/alphaone/local/osmo-asan/include/osmocom/gsm/tlv.h:237
#1 0x5b7e14 in generate_si4 /home/alphaone/scm/osmo/openbsc/openbsc/src/libbsc/system_information.c:607
#2 0x5b488b in gsm_generate_si /home/alphaone/scm/osmo/openbsc/openbsc/src/libbsc/system_information.c:882
#3 0x4cb247 in gsm_bts_trx_set_system_infos /home/alphaone/scm/osmo/openbsc/openbsc/src/libbsc/bsc_init.c:166
#4 0x4d3c26 in bootstrap_rsl /home/alphaone/scm/osmo/openbsc/openbsc/src/libbsc/bsc_init.c:272
#5 0x4ced44 in inp_sig_cb /home/alphaone/scm/osmo/openbsc/openbsc/src/libbsc/bsc_init.c:316
#6 0x7f4f15b563d7 in osmo_signal_dispatch /home/alphaone/scm/osmo/libosmocore/src/signal.c:105
#7 0x7f4f156c0e3f in e1inp_int_snd_event (/home/alphaone/local/osmo-asan/lib/libosmoabis.so.4+0x17e3f)
#8 0x7f4f156be7e5 in e1inp_event (/home/alphaone/local/osmo-asan/lib/libosmoabis.so.4+0x157e5)
#9 0x583a6a in ipaccess_sign_link /home/alphaone/scm/osmo/openbsc/openbsc/src/libbsc/bts_ipaccess_nanobts.c:675
#10 0x7f4f156e63b0 in handle_ts1_read (/home/alphaone/local/osmo-asan/lib/libosmoabis.so.4+0x3d3b0)
#11 0x7f4f156e4f4e in ipaccess_fd_cb (/home/alphaone/local/osmo-asan/lib/libosmoabis.so.4+0x3bf4e)
#12 0x7f4f15b540b6 in osmo_select_main /home/alphaone/scm/osmo/libosmocore/src/select.c:160
#13 0x43c656 in main /home/alphaone/scm/osmo/openbsc/openbsc/src/osmo-nitb/bsc_hack.c:355
#14 0x7f4f1462e4bc (/lib64/libc.so.6+0x224bc)
#15 0x43b6cc (/home/alphaone/local/osmo-asan/bin/osmo-nitb+0x43b6cc)
Address 0x7fff3f587c43 is located in stack of thread T0 at offset 483 in frame
#0 0x5b712f in generate_si4 /home/alphaone/scm/osmo/openbsc/openbsc/src/libbsc/system_information.c:580
This frame has 8 object(s):
[32, 40) ''
[96, 104) ''
[160, 164) 'rc'
[224, 232) 'si4'
[288, 296) 'cbch_lchan'
[352, 360) 'restoct'
[416, 420) 'l2_plen'
[480, 483) 'cd'
HINT: this may be a false positive if your program uses some custom stack unwind mechanism or swapcontext
(longjmp and C++ exceptions *are* supported)
SUMMARY: AddressSanitizer: stack-buffer-overflow /home/alphaone/local/osmo-asan/include/osmocom/gsm/tlv.h:237 tv_fixed_put
We can now configure the pyisical channel types for CBCH either in the
CCCH+SDCCH4 or in the SDCCH8 chanel combination.
Depending on whether a CBCH exists on the BTS, we also generate the SI4
with matching CBCH channel description to notify the phones of the
existance of the CBCH.
There is now a VTY command how a SMS-CB message can be sent to a given
BTS.
We do not yet have any logic at all for actual scheduling of multiple
CBCH RSL messages towards one or multiple BTSs yet, though.
We tend to comment out this code every XXC3, let's just get rid
off it. The nanoBTS has a rather odd timing behavior. Jacob has
spent hours this summer to trial/document/fix it in the MGCP code
and this code is not getting close to working around the ip.access
audio issues.
If someobody still wants to use the nanoBTS then he should help
to have the MGCP MGW use/share code with the rtp_proxy.c
This implements the MAP way of subscriber validation when the MS
tries to perform an Attach Request:
1. perform authentication (optionally invoke the sendAuthInfo
procedure), starts the Auth & Ciph procedure
2. perform update location
3. insert subscriber data
4. finish the update location
5. Attach Accept / Attach Reject
The authentication triplets are used and eventually updated if all of
them have been used.
This is currently accessible via the VTY interface by the following
commands:
- update-subscriber imsi IMSI update-auth-info
- update-subscriber imsi IMSI update-location-result (ok|ERR-CAUSE)
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This commit add data structures, functions, initialization, and VTY
commands for per subscriber authentication triplets.
The following VTY command is added:
- update-subscriber imsi IMSI \
insert auth-triplet <1-5> sres SRES rand RAND kc KC
Note that the triplets are not really used by the SGSN yet.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently, when a BSSGP SUSPEND is received and the corresponding MM
context is already in the state GMM_REGISTERED_SUSPENDED, a
SUSPEND_NACK is returned which is not covered by GSM 08.18, 7.4.1.
The same goes for RESUME in the state GMM_REGISTERED_NORMAL.
This commit changes gprs_gmm_rx_suspend and gprs_gmm_rx_resume to not
complain (and thus answer a NACK) when the MM context is either in
GMM_REGISTERED_SUSPENDED or GMM_REGISTERED_NORMAL.
Note that GSM 08.18, 7.4.1 and 7.5.1 only mention to send an NACK if
the MS is not known. Even with this patch, the SGSN returns a NACK if
either the MS is unknown _or_ the MM context ist not in one of the
state GMM_REGISTERED_SUSPENDED and GMM_REGISTERED_NORMAL.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the parser functions for single information elements are
defined within gprs_gb_parse.c and not exported explicitely. In
addition they are named like libosmocore's TLV parser functions and
do not have a proper name prefix. Since it is planned to use them for
other protocols, they need to be globally accessible.
This patch moves them to gprs_utils.c and renames them.
The new names are:
lv_shift -> gprs_shift_lv
v_fixed_shift -> gprs_shift_v_fixed
lv_shift -> gprs_shift_lv
v_fixed_shift -> gprs_shift_v_fixed
In the long term, these functions should be moved to libosmocore (and
renamed again).
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The new lchan will be in speech mode already but for AMR we will
need to provide a working multirate config in the channel activation,
otherwise the channel act might be nacked.
Copy the config from the current lchan into the new lchan. The
abis code simply added the mrconf if the speech mode was amr.
Before this commit the invalidate mrconf with all zeroes was
copied/sent.
In case of a ho_chan_activ_nack (sent due another bug inside
both sysmobts and openbsc) the code would not stop the timer
but free the datastructure. This can lead to a clear segfault
when the timer has expired. Create a "free" function which is
responsible to detach the handover structure, stop the timer
(which is idempotent) and free the structure.
In case a BTS is dropped, iterate over the list of BTS and check
if a dependency is now missing and then drop the BTS. This check
could lead to check of 256*256 checks (e.g. all BTS on each other
in the chain and the master is being dropped). The performance
aspect of it doesn't matter for our usecase. We expect to have
pairs of BTS right now.
E.g. for the sysmoBTS2050 we have the requirement that the first
board connects before the second due clocking. The easiest point
to enforce this is the BSC. Add a simple bitmask based system to
allow to express dependencies for IP based systems.
This commit mainly extends sgsn_auth.c to use and support the
auth_state SGSN_AUTH_AUTHENTICATE. It will be activated when IMSI and
IMEI are available, authentication is required
(subscr->sgsn_data->authenticate is set), but the MM context is not
marked as authenticated. If the state has been set to
SGSN_AUTH_AUTHENTICATE and sgsn_auth_update() is called, the GMM
layer will be informed by invoking gsm0408_gprs_authenticate().
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the Authentication and Ciphering procedure is not yet
invoked by the GMM layer.
This patch starts this procedure from within gsm48_gmm_authorize when
the mm->auth_state has been set to SGSN_AUTH_AUTHENTICATE and a call
to gsm0408_gprs_authenticate has been issued directly or indirectly
by the call to sgsn_auth_request.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the gprs_subscr_update function is called when the
'update-subscriber ... insert ...' command is executed. This will
eventually notify the GMM layer which is rather the purpose of the
'commit' command.
This patch removes the call from update_subscr_insert.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
There will be an increasing number of SGSN related fields per
subscriber. Instead of extending gsm_subscriber accordingly, a single
struct sgsn_subscriber_data object is assigned to it. The talloc
context used to allocated that object is the subscr object itself.
Therefore it will be freed automatically along with the subscr
object.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This adds the following commands to the ENABLE node:
- show subscriber cache
- update-subscriber imsi IMSI insert authorized (0|1)
- update-subscriber imsi IMSI cancel
- update-subscriber imsi IMSI commit
These commands are mainly testing tools and maintenance helpers. The
update commands work asynchronously and can be used to complete a
pending update request or to terminate an existing connection. The
'insert' command just update the subscriber records but does not
notify the GMM layer. Invoke the 'commit' command to continue with
pending procedures.
Note that the subscriber cache is not stored persistently and will
always be empty after an SGSN restart.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This function is called to delete an established MM context
silently without invoking a detach procedure.
It is called when a subscriber is cancelled by the HLR. This
generally happens, when an MS has moved to another routing area and
has to use another SGSN.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This commit adds a new authorization policy 'remote' and uses
the subscriber cache for authorization when this policy is being used.
Note that there is no remote backend implemented yet. After the
IMSI/IMEI have been acquired, a request would be sent to the remote
peer. The attach/auth-ciph procedure continues when authorization
info has been received from the peer. This means, that
gprs_subscr_update() must be called then to tell the GMM layer
that it can proceed. A later commit will add VTY commands to do this
manually.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch adds GPRS specific functions for gsm_subscriber objects
(allocation, retrieval, deletion) and subscriber data
requests/updates. The sgsn_update_subscriber_data callback is used to
notify the sgsn about updates and is extended by a parameter that
passes a reference to a gsm_subscriber.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the keep_subscr flag in gsm_subscriber_group refers to a
whole group of subscribers which makes it difficult to really delete
single entries if the flag is set.
This patch adds a keep_in_ram field to gsm_subscriber which allows for
keeping subscriber objects in RAM while deleting others.
Note that really deleting an entry requires that both flags
(subscr_group->keep_subscr and subscr->keep_in_ram) are set to 0. So
only the latter should be used if a specification requires the
deletion of a subscriber entry.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The trans_alloc function still uses the subscr object to access the
network object.
This patch adds an explicit net parameter to this function and
removes the access to subscr to obtain it.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the SRES value in the Auth & Ciph Response is ignored.
This patch checks the SRES value in response against the value stored
in mm->auth_triplet.sres. If they don't match, an Auth & Ciph Reject
message is sent to the MS. If they match, the mm->is_authenticated
flag is set.
Note that the procedure will not be started yet.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently mmctx_timer_start is called from within
gsm48_tx_gmm_auth_ciph_req which differs from the way e.g. the
identification procedure is implemented. It also makes it more
difficult to restart the procedure after timeout, which is not
implemented yet. In addition, the timer is not properly stopped when
an AUTH & CIPH response is received.
This patch removes this timer start from gsm48_tx_gmm_auth_ciph_req,
adds the retransmission of Auth & Ciph requests to the timer callback
function, and properly stops the timer in
gsm48_rx_gmm_auth_ciph_resp.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently gsm48_tx_gmm_auth_ciph_req/_rej are commented out. In
addition, gsm48_tx_gmm_auth_ciph_req uses a wrong encoding (two byte TV instead of two nibbles TV) of the CKSN information element.
This patch fixes the encoding of the CKSN IE and enables the
functions mentioned above.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently every subcriber object directly refers to the gsm_network
which contains a flag shared by every related subscriber
(keep_subscr). This adds a dependency on gsm_network even if only the
function defined in gsm_subscriber_base.c are used.
This patch adds a new struct gsm_subscriber_group which contains the
keep_subscr flag and a back reference to the network object. The
latter is not dereferenced in gsm_subscriber_base.c, so it can safely
be set to NULL when only that part of the gsm_subscriber API is being
used. It also changes that API to use gsm_subscriber_group instead of
gsm_network parameters.
Since there are some places where a pointer to the gsm_network is
needed but where only a gsm_subscriber is available, a 'net' back
pointer is added to the group struct, too. Nevertheless subscr group
and network could be separated completely, but this is not the topic
of this commit.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the net pointer is obtained from trans->subscr->net. On the
other hand, the list gsm_trans object is managed by the net object.
This patch adds the back pointer to the structure and replaces all
trans->subscr->net by trans->net expressions. In trans_alloc() the
trans->net pointer is obtained from the subscr object.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The commit "sgsn: Don't send XID reset after Detach Accept" fixed the
SGSN to not respond to a Detach Accept message when there is no MM
context.
This patch adds a test case to verify, that there is really no
message sent in that case.
The test fails when the commit mentioned aboved is reverted.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the expected P-TMSI generated by the SGSN is hard-coded
into the test. This adds a dependency on the implementation of rand()
and thus the libc used. This breaks the test e.g. on FreeBSD.
This patch modifies test_gmm_attach() to srand(1) first, generate the
P-TMSI, and finally srand(1) again before starting the test.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently when the MS does a re-attach without doing a proper detach
first, the gbproxy uses the old local TLLI if patching and the keep
mode are enabled. This leads to a failing attachment procedure when
TLLI patching is also enabled.
This patch changes gbproxy_update_link_state_ul to reset all TLLIs
within the link_info if the message contains an unknown TLLI and an
MI. This is generally the case with Attach Request messages.
The gbproxy_get_link_info_ul gets an additional tlli_is_valid
output parameter that is set, when a TLLI was present and found.
This flag is then used instead of checking tlli.current == 0 to
set TLLI/P-TMSI e.g. Attach Requests when a link_info was already
present for the P-TMSI/IMSI used in such a request.
Ticket: OW#1324
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Increase the bcch_change_mark and generate a new copy of the
system information. Make the method public, add a small test
case. Manually verified using the FakeBTS. I don't know if
the MS will re-read these SIs.
Related: SYS#739
The session name must be present in a SDP file. The RFC proposes
to use a space for it but the other equipment is using the dash
so I have picked that as well.
RFC 4566:
The "s=" field is the textual session name. There MUST be one and
only one "s=" field per session description. The "s=" field MUST NOT
be empty and SHOULD contain ISO 10646 characters (but see also the
"a=charset" attribute). If a session has no meaningful name, the
alue "s= " SHOULD be used (i.e., a single space as the session
name).
Fixes: RT#2196
To implement subscriber based authorization a data structure is
needed that keeps the subscriber data. The MSC already uses a similar
struct named gsm_subscriber whose implementation is split into a
generic part (allocation, retrieval, reference counting, list
maintenance) and MSC related parts. For GPRS, only the generic part
will be used and specific fields may be added when needed.
This patch adds a field mm to struct gsm_subscriber that will be used
by the SGSN to store a reference to the current MM context (or NULL
if there is none). This also adds a field subscr to struct
sgsn_mm_ctx that reversely points to a gsm_subscriber (or NULL if
there is none). Either both fields are NULL or both fields are
non-NULL. Note that subscr is being reference counted.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the function in sgsn_auth.c either have an sgsn_config or
an sgsn_instance parameter. Since then global sgsn variable is
already being used in that file and since other parts of the SGSN
related code also rely on a global sgsn singleton, these parameters
pretend to provide a flexibility that is not really supported.
Therefore this patch removes these parameters except for the ACL
related functions, which do not call code that uses the sgsn
variable.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the authorization is done in sgsn_auth_request for ACL
based authorization. This doesn't match the way remote authorization
would work, so that there is a second call to sgsn_auth_state already
present in sgsn_auth_update.
This patch removes the autorization check completely from
sgsn_auth_request which in turn calls sgsn_auth_update directly now.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently every time an RA Update Req or an Attach Req is processed, a
new P-TMSI is allocated. When an MS issues another of these messages
before it has completed the first procedure, old_ptmsi is replaced by
ptmsi (and thus lost) and ptmsi is replaced by the newly allocated
P-TMSI. This can confuse the gbproxy, which can loose track of the
logical link then. At least a Blackberry emits a double set of RA Upd
Req messages from time to time which may be just 20ms apart.
This patch adds a check whether mm->ptmsi or mm->old_ptmsi are set.
If both are set, the P-TMSI is not re-allocated. This is only the
case, when the Complete message has not been received yet, since that
message will reset old_ptmsi.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently when a Detach Accept is received for an unknown TLLI (which
is in general the case afer the SGSN has requested the detachment),
an XID reset is sent to the BSS, causing a BSSGP Status message. This
happens in gsm0408_rcv_gmm.
This patch moves the corresponding call to gprs_llgmm_reset downwards
so that it is not being called in that case.
Addresses:
SGSN->BSS TLLI: 0xd75b91d9 SAPI: LLGMM, UI (DTAP) (GMM) Detach Request
BSS->SGSN TLLI: 0xd75b91d9 SAPI: LLGMM, UI (DTAP) (GMM) Detach Accept
SGSN->BSS TLLI: 0xd75b91d9 SAPI: LLGMM, U, XID (Reset, IOV-UI)
BSS->SGSN TLLI: --- BSSGP STATUS (Unknown MS)
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently, the LLME is not cleaned up after sending an RA Update
Reject. This happens after entering a routing area from outside,
since in that case the SGSN sends an RA Update Reject (implicitly
detached) which causes the MS to restart the attach procedure.
The LLME is also not updated if an Attach Request with message errors
(encoding, invalid MI type) is received or if an MM context cannot be
allocated.
This patch changes gsm48_rx_gmm_ra_upd_req and gsm48_rx_gmm_att_req
to unassign the LLME or free the MM context (if available) after a
Reject message has been sent.
Ticket: OW#1324
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the VTY 'auth-policy' command results in setting or clearing
the acl_enabled flag. This also enables the matching of the MCC/MNC
prefix of the IMSI.
This patch adds an additional policy 'acl-only' which disables the
MCC/MNC matching and relies on the ACL only.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the authorization of an IMSI is done by checking ACLs
synchronously which is not feasible when the subscriber data has to
be retrieved from an external source.
This patch changes this by using a callback when the information is
available. This is also done when only ACL are checked, in this case
the callback is invoked from within sgsn_auth_request(). The callback
function sgsn_update_subscriber_data calls sgsn_auth_update which
in turn calls either gsm0408_gprs_access_granted or
gsm0408_gprs_access_denied. gsm48_gmm_authorize is extended by a call
to sgsn_auth_request when IMSI and IMEI are available but the
auth_state is unknown.
The change has been successfully tested with single phones (E71 and
IPhone 5c).
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the IMSI is only checked immediately when an Attach Request
is received that contains an IMSI IE. If it contains a P-TMSI
instead, access is always granted.
This commit moves the IMSI check to gsm48_gmm_authorize where it is
applied when IMSI and IMEI have been acquired. This fixes the
authorization when the Attach Accept doesn't contain an IMSI.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently when forceing a reattach by sending a Detach
Request (reattach), the SGSN waits for the Detach Accept until it
frees the MM context (if present) and the LLME. If that message gets
lost or isn't sent by the MS, the LLME is never freed if it isn't
bound to an MM context.
This patch adds code to free the MM context/LLME when forcing a
reattachment.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch replaces gsm0408_gprs_force_reattach(msg, mmctx) by two
functions
- gsm0408_gprs_force_reattach(mmctx)
- gsm0408_gprs_force_reattach_oldmsg(msg)
The old function basically consists of the code of the two new
functions, where the code path selected depends on mmctx == NULL,
which is harder to maintain, less obvious to use, and not consistent
with many other SGSN functions.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the MM context isn't always removed when it is
de-registered (mmctx_timer_cb), mm_state is set to GMM_DEREGISTERED
instead. This can lead to left-over MM contexts which are only
cleaned up if the MS reattaches.
This patch replaces all of these assignments by a call to
mm_ctx_cleanup_free.
Ticket: OW#1324
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the GMM state is set to GMM-REGISTERED when an Attach
Accept or a RA Update Accept message is sent, even if a new P-TMSI is
included. In this case 04.08 requires (see 4.7.3.1.3 and 4.7.5.1.3),
that the state is set to GMM-COMMON-PROCEDURE-INITIATED when the
Accept is sent. When the Complete is received, the SGSN shall set
the state to GMM-REGISTERED.
This patch modifies the state updates accordingly.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the order of the 'if' clauses in gsm48_gmm_authorize
doesn't match the order in which the conditional parts are entered.
This makes it difficult to maintain. In addition the t3350_mode is
not stored in every path, so that this information is lost when the
identification procedure is started. Since the default value
coincidentally is GMM_T3350_MODE_ATT, this doesn't hurt for Attach
Requests which are the only messages that initially trigger the
authentication yet.
This patch changes the order of the 'if' clause to match the
processing order, it removes the t3350_mode parameter entirely and
introduces a mm->pending_req field. The latter must be set when the
request that causes the authorization before calling
gsm48_gmm_authorize. The gprs_t3350_mode enum is extended by
GMM_T3350_MODE_NONE (value 0, which is the default) to make it
possible to detect related initialisation errors or race conditions.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Since it is planned to use struct gsm_subscriber to manage subscriber
data in the SGSN, this file which contains the generic subscriber
related methods is moved to libcommon.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently libcommon depends on libbsc, because gsm_network_init
(libcommon/gsm_data.c) directly calls gsm_net_update_ctype
(libbsc/gsm_04_08_utils.c).
This patch moves gsm_network_init to a new file libbsc/net_init.c.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This test checks the attach procedure until the Attach Complete is
received.
Note that authorization and GMM state updates are not working
properly yet.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This replaces serveral occurences of duplicated code for message
creation and sending (passing to gsm0408_gprs_rcvmsg) into a single
function. In addition, the sgsn_tx_counter is always reset within
send_0408_message to simplify the code that checks for the number of
messages sent.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently gbproxy_make_sgsn_tlli always returns a foreign TLLI when
it uses the (SGSN) P-TMSI to generate one.
This patch changes the implementation to return a SGSN TLLI of the
same type like the BSS TLLI in that case.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the sign_link pointer is dereferenced after a call to
osmo_signal_dispatch, which can indirectly call
e1inp_sign_link_destroy. If that happens, accessing *sign_link is
illegal and can lead to a segmentation violation.
Since only the bts pointer is needed from sign_link after the call to
osmo_signal_dispatch, this patch changes abis_nm_rcvmsg_fom to save
that pointer to a local variable earlier.
Addresses:
<0019> input/ipa.c:250 accept()ed new link from 192.168.1.101 to port 3002
SET ATTR NACK CAUSE=Message cannot be performed
<0005> bsc_init.c:52 Got a NACK going to drop the OML links.
<001b> bsc_init.c:319 Lost some E1 TEI link: 1 0xb351a830
=================================================================
==13198== ERROR: AddressSanitizer: heap-use-after-free on address 0xb5d1bc70 at pc 0x80a6e3d bp 0xbfbb33d8 sp 0xbfbb33cc
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
In case a BTS is being bootstrapped and one TS can not be
activated prevent the whole BTS from coming up.
When the OML activation is not being done the rest of the BSC
code still assumes these logical channel(s) to be available
and one will see channel activation issues that might be hard
to debug.
Instead of having a half-configured system up and running,
keep the BTS offline.
Currently the LLME is not deleted when a GMM Status message is
received for which a mmctx cannot be found. This can fill the LLME
list with unneeded entries.
This patch adds code to unassign the LLME in that case.
Ticket: OW#1324
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The following functions are not being used:
- gsm48_tx_gmm_status_oldmsg
- gsm48_tx_sm_status_oldmsg
This patch removes the function definitions.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Some switches do not like to receive the IPA PING/PONG messages.
Allow to disable the handling with "no timeout-ping" and create
test cases that verify the switching between the modes. Change the
code to trat <= 0 as an invalid timeout.
Fixes: SYS#713
Currently the temporary string 'tmp' is freed before parts of it are
referenced. This lets address sanitizer complain when evaluating
strlen(imsi), where imsi points into the 'tmp' data block.
This patch moves the talloc_free to the end of the function and uses
a rc variable instead of using early returns.
Addresses:
testSubscriberAddRemove (__main__.TestCtrlNITB) ... Launch:
./src/osmo-nitb/osmo-nitb -c
./doc/examples/osmo-nitb/nanobts/openbsc.cfg -l test_hlr.sqlite3
Connecting to host 127.0.0.1:4249
Sending "SET 1000 subscriber-modify-v1 2620345,445566"
Decoded replies: {}
ERROR
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently, when a Detach Request is received with an unknown TLLI,
it is answered by another Detach Request (!), even when a power_off
Type is used.
This patch uses gsm48_rx_gmm_det_req to handle the message instead.
So this function is changed to cope with a NULL mmctx. In that case
it doesn't unassign the llme, so this must be done manually
afterwards.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently, every time the SGSN received a Detach Request from the MS
via an established logical link, it is answered by a Detach Accept.
This violates the specification (GSM 04.08, 4.7.4.1.2 and .3), which
states, that it should only be sent, if "the detach type IE value
indicates that the detach request has not been sent due to switching
off".
This patch adds a conditional to limit the sending of Detach Accept
accordingly.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently only a Detach Request (MO) message with power_off = 0 is
checked.
This commit adds a new test case with power_off set to 1. It also
adds checks for the number of messages generated by the SGSN to
verify that these messages are handled differently.
Note that the handling of power_off isn't implemented yet. Therefore
the corresponding assertion is being disabled yet.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the ACL code is located in sgsn_vty.c.
This commit moves this to a new file sgsn_auth.c as a first step to
make authorization more flexible in order to implement remote
acquisition on subsciber data.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently each received Ident Resp triggers an Attach Accept/Reject
if IMSI and IMEI are known. This has led to duplicated Attach Accept
messages when used with the gbproxy (IMSI acquisition active) and
with certain mobile equipment (iOS).
This patch modifies gsm48_rx_gmm_id_resp to discard Ident Resp messages
if all required information (IMEI and IMSI) has been gathered.
Ticket: OW#1322
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the P-TMSI IE in PAGING_PS is not patched.
This commit adds code to patch BSSGP P-TMSI IE in
gbproxy_patch_bssgp independently from the P-TMSI patching at the LLC
layer. It also extends gbproxy_update_link_state_dl to use the IMSI
to find the link_info if the TLLI is not present in the message.
Note that the spec (GSM 08.18, 7.2) requires to use of the P-TMSI
instead of the IMSI to select the MS if that IE is available.
Nevertheless as long as the IMSI is always present in downlink BSSGP
messages and as long as the optional P-TMSI refers to the same MS
(which is the case currently), this is not an issue.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently, when P-TMSI patching is enabled, a new BSS P-TMSI is
generated for each Attach Accept. So two duplicated, subsequent
Attach Accept messages will be mapped to different BSS side P-TMSI.
Because the last one will replace former ones in the link_info
struct, the MS will fail to access the SGSN if it uses the former
P-TMSI to derive the new TLLI.
This patch checks the SGSN P-TMSI already assigned to the link_info
and only generates a new BSS P-TMSI on mismatch (or if the BSS P-TMSI
hasn't been set yet).
Ticket: OW#1322
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This adds a test case to check gbproxy's behaviour when processing
two subsequent but identical Attach Accept messages.
Ticket: OW#1322
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch adds assertions to check the LLC/GMM message received from
the gbproxy by the test framework within the function
test_gbproxy_keep_info.
It also fixes the source address of the DETACH ACC messages.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The osmo-sgsn sends Status messages (or nothing in case of non
GMM/GSM) when the TLLI is unknown. This prevents the MS from
reconnecting.
This patch adds the initiation of an MT detach procedure to force a
re-attach to set up a valid LLE context if an LLE or an MM context
cannot be found. Since this can also be triggered by non-GMM SAPI
messages, a GPRS application callback sgsn_force_reattach_oldmsg is
added which in turn calls the GMM layer to generate the GSM 04.08
specific messages.
Note that the MS can be left in REGISTERED state after initially
wanting to detach itself, since it will receive a Detach Req
(re-attach) when sending a DEACT PDP CTX REQ after the SGSN or
gbproxy (P-TMSI patching enabled) has been restarted. This same
behaviour has been observed with another SGSN.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the PDP contexts are hard freed (via sgsn_pdp_ctx_free)
at some places in gprs_gmm.c on the reception of a Detach Req and on
re-use of an IMSI that is already associated with an MM context. This
can lead to segfaults when there is a pending request or a data
indication at libgtp.
This patch add a new function sgsn_pdp_ctx_terminate that de-associates
the PTP context from the MM context, deactivates SNDCP, sets pdp->mm
to NULL and then calls sgsn_delete_pdp_ctx. sgsn_libgtp is updated to
check for pdp->mm being non-NULL before dereferencing it. The
sgsn_pdp_ctx_terminate function will be called for each PDP context of
an MM context before this context is going to be deleted via
sgsn_mm_ctx_free. To ensure, that the ctx->llme (which is accessed
during the deactivation of SNDCP) remains valid, the call to
gprs_llgmm_assign is moved after the call to sgsn_mm_ctx_free. The
handling of re-used IMSIs is changed to mimic the processing of a
Detach Req.
Addresses:
<0002> gprs_gmm.c:654 MM(/f6b31ab0) Deleting old MM Context for same
IMSI p_tmsi_old=0xc6f19134
<000f> gprs_sgsn.c:259 PDP freeing PDP context that still has a
libgtp handle attached to it, this shouldn't happen!
[...]
SEGFAULT
Ticket: OW#1311
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the timer is not stopped before the MM context is freed
which can lead to failure if sgsn_mm_ctx_free is called while timer
protected procedures are active.
This patch add code to cancel the timer if necessary from within
sgsn_mm_ctx_free.
Ticket: OW#1322
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the code segfaults when the link shall be deleted by IMSI
when the IMSI has not been set yet.
This patch adds a NULL check to skip the entry before calling
gsm48_mi_to_string,
Adresses:
Program received signal SIGSEGV, Segmentation fault.
0xb693af77 in gsm48_mi_to_string (string=0xbfffe020 "", str_len=200,
mi=0x0, mi_len=0) at gsm48.c:360
360 mi_type = mi[0] & GSM_MI_TYPE_MASK;
str_len=200, mi=0x0, mi_len=0) at gsm48.c:360
self=0x807c9a0 <delete_gb_link_by_id_cmd>, vty=0xb4303c70,
argc=3, argv=0xbfffe1c0) at gb_proxy_vty.c:670
...
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Coverity complains about having side effects in OSMO_ASSERT argument
expressions. This would be an issue in this case, because that
variable is only reference in other OSMO_ASSERT expressions.
Nevertheless this patch changes this to assign the variable outside
of OSMO_ASSERT.
Fixes: Coverity CID 1244239
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently all PTP messages are in general forwarded to the SGSN even
when the BVCI is not known to the gbproxy. Only if message patching
is active and the peer cannot be determined, a log message is
generated, a STATUS message returned, and the message discarded.
The intention for this was to keep the old gbproxy's behaviour if
patching is disabled. But the code gets much more complex this way.
Another drawback is that when the SGSN returns a corresponding STATUS
message, it cannot be routed to the BSS where the original message
came from.
This patch therefore changes the behaviour to reject BSSGP PTP uplink
messages immediately if the BVCI is not known.
Fixes: Coverity CID 1244240
Ticket: OW#1317
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This has been re-produced using the "osmo-pcu emulator" code
and a ping to force segmented SNDCP messages. When the NS link
enters the DEAD/BLOCKED state the msgb would be freed twice.
Once inside gprs_ns_sendmsg and once by the caller. Based on the
return one can not see if the parameter has been deleted.
I changed libosmocore/libosmogb to always free the msgb in case
of an error on the way to gprs_ns_sendmsg. Catch up, avoid the
double free and fix some memory leaks. In case the sending fails
assume the entire segmented message is at end and free the
original input data.
This has been tested by posix suspending/resuming the emulator
process to have the GPRS-NS link go to dead/blocked to alive
and unblocked. The ping recovers and "SIGUSR1" to the SGSN does
not show active memory allocations.
The SGSN calls bssgp_tx_dl_ud at the lowest level and has the
following callchains. Most of them allocate the msgb and have
no early return and transfer ownership already:
<- gprs_llc_tx_u
<- gprs_llc_tx_ui
<- gsm48_gmm_sendmsg (all callers sane)
<- _tx_status
<- _tx_detach_req
<- gprs_llc_tx_xid (all callers sane)
<- sndcp_unitdata_req
<- sndcp_send_ud_frag
To get a clue which message caused the error without having to enable
LOGL_DEBUG, information about how far the parser came (message name,
parsed fields) is logged with LOGL_NOTICE along with a full hexdump
of the message.
Ticket: OW#1307
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently, the log level is always LOGL_DEBUG. In case of errors it
would be helpful to use a higher log level.
This patch adds a log_level parameter to gprs_gb_log_parse_context to
let the caller decide about the level.
Ticket: OW#1307
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This function tries to get an accurate name for the message even if
the parsing has been aborted due to message errors.
The patch also moves the settings of the BSSGP related fields in
parse_ctx from behind to the front of bssgp_tlv_parse, to get more
information in the case of failure. This is now consistent with the
handling of the llc and g48_hdr fields.
Id addition, gprs_gb_log_parse_context now uses the new function to
derive a more accurate message name.
Ticket: OW#1307
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently it is possible to set the secondary SGSN NSEI to the same
value like the (primary) SGSN NSEI. This leads to undefined behaviour
and is hard to recognize.
This patch adds checks to either NSEI configuration command to refuse
conflicting values.
Ticket: OW#1306
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently, ptmsi_enc and new_ptmsi_enc point to the beginning of the
mobile identity. Since all P-TMSI in 04.08 (MM) are encoded this way (1
byte header + 4 byte P-TMSI value). This is different to the P-TMSI
encoding in 08.18 (BSSGP), where the P-TMSI is encoded into 4 byte
without MI header.
This patch changes the code to use pointers to the P-TMSI value,
which is encoded in the same way in both specifications.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently BSSGP PTP messages are silently dropped when the BVCI is
not known and patching is enabled. The nanoBTS will not recognize
this and continue to send messages on the BVCI. If it receives a
STATUS(BVCI unknown) instead, it will start a BVC reset procedure
instead.
This patch modifies gbprox_rx_ptp_from_bss() to return a
STATUS(BVCI unknown) to the BSS instead of dropping the message.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the parse expects a 'MS network capability' IE with
2 <= length <= 3 which is compliant to GSM 04.08, 9.4.1 but not to
GSM 24.008, 9.4.1 which specifies 3 <= length <= 9. Thus the parser
rejects messages with a length >= 4 (including length field).
This patch relaxes the length check to accept either range by
requiring 2 <= length <= 9.
Ticket: OW#1258
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently one regexp ('patching') is used for all matching.
This patch adds a second category 'routing' which is exclusively used
for SGSN selection. It also adds a corresponding VTY command:
- match-imsi patching RE : MS related patching (currently APN)
- match-imsi routing RE : Select secondary SGSN on match only
- no match-imsi : Clear all filter expressions
Ticket: OW#1258
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch modifies the match-imsi command to allow for different
match categories (currently only 'patching' is provided).
- match-imsi patching RE : Filter APN patching and routing
- no match-imsi : Clear all filter expressions
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently, patch filter configurations are leaking between tests.
This adds a call to gbproxy_clear_patch_filter() to the end of each
test that calls gbproxy_set_patch_filter().
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The current implementation makes it difficult to add further match
expressions.
This patch adds a new struct gbproxy_match that contains the fields
needed for each match expression. The matches (config) and the
results (link_info) are stored in arrays. All related functions are
updated to use them. The old fields in the config structure are
removed.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch adds assertions to check the LLC/GMM message received from
the gbproxy by the test framework within the function
test_gbproxy_ra_patching.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the only way to check, whether the right message have been
generated is to look into the generated text output. This is
error-prone if there are many messages.
This patch adds a way to optionally store all received messages into
a FIFO. They can then be checked by calling expect_msg() which
removes the first message from the FIFO and returns a pointer to it
or NULL if there is none. The pointer is only valid until the next
call to this function.
A few convenience functions are added to check for common message
types:
- expect_gmm_msg checks for certain GSM 04.08 messages in LLC/GMM
- expect_llc_msg checks for arbitrary LLC messages in BSSGP/UD
- expect_bssgp_msg checks for arbitrary BSSG messages
Each of their arguments can be set by MATCH_ANY to ignore it while
matching. On success, they return a pointer to a statically
allocated struct containing the pointer to the msg and the full parse
context.
Recording is enabled by setting the global variable received_messages
to a pointer to a struct llist_head. It can be disabled again by
setting it to NULL.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the pointers are computed by adding an offset to the new
message's _data pointer even when the original pointer is NULL.
This leads to invalid pointers in the copied msgb.
This patch adds a NULL check to each computation such that NULL
pointers are not adjusted.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch adds und uses the function gbproxy_gsm48_to_peer() which
takes a GSM 04.08 message, encapsulates it in BSSGP and LLC, and
sends it to the BSS peer. This function increments vu_gen_tx_bss
which is now used instead of imsi_acq_retries to set the N(U) of the
outgoing message.
Since imsi_acq_retries isn't currently incremented before a Detach
Accept is generated, this patch also fixes the N(U) of such messages.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently then link_info is not cleaned up completely, when
gbproxy_unregister_link_info is called.
This patch adds a function gbproxy_reset_link that must be defined
externally. This is done in gb_proxy.c, where it resets the IMSI
acquisition.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
That message is currently ignored but should invalidate the TLLI and
de-register the logical link instead.
This patch extends the parser to recognize such messages and to set
the invalidate_tlli flag.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The TLLI should also be invalidated:
- when an Attach Reject info is received from the SGSN
- when an Attach Req is immediately followed by a Detach Req
- when an Attach Req is immediately followed by an MT detach
procedure
To verify that, this patch adds corresponding message sequences to
the test.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This fixes the IMSI length assertion, which currently uses a
greater-or-equal than zero comparison which always yields true. It is
replaced by a greater than zero check.
Fixes: Coverity CID 1239442
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
A single test case still uses time() to obtain the reference time.
This commit fixes this by using the 'now' variable instead, that
contains a fixed time value and does therefore not depend on when the
test is executed.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently time() is used for age calculations. This time source
may jump either forwards or backwards in time (NTP update, leap
seconds).
This patch replaces the use of time() by using
clock_gettime(CLOCK_MONOTONIC) instead.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Don't return a link_info if TLLI is 0 resp. P-TMSI is 0xffff. These
values are used for uninitialised or cleared fields and can possibly
match several entries.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Since the (former) TLLI list has developed into a logical link list,
related commands are renamed accordingly.
- tlli-list * -> link-list *
- delete-gbproxy-tlli * -> delete-gbproxy-link *
- show gbproxy tllis -> show gbproxy links
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This field in struct gbproxy_patch_state has involved and holds a
list of all tracked logical links now. Thus the name is modified
accordingly.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently in many places where 'tlli' (Temporary Logical Link
Identifier) within identifiers is used, the logical link itself is
meant instead. For instance, the tlli_info contain information about
an LLC logical link including up to four individual TLLI.
To avoid confusion between these concepts, this patch replaces all
'tlli_info' by 'link_info' and a few 'tlli' by 'link'.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch replaces 'tlli' by 'tlli_info' within the following
function identifiers:
- gbproxy_delete_tlli
- gbproxy_delete_tllis
- gbproxy_remove_stale_tllis
- gbproxy_touch_tlli
- gbproxy_unregister_tlli
- gbproxy_remove_matching_tllis
- gbproxy_find_tlli -> gbproxy_tlli_info_by_tlli
- gbproxy_find_tlli_by_* -> gbproxy_tlli_info_by_*
These functions refer to the whole logical link info rather than to a
certain TLLI. So they are renamed to be named consistently with
gbproxy_attach_tlli_info and others.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The function gbproxy_imsi_acquisition() has a parameter sgsn_nsei
that is alyways equal to tlli_info->sgsn_nsei (if tlli_info is not
NULL).
This patch removes this parameter from gbproxy_imsi_acquisition() and
gbproxy_flush_stored_messages() and accesses tlli_info->sgsn_nsei
instead within these functions.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch renames gbproxy_check_tlli() to
gbproxy_imsi_matches() and struct tlli_info's
enable_patching to imsi_matches.
It's meant to be more obvious and consistent this way.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the number of iterations when creating a P-TMSI/TLLI is not
limited. It is nevertheless very unlikely that the loop will not
terminate. On the other hand, the number of iterations of every loop
should have an upper bound (loop variant) which wouldn't be the case
here if an arbitrary random generator was used.
This patch limits the number of iterations to 23 and logs an error if
the creation of the indentifier was aborted due to this limit.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the IMSI acquisition is not restarted when a RA Update
Request is received. This leads to repeated N(U) in the generated
Ident Request message, which in turn causes the MS to drop the
second of these message. This is bad, when the first Ident Response
has been lost between MS and gbproxy.
This patch changes gbproxy_imsi_acquisition() to handle RA Update
Request messages like Attach Requests.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
When a MS is state GMM_REGISTERED enters a new RA, it sends a RA
Update Request which is then handled by a gbproxy that possibly
doesn't have a matching tlli_info. In this case, depending on the
configuration an identification procedure to acquire the IMSI must be
started.
This adds tests to test_gbproxy_imsi_acquisition():
- IMSI acquisition triggered by a RA Update Request message
- Reaction to repeated RA Update Request messages, like it could be
caused by packet loss between PCU and gbproxy.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
On a Detach/Re-attach cycle the Address Sanitizer detected a
use-after-free kind of problem. That is because we tried to
destroy the LLME twice. The first time it is destroyed as part
of the Detach handling ans the second time it is destroyed as
part of destroying the old MM context.
In case the GPRS GMM detach message is lost the SGSN needs
to reply besides not having a MM entry.
The alternative would have been to add NULL checks for all
usages of ctx->llme which would not have helped with the
readability.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
For jitter, transit and packet loss we should count the data
that arrived and not the data we send towards the remote. This
is changing the jitter timings to what they were before the
re-factoring.
For forced timing we might willingly add jumps in the sequence
number but for jitter and packet loss we are more interested
in the data that traveled through the wire/air.
The Annex A code has a probation period but we don't have it. When
starting with seq_no==0 do not assume that the sequence numbers
have wrapped. Do it by moving the entire checking code into the
else.
mgcp_patch_and_count has grown due supporting linearizing timestamps,
ssrc and other things for equipment like the ip.access nanoBTS. Fight
back and move the Annex A code into a dedicated method.
The result is updated as we now count after all the patching and for
the Annex A code no change in SSRC can be detected.
Before the old code allowed to specify "timeout-ping bla" which
would be parsed as '0' which would trigger a flood of pings. Use
the VTY code to parse it as a number.
Currently when gprs_llgmm_reset() is invoked an XID reset is sent but
the local LLC parameters (e.g. V(U)) are not cleared (see GSM 04.64,
8.5.3.1). This can lead to discarded messages on the SGSN side.
This patch modifies gprs_llgmm_reset to clear vu_send, vu_recv,
oc_ui_send, oc_ui_recv.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the SGSN side message's TLLI are searched without checking
the originating SGSN. This leads to collisions if both SGSN use the
same P-TMSI for different MS.
With this patch, the SGSN NSEI is stored within the tlli_info and is
used in comparisons to separate the namespaces.
Note that this type of collision cannot happen with BSS numbers,
since the tlli_info are already separated and stored per (BSS) peer.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch extends test_gbproxy_secondary_sgsn() by the establishment
of a third MS connection using a P-TMSI that has been assigned by the
other SGSN already. It is expected that the entries do not
interfere and are properly retrieved.
Note that these collisions are not handled properly yet.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently it is possible to create serveral entries referring to the
same P-TMSI/TLLI by using P-TMSI assigment via Attach Accept or
RA Update Accept messages. This can lead to the use of the wrong
tlli_info.
This patch adds gbproxy_remove_matching_tllis() that removes all
conflicting entries. This function is called after the P-TMSIs and
the resulting TLLIs has been set up.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This tests P-TMSI assignment when P-TMSI patching is disabled. A test
with colliding P-TMSI in Attach Accept messages is included.
Note that P-TMSI collisions are not handled properly yet.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Since this message puts the MS into DEREGISTERED state (like a detach
procedure), this message is parsed and the invalidate_tlli field is
set accordingly.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This commit adds/modifies the following VTY commands:
- delete-gbproxy-tlli <NSEI> de-registered : Delete all
de-registered entries
- show gbproxy tllis : Display 'DE-REGISTERED' when appropriate
In addition, the implementation of the delete-gbproxy-tlli command
has been split into two functions (with and without TLLI/IMSI
value).
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
gprs_gb_log_parse_context() uses a sequence of LOGP calls to compose
a single message line. This leads to cluttered log output.
This patch replaces all but the first LOGP applications in this
function by applications of LOGPC.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently it is possible to create several tlli_info entries with the
same IMSI.
This patch disables this by adding a check before the imsi field
is updated.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently a tlli_info entry is deleted when the TLLI gets invalidated
by a Detach message.
This patch introduces the possibility to keep tlli_info entries in
the list. Those entries then have cleared TLLI fields, are marked as
de-registered, and can only be retrieved by a message containing an
IMSI or a P-TMSI.
The following VTY configuration commands are added to the gbproxy
node:
- tlli-list keep-mode never : Don't keep the entries (default)
- tlli-list keep-mode re-attach : Only keep them, when a Detach
message with re-attach required has been received
- tlli-list keep-mode identified : Only keep entries which are
associated with an IMSI
- tlli-list keep-mode always : Keep all entries
Note that at least one of max-length or max-age should be set when
this feature is used to limit the number of entries.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently when patching is basically enabled P-TMSI and TLLI gets
patched even when P-TMSI patching is not enabled. Albeit the result
is correct in this case (the same value is re-written), the counter
shows unexpected results.
This patch adds configuration checks for P-TMSI and TLLI patching. It
also reorders the code of gbproxy_patch_raid to return early if there
is nothing to patch.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This test case consists of a sequence of several attach and detach
procedures. The kind of detach varies (mobile originated, mobile
terminated re-attach required, mobile terminated re-attach not
required, routing area update reject). To main focus is to check that
the tlli_info is de-registered correctly (not accessible via the
TLLI) and that can be re-used afterwards (which is not implemented
yet).
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This function is a remainder of the initial implemenation that was
not meant for TLLI patching and can be used for the BSS side only.
The SGSN side is already using a composition of more flexible
single purpose functions.
This patch changes the implementation to use a similar approach. The
function is moved to gbproxy_test.c and renamed to register_tlli to
keep the tests intact.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
If IMSI acquisition is enabled and the gbproxy receives a Detach
request from the MS, it cannot pass it to the SGSN since the
acquisition has not yet been completed.
This patch implements the generation of a Detach Accept message and
for this case and updates the TLLI state accordingly.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the RAI in the LLC part of the message is not updated if
the message has been taken from the list of stored messages. The
reason is, that old_raid_matches is update in
gbprox_process_bssgp_ul() but not in gbproxy_flush_stored_messages().
This patch moves the check to gprs_gb_parse_bssgp() which is called
at both places and where other fields like parse_ctx->tlli are set,
too.
In addition, old_raid_matches is replaced by old_raid_is_foreign
since this is clearer in the case when there is no old RAI at all.
Several RAI patch counter assertions are also added to
test_gbproxy_ra_patching().
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Add a Attach Request message to test_gbproxy_ra_patching, where the
BSSGP RAI differs from the old RAI signalled in the LLC part. This
case had not been tested explicitely yet.
Change the RAI in the first Attach Request in
test_gbproxy_imsi_acquisition from rai_unknown to rai_bss.
Add Detach Requests to test_gbproxy_imsi_acquisition, one for a
incomplete attach procedure and one for an unknown (fresh) TLLI.
In these cases, the acquisition of a IMSI is not necessary and also
doesn't work properly with an E71.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Since at all places where mi_data/mi_data_len is used it will always
contain an IMSI. Thus the names of the identifiers have been updated
accordingly for clarity.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This commit changes gbproxy_imsi_acquisition as follows:
tlli_info->mi_data_len is used instead of parse_ctx->imsi to check,
whether the IMSI is known already. Since the function is always
called after gbproxy_update_tlli_ul(), the two values are already
synchronized.
Messages are always flushed when the IMSI gets known, if the current
message is IDENT RESP discard it, otherwise continue processing as
usual.
The 'if' clauses are simplified for better readability.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
gbprox_process_bssgp_ul has grown quite large mainly by the addition
of IMSI acquisition.
This patch moves that code into several smaller functions. In
addition, the peer resolution which is similar to that in
gbprox_process_bssgp_dl is moved into a separate function, too.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This allows us to know what number of messages and bytes has been
received per active osmux endpoint.
Note that an Osmux message is composed of several chunks. Each chunk
contains an osmux header plus several voice data frames.
P: PS=385, OS=11188, PR=195, OR=5655, PL=0, JI=49
X-Osmo-CP: EC TIS=0, TOS=0, TIR=0, TOR=0
X-Osmux-ST: CR=51, BR=3129
The new 'X-Osmux-ST:' notifies the received chunks and bytes.
This patch removes the patch_mode feature including the related VTY
command patch-mode. Where sensible, the other configuration flags are
queried instead.
In addition, this initial checks in gbprox_process_bssgp_dl() and
gbprox_process_bssgp_ul() have been updated.
The patch mode feature has not been used and was increasingly
difficult to maintain.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch add explicit tests for
- gbproxy_peer_by_bvci
- gbproxy_peer_by_nsei
- gbproxy_cleanup_peers
- gbproxy_peer_by_rai
- gbproxy_peer_by_lai
- gbproxy_peer_by_lac
and for messages with an unknown TLLI sent by the SGSN.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the stored messages are only removed, when IMSI acquisition
has succeeded. In addition, receiving two ATTACH_REQ messages in
sequence (e.g. due to loss of a Identity Req/Resp message) will not
restart the IMSI acquisition procedure.
This patch adds gbproxy_tlli_info_discard_messages() to clean up the
message list and calls it from gbproxy_delete_tlli() fixing a
potential memory leak. It is also called when an Attach Request
message has been received. In that case the imsi_acq_pending flag is
cleared, too. This would (re-)trigger the IMSI acquisition procedure
at each of these messages. If an Ident Response has been lost,
resending the Ident Request with the same N(U) will not work.
Therefore the N(U) gets incremented on each Ident Request generated
by the gbproxy. The first N(U) used is 256 which shouldn't collide
with the V(UT) used by the SGSN given that P-TMSI patching is enabled
(since a new random TLLI is used initially on every new (no
tlli_info) connection and V(U) starts with zero then).
Ticket: OW#1261
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
If the Attach Request procedure gets restarted e.g. because of a lost
message, all of these messages are stored if IMSI acquisition is in
progress.
This patch adds a test for this case and modifies the dump_peers
function to output the number of stored messages.
Note that the number of stored messages currently increases with each
(repeatedly) received Attach Request which is not the desired behaviour.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently, a new P-TMSI within an Attach Accept or within an RA
Update Request is applied to the TLLI mapping (gbproxy_reassign_tlli)
_before_ patching is done. This can lead to inconsistent behaviour
when the TLLI validation has not been completed, which is the case
when subsequent RA UDP REQ are received. The new TLLI must not be
applied to the message itself yet, it should only be considered for
following messages.
This patch moves the TLLI reassignment to
gbproxy_update_tlli_state_after() to fix that.
It also separates the implementation of the feature that a new
tlli_info can be created when such a message is received from the
SGSN. This makes sense, when P-TMSI patching is not active and the
tlli_info entry has expired.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently tlli_info are created for SGSN originated messages when
the SGSN TLLI cannot be found and P-TMSI patching is active. This
doesn't make much sense, since the BSS side TLLI is not known in this
case. Given that the SGSN is working properly, that can only happen
if either the tlli_info has expired or the gbproxy has been
restarted.
This patch disables the creation of a tlli_info in this case.
Note that these messages are passed unmodified to the MS so far.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This adds a sequence of two RA update procedures to
test_gbproxy_ptmsi_patching(). Each of them assigns a new P-TMSI.
Note that the implementation fails to patch the RAI within the
message labelled 'RA UDP ACC (P-TMSI 3)' and logs 'TLLI sent by the
SGSN is unknown'.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Since the secondary SGSN selection and APN patching can both be
enable/disabled by IMSI matching, this patch introduces a separate
match-imsi command and removes the corresponding variant of the
core-access-point-name command.
P-TMSI patching and IMSI acquisition are enabled/disabled by
match-imsi resp. secondary-sgsn. The patch-ptmsi and acquire-imsi
commands are still available for internal testing but are subject to
being removed.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch extends the 'show gbproxy tllis' command to display the
number of stored messages per tlli_info if there are any.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently all STATUS messages coming from the SGSN are just logged
and dropped. This prevents the PCU from recognising that the
(secondary) SGSN doesn't know about a certain BVCI and might require
a reset procedure.
This patch changes gbprox_rx_sig_from_bss() to forward STATUS
messages with cause "Invalid BVCI" containing a BVCI to the BSS.
Note that this will not forward broken "Invalid BVCI"
messages which do not include a BVCI IE.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the gbproxy sends STATUS messages that are not compliant to
GSM 08.18, 10.4.14.1: The BVCI must be included if (and only if) the
cause is either "BVCI blocked" or "BVCI unknown".
This patch adds a missing BVCI to UNKNOWN_BVCI and BVCI_BLOCKED
status messages if the BVCI is available. Otherwise, INV_MAND_INF is
used instead.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the numeric TLLI or tlli_info's enable_patching flag is
used to decide, whether a APN shall be patched or the secondary SGSN
shall be used. Using the numeric TLLI imposes a problem, when
TLLI/P-TMSI patching is used, since gbproxy_check_tlli uses the BSS
side TLLI namespace when trying to get the tlli_info.
This patch modifies the gbproxy_check_tlli() function to accept a
tlli_info pointer instead of a numeric TLLI. The tlli_info is already
available when the function is called. Since this a similar approach
has been used by accessing the enable_patching flag directly, this
commit unifies checking by always using this function instead of the
flag outside of gb_proxy_tlli.c.
This fixes the APN patching that doesn't work currently when P-TMSI
patching is enabled.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This commit adds a single ACT PDP CTX REQ message to
test_gbproxy_ptmsi_patching() to check whether APN patching works in
this case, too.
Note that this doesn't work currently, the APN patch count is not
incremented.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the new command acquire-imsi and secondary-sgsn are not
included into the write command's output.
This is fixed by this commit.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Some messages that are related to the BVC itself must be forwarded to
the secondary SGSN, too.
This patch implements this for BVC-RESET (BVCI != 0) and FLOW-CONTROL-BVC
messages. The resulting acknowledgement messages from the secondary
SGSN are silently dropped. The idea behind this is that the primary
SGSN is responsible for setting up and maintaining the BVC whereas
the secondary SGSN is rather passive and just has to accept it.
Ticket: OW#1258
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch modifies gbprox_process_bssgp_ul() to send the message to
the secondary SGSN if the IMSI has matched and routing to the
secondary SGSN is enabled. The destination for stored messages is
modified accordingly.
Ticket: OW#1261
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch adds a case to test the establishment (and shutdown) of
connection between 2 MS and 2 SGSN, where the assignment is based
on each IMSI. Since BVC-RESET and FLOW-CONTROL-BVC will have to be
sent to both SGSN, an ACK is simulated for both.
New functions to generate FLOW-CONTROL-BVC(-ACK) messages are
provided.
It modifies dump_peers to add the string "IMSI matches" to a TLLI dump
line if appropriate.
Note that there is no real support to use a secondary SGSN in the
gbproxy yet, but the test code reflects the expected behaviour when
the feature is implemented.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch refactors SGSN NSEI handling to support a secondary SGSN.
It adds the following VTY commands:
- secondary-sgsn nsei <0-65534>
- no secondary-sgsn
Sending messages to the secondary SGSN is not yet implemented, but
received messages from such a SGSN would be forwarded to the BSS
peers.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This should have been part of the 'Implement IMSI acquisition'
commit, where a similar change has been made for BSS originated PTP
messages.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
We want to reduce the background traffic and might set the ping
interval to be in the range of minutes. But this means that if
the TCP connection is frozen several "SCCP CR CM Service Requests"
will be stuck in the send queue without ever being answered. I
could have used the logic of not receiving the "SCCP CC" to close
the connection but instead I am introducing an overload to schedule
the ping as part of the normal SCCP connection establishment.
The VTY write case has been manually verified, I have also looked
at a single trace to see that the SCCP CR and the IPA PING is
transfered in the same ethernet frame.
Jacob ran the tests with ASAN and noticed that the state is
dead. This is on purpose as we have forced a change in the
transcoding. Re-load the state and verify that it has not
changed in the other cases.
To modify or route messages based on the IMSI the latter must be known
when the action shall take place.
This patch modifies the gbproxy to optionally retain and enqueue
messages from the MS while initiating an identification procedure.
Further message processing of the LLC PTP link towards the SGSN will
be done, when the identity of the MS has been acquired.
Note that the N(U) of the LLC GMM SAPI are not adjusted, so it is
possible that adjacent messages of a single LLC link arriving either
at the BSS or the SGSN have the same N(U) and might get discarded,
leading to retransmissions and additional delay.
Note also that retransmissions and packet loss are not yet handled
explicitely. If for instance the generated IDENT REQ gets lost, the
gbproxy will not act on its own. In this case, the MS will time out
and eventually resend the Attach Request on which the gbproxy will
act exactly like before (thus having two Attach Req messages in its
queue, which will both be sent after the Ident Resp arrives).
This has been tested successfully with an E71, needing one
retransmission by the SGSN due to an N(U) collision.
Ticket: OW#1261
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch copies test_gbproxy_ptmsi_patching to
test_gbproxy_imsi_acquisition as a base for a later test for IMSI
acquisition (which is not yet implemented). The idea behind this is
to make the different behaviour visible in the ok file without
compromising the P-TMSI test.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently when patching is enabled and an error happens when
receiving a message from the SGSN, the patched message is sent back
with the PDU_IN_ERROR IE.
This patch modifies gbprox_rx_sig_from_sgsn() to copy the message
before it is patched, so that the original message can be used with
the STATUS message. gbprox_rx_ptp_from_sgsn() does all checks before
the message is patched, so copying is not necessary.
Since gbprox_rx_sig_from_sgsn() is not called for BSSGP UNITDATA
messages and the msgb is already been copied in the gbprox_relay2peer
function, the relative performance impact is expected to be low.
Note that the PDU IE of STATUS messages received from an MS and
forwarded to the SGSN will not be patched. STATUS messages from the
SGSN are only logged and not forwarded to the MS.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently messages like these with a TLLI IE (BSSGP) are not
tested (properly) with TLLI patching.
This patch extends the send_bssgp_suspend* functions to accept a
TLLI as argument and adds the send_bssgp_llc_discarded function.
These are then used in test_gbproxy_ptmsi_patching() with a valid
TLLI.
Note that the TLLI IE patching doesn't work currently.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch adds gbprox_rx_data_from_sgsn() and
gbprox_rx_ptp_from_bss() which contain the PTP message processing
of gbprox_rcvmsg(). The calls to gbprox_process_bssgp_ul() are moved
from gbprox_relay2sgsn() to gbprox_rx_ptp_from_bss() and
gbprox_rx_sig_from_bss().
The goal is, to do all patching (and calls to gbprox_process_bssgp_*)
from within the gbprox_rx_* functions. Doing the patching from within
gbprox_relay2sgsn has the drawback, that the patching code cannot
call gbprox_relay2sgsn() which is needed if a single message shall
trigger a sequence of messages.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The compiler also uses this attribute for code elimination. If the
nonnull attribute has been given erroneously for an parameter, that
is later been checked against NULL, this check is removed silently
by the gcc if optimization is enabled. This can lead to hard-to-find
segmentation violation faults.
To be on the safe side, this patch removes all uses of the nonnull
attribute in openbsc.
Compiler:
- gcc 4.8.2 (Ubuntu 4.8.2-19ubuntu1): no warning, segfault
- clang 3.4 (3.4-1ubuntu3): no warning, no segfault, asm ok
Example:
/* foo.c */
int f(int* p) __attribute((nonnull));
int f(int *p) {
if (!p)
return 0;
return *p;
}
/* main.c */
int f(int* p) __attribute((nonnull));
int g () {
return f(arg);
}
int main() {
return g(NULL);
}
When these files are compiled into an executable, no warnungs are
issued but it will fail with a segfault when -O2 is used (unless LTO
is active).
Compiler output (gcc -O2):
int f(int *p) {
0: 8b 44 24 04 mov 0x4(%esp),%eax
4: 8b 00 mov (%eax),%eax
6: c3 ret
}
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
In case we get offered G729 and G711 we might have selected
G729 as the audio codec. The first packet we receive might be
G711 though. In that case we will need to change. But only if
we have a matching alternate codec payload_type. E.g. in the
case of comfort noise we will receive the PT=11 and we don't
want to change.
In case of some RTP proxy from time to time we are offered both
G729 and G711 but only one of them will work. I intend to adjust
the codec at runtime in case we receive the wrong codec.
We might be offered multiple codecs by the remote and need to
switch between them once we receive data. Do this by moving it
to a struct so we can separate between proposed and current
codec. In SDP we can have multiple codecs but a global ptime.
The current code doesn't separate that clearly instead we write
it to the main codec.
Use the rtp_hdr structure. The basic alignment issue remains
and I need to merge/cherry-pick Jacob's getters for the ts,
sequence number and other attributes.
./configure --help indicates:
--enable-external-tests Include the VTY/CTRL tests in make check
[default=no]
but
./configure ... --enable-external-tests
configure: WARNING: unrecognized options: --enable-external-tests
the name of the option seems to be --enable-ext-tests.
The library allows to indicate zero as batch size if you want to use
the default size, however openbsc saves 'osmux batch-size 0' which is
not good as input.
Use OSMUX_BATCH_DEFAULT_MAX to explicitly initialize the batch size
from mgcp_parse_config().
The talloc_free on the nat lead to the freeing of the bsc_config
which lead to freeing of the rate_ctr_group. The rate_ctr_group
remained in a global list and the next creation of a bsc_config
would access dead memory. Fix it.
The free routine is only meant to be used by the test, for the
real nat we would need to make sure that all connections and
other state that refers to the cfg is removed/closed first.
Fix various memleaks in the test while we are at it. There are
still some to fix.
==7195== Invalid write of size 4
==7195== at 0x4043171: rate_ctr_group_alloc (linuxlist.h:65)
==7195== by 0x804D893: bsc_config_alloc (bsc_nat_utils.c:174)
==7195== by 0x804B5D2: main (bsc_nat_test.c:954)
==7195== Address 0x4311cbc is 52 bytes inside a block of size 208 free'd
==7195== at 0x4029D28: free (in /usr/lib/valgrind/vgpreload_memcheck-x86-linux.so)
==7195== by 0x4048D98: _talloc_free (talloc.c:609)
==7195== by 0x4052806: talloc_free (talloc.c:578)
==7195== by 0x804B58A: main (bsc_nat_test.c:940)
bsc_nat_ctrl.c: In function ‘set_net_cfg_cmd’:
bsc_nat_ctrl.c:360:3: warning: implicit declaration of function ‘bsc_replace_string’ [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
bsc_replace_string(bsc_cfg, &bsc_cfg->acc_lst_name, cmd->value);
^
gbproxy_patch_bssgp: Move a check for tlli_info in front of the first
conditional that depends on it, and return immediately if it is NULL.
gbproxy_register_tlli: Initialize tlli_already_known to 0.
Fixes: Coverity CID 1232691
Fixes: Coverity CID 1232692
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Remove redundant information log message:
<000b> bsc_mgcp_utils.c:647 BSC doesn't want to use Osmux, failing back to RTP
<000b> bsc_mgcp_utils.c:669 bsc didn't accept to use Osmux (cid=0)
One single log message is just fine. The error path already indicates
the precise reason not to accept the request to use Osmux.
This patch includes several osmux fixes that are interdependent:
1) This adds Osmux circuit ID, this is allocated from the bsc-nat. This
announces the circuit ID in the CRCX MGCP message. This aims to resolve
the lack of uniqueness due to the use of endp->ci, which is local to
the bsc. This ID is notified via X-Osmux: NUM where NUM is the osmux
circuit ID.
2) The dummy load routines are now used to setup osmux both in bsc and
bsc-nat to resolve source port NAT issues as suggested by Holger. The
source port that is used from the bsc is not known until the first
voice message is sent to the bsc-nat, therefore enabling osmux from
the MGCP plane breaks when a different source port is used.
3) Add refcnt to struct osmux_handle, several endpoints can be using the
same input RTP osmux handle to perform the batching. Remove it from the
osmux handle list once nobody is using it anymore to clean it up.
4) Add a simple Osmux state-machine with three states. The initial state
is disabled, then if the bsc-nat requests Osmux, both sides enters
activating. The final enabled state is reached once the bsc-nat sees
the dummy load message that tells what source port is used by the bsc.
5) The osmux input handle (which transforms RTP messages to one Osmux batch)
is now permanently attached to the endpoint when Osmux is set up from the
dummy load path, so we skip a lookup for each message. This simplifies
osmux_xfrm_to_osmux().
After this patch, the workflow to setup Osmux is the following:
bsc bsc-nat
| |
|<------ CRCX ----------|
| X-Osmux: 3 | (where 3 is the Osmux circuit ID
| | that the bsc-nat has allocated)
|------- resp --------->|
| X-Osmux: 3 | (the bsc confirm that it can
| | use Osmux).
. .
| |
setup osmux |----- dummy load ----->| setup osmux
| Osmux CID: 3 |
In two steps:
1st) Allocate the Osmux Circuit ID (CID): The bsc-nat allocates an unique
Osmux CID that is notified to the bsc through the 'X-Osmux:' extension.
The bsc-nat annotates this circuit ID in the endpoint object. The bsc
replies back with the 'X-Osmux:' to confirm that it agrees to use Osmux.
If the bsc doesn't want to use Osmux, it doesn't include the extension
so the bsc-nat knows that it has to use to RTP.
2nd) The dummy load is used to convey the Osmux CID. This needs to happen
at this stage since the bsc-nat needs to know what source port the bsc
uses to get this working since the bsc may use a different source
port due to NAT. Unfortunately, this can't be done from the MGCP signal
plane since the real source port is not known that the bsc uses is not
known.
This patch also reverts the MDCX handling until it is clear that we need
this special handling for this case.
In the bsc-nat side, the osmux socket initialization can be done from
the vty. This ensure that the osmux socket is available by the time the
bsc-nt receives the dummy load that confirms that the osmux flow has
been set up.
This change is required by the follow up patch. This change ensures that
the Osmux socket in the bsc-nat is already in place by the time this
receives the dummy load.
Back in March 2013, some structures and defines related to decoded
measurement reports have been moved from openbsc to libosmocore
(libosmocore e128f4663104ed64e33e362cff2566f36d65e658) so that they can
be used also from osmo-bts. This finally makes gsm_lchan follow suit
for osmo-bts.
The gb_proxy shouldn't start to open the box of pandora by including the
gsm_data_shared.h file, particularly not without defining the BSC role.
In any case, as the reserved TMSI is something that's part of the GSM
specs, and not specific to the OpenBSC implementation, it should be part
of libosmocore.
All review feedback will be addressed _after_ the split of the
files. This is the only reasonable approach to get the split of
files merged. I didn't have the time to review all of the code
before the point of splitting.
This patch moves the peer related definitions from gb_proxy.c to
gb_proxy_peer.c and adjusts the prefix of each global symbol to
gbproxy_:
Peer definitions (prefix adjusted to gbproxy_):
peer_ctr_description -> gprs/gb_proxy_peer.c (static)
peer_ctrg_desc -> gprs/gb_proxy_peer.c (static)
*peer_by_* -> gprs/gb_proxy_peer.c
gbproxy_peer_alloc -> gprs/gb_proxy_peer.c
gbproxy_peer_free -> gprs/gb_proxy_peer.c
gbprox_cleanup_peers -> gprs/gb_proxy_peer.c
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch moves several functions and declarations out of gb_proxy.c
to make them reusable by other components and to separate them by
context and task.
Counter enums (prefix is changed to gbproxy_):
enum gbprox_global_ctr -> gprs/gb_proxy.h
enum gbprox_peer_ctr -> gprs/gb_proxy.h
Generic Gb parsing (prefix is changed to gprs_gb_):
struct gbproxy_parse_context -> openbsc/gprs_gb_parse.h
gbprox_parse_dtap() -> gprs/gprs_gb_parse.c
gbprox_parse_llc() -> gprs/gprs_gb_parse.c
gbprox_parse_bssgp() -> gprs/gprs_gb_parse.c
gbprox_log_parse_context() -> gprs/gprs_gb_parse.c
*_shift(), *_match() -> gprs/gprs_gb_parse.c (no prefix)
gbprox_parse_gmm_* -> gprs/gprs_gb_parse.c (static)
gbprox_parse_gsm_* -> gprs/gprs_gb_parse.c (static)
MI testing/parsing (prefix gprs_ added):
is_mi_tmsi() -> gprs/gprs_utils.c
is_mi_imsi() -> gprs/gprs_utils.c
parse_mi_tmsi() -> gprs/gprs_utils.c
TLLI state handling (prefix is changed to gbproxy_):
gbprox_*tlli* -> gprs/gb_proxy_tlli.c
(except gbprox_patch_tlli, gbproxy_make_sgsn_tlli)
Message patching (prefix is changed to gbproxy_):
gbprox_*patch* -> gprs/gb_proxy_patch.c
gbprox_check_imsi -> gprs/gb_proxy_patch.c
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Add LLC test messages containing XID (SAPI LLGMM, U frame) and IP traffic
(SAPI LL11, UI frame).
Add a test case containing a complete SGSN session with TLLI/PTMSI
patching enabled.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch modifies gbprox_make_bss_ptmsi() to generate a new P-TMSI
when patch_ptmsi is set in the configuration instead of using the
P-TMSI assigned by the SGSN. It modifies gbprox_make_sgsn_tlli() to
either use a foreign TLLI based on the SGSN side P-TMSI or (if there
is none) generate a random TLLI if patch_ptmsi is set. Otherwise, the
TLLI used by the BSS is used.
The seeds for the pseudo-random sequences sre set based on time
initially. Note that these are neither cryptographically safe nor
protected against collisions.
Ticket: OW#1259
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch contains fixes for the TLLI tracking and handling.
It adds and uses gbprox_map_tlli() the map the source TLLI to the
destination TLLI while respecting whether it is current or assigned.
It removes gbprox_register_tlli() from the downlink path. It fixes
TLLI validation and disables the use of the BSSGP TLLI IE.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently, these messages lead to a parsing error which prevents them
from being processed any further.
This patch sets the return value of gbprox_parse_llc to 1 in these
cases and fixes a segfault which is triggered by any non-04.08
message.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently gbprox_patch_raid() updates the local MCC/MNC with every
BSS originated message, even if the RAI is an 'old' one.
This patch separates state updating and patching into 2 functions
gbprox_update_current_raid and gbprox_patch_raid. In addition, a
field named old_raid_enc is added to gbproxy_parse_context, which is
used for 'old RAI' IEs in Attach Requests and RA Update Requests.
Only the bssg_raid_enc in BSS originated message is used to update
the BSS side 'local' MCC/MNC.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch splits the functionality of gbprox_get_detached_tlli_info
into 2 new functions:
- gbprox_tlli_info_alloc to allocate an intialized and detached
tlli_info
- gbprox_detach_tlli_info to detach an already attached tlli_info
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This VTY command add the following commands to the gbproxy node:
- patch-ptmsi: Enables P-TMSI/TLLI patching
- no patch-ptmsi: Disables P-TMSI/TLLI patching
Note that using these commands interactively can load to undefined
behavior of existing LLC connections.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch separates BSS side from SGSN side TLLI/PTMSI tracking. When
TLLI/PTMSI patching is not enabled, the corresponding states shall be
identical. The TLLI/PTMSI state has been moved into the struct
gbproxy_tlli_state and is used twice in gbproxy_tlli_info.
Since the state handling for uplink and downlink messages is
diverging, gbprox_update_state() is replaced by two functions
gbprox_update_state_dl/gbprox_update_state_ul and
gbprox_process_bssgp_message() is replaced by
gbprox_process_bssgp_dl/gbprox_process_bssgp_ul.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch adds the functions send_bssgp_ul_unitdata(),
send_bssgp_dl_unitdata(), send_llc_ul_ui(), and send_llc_dl_ui().
They are used instead of send_ns_unitdata() in
test_gbproxy_ra_patching(). This make it easier to modify TLLI, N(U),
and other parameters.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The following parts of the messages have been fixed
- Attach Accept: checksum
- Attach Complete: checksum
- RA Update Accept: Use the same MS Radio Access Capabilities and
DRX Parameters like the other messages
The N(U) of most messages have not been fixed.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Don't replace the current TLLI immediately, store it in an additional
'assigned_tlli' field and discard the old TLLI when both sides have
used the new one (see GSM 04.08, 4.7.1.5).
Add an Attach Complete message to test and check, whether the related
field of the corresponding tlli_info struct are set as expected
during the local TLLI validation cycle.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the enable_patching field in tlli_info is not updated,
when an IMSI is assigned to a TLLI that is already known.
This patch fixes this in gbprox_update_state() after the call to
gbprox_update_tlli_info().
The number of APN increases and the test output file is updated
accordingly.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
GSM 24.008 also allows a P-TMSI field in Detach request messages.
This patch adds gbprox_parse_gmm_detach_req() to parse Detach Request
messages which sets the ptmsi field if the IE is present.
In addition, when power_off is set to 1 (MO only), the
invalidate_tlli field is set, since Detach Request message is
expected in this case.
The second detach test (see 'RA update') is modified to use
power_off instead of relying on a Detach Accept from the network.
To make this work, the PTMSI of the RA Update Accept is fixed to
match the TLLI of the Detach Request.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
We started with only testing the VTY but now test VTY and CTRL
interface with this python framework and might even extend this
to SMPP. So add and "--enable-external-tests" directive which
enables the external interface tests.
Add a separate function to clear the IMSI filter to be used instead of
gbprox_set_patch_filter(cfg, NULL, ...). Albeit it fixes a Coverity
issue (Unchecked return value), it is a false positive, since the
return value is always 0 in these cases. Nevertheless it is more
obvious what happens when an explicit clear function is called. Using
NULL as filter argument of gbprox_set_patch_filter still clears the
filter.
Fixes: Coverity CID 1231255
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
As bsc_ctrl_node_lookup() is called for each iteration,
the variables 'bts' and 'trx' are no longer static accross multiple
calls, which means we need a different way to determine if we are in the
right node while matching for a trx or a ts.
Now that the bulk of the control interface node lookup has
no reference to the BSC specific data structures, we are
moving it into libosmocore.
A control interface user now only registers an optional small
node lookup function like bsc_ctrl_node_lookup()
The idea here is that bsc_ctrl_cmd_handle now has no dependency
at all to the BSC related data structures and thus can actually become
part of libctrl.
The new function bsc_ctrl_node_lookup however will remain bsc-specific.
This patch modifies the code to pass a pointer to the tlli_info
around once it has been acquired. To achieve this,
gbprox_register_tlli() and gbprox_update_state() are modified to
return it (if it has been found or created), and gbprox_patch_llc(),
gbprox_patch_bssgp(), and gbprox_update_state_after() are modified to
take it as parameter.
Add a new function gbprox_touch_tlli() to update timestamp and list
ordering for existing tlli_infos.
The motivation behind this patch is to make the tlli_info available to
the patching code and to avoid repeated searches for the same TLLI.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The current implementation of this function is O(N), where N is the
number of entries.
The new implementation is O(D), where D is the number of entries that
are going to be deleted.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch adds a combined expiry test to remove one entry by list
length and another by age.
This patch also modifies the existing age based test to register both
TLLI with a different timestamp and to remove only one of the TLLI
entries by age based expiration.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently time() is called at several places to control TLLI aging.
Beside calling time() more often than necessary, the decision which
timesource is to be used is coded into the TLLI handling, and testing
complex aging scenarios is cumbersome.
This patch passes the current time as a parameter instead. The call
to time() is moved to gbprox_process_bssgp_message().
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patches removes the call to gbprox_remove_stale_tllis()
from gbprox_register_tlli(), so it must be called explicitly now.
The call is now done from within gbprox_update_state_after().
In addition, the TLLI cache size counter is also kept in sync when
gbprox_remove_stale_tllis is called manually. The call to
gbproxy_peer_free() in gbproxy_peer_free() is moved behind the TLLI
to allow for counter updates in gbprox_delete_tlli().
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch refactors that function by separating the actual patch
code into a new function gbproxy_patch_bssgp(), similar to
gbproxy_patch_llc(). The remaining function is renamed to
gbproxy_process_bssgp_message. The existing function
gbproxy_parse_bssgp_message() is renamed to
gbproxy_process_bssgp_message to match gbproxy_parse_llc.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This adds a test for gbprox_set_patch_filter() and
gbprox_check_imsi().
It also fixes the masking of the type field when IMSIs are checked by
using GSM_MI_TYPE_MASK (0x07) instead of 0x0f.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently only TLLIs for which it is known that they may be patched
are put into the TLLI list.
This patch changes this to add TLLIs even when the IMSI is not yet
known. A enable_patching flag is added to the gbproxy_tlli_info
structure to control patching.
Note that this puts every active TLLI into the list where accesses
are O(N) currently.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This adds parsing support for the following messages:
- Attach Request: IMSI/PTMSI
- Identity Response: IMSI/PTMSI
- BSSGP: Optional TLLI IE
- BSSGP/PAGING_PS: PTMSI
A new new_ptmsi_enc field is added for newly assigned PTMSI in
SGSN->BSS messages (instead of ptmsi_enc). The ptmsi_enc field is now
used for informational PTMSI IE in messages.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This adds a gbprox_parse_bssgp_message() function that contains the
parsing part of the former gbprox_patch_bssgp_message(). This
includes a call to gbprox_parse_llc().
The calls to gbprox_patch_llc(), gbprox_update_state() and
gbprox_update_state_after() have therefore been moved to
gbprox_patch_bssgp_message().
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch unifies the TLLI tracking for all LLC messages. The TLLI
state handling is moved into separate functions.
Only Detach Accept messages are taken into account to release a TLLI,
which is safe but not optimal.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently, parsing and optionally patching is done in the same
functions (e.g. gbprox_patch_gmm_attach_req()).
This patch moves the patching code out of these functions into
gbprox_patch_llc() and just stores pointers to the relevant data
areas into parse_ctx. Consequently the len_change parameter is
removed and the _patch_ in the function's names is renamed to
_parse_. In addition, the patching_is_enabled checks and counter
increments are moved out of these functions, too.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Send a non-call related SS message for an active call indentified
by the CIC of that call. As an ugly hack the order of the SS
release and the invocation are changed. That was necessary for the
E71 on a TCH. The time between notify and release was just too short.
The right would be to wait for the returnResultLast but this would
involve keeping more local state. Let's see how far we get here. It
might be necessary to change the order in the other call sites as
well.
Some broken equipment does not convert the P-TMSI to a Local TLLI.
This leads to the SGSN ignoring the GPRS Attach Complete message
from the phone. Proprietary SGSNs and some documentation we found
state that one should always set the two highest bits of a P-TMSI
to one. This will help broken equipment and will avoid a potential
P-TMSI/TLLI clash. The P-TMSI/Local TLLI mapping is now bijective.
Currently gbprox_register_tlli() is a rather complex function.
This patch splits it into several smaller functions to ease reviewing
and maintaining it.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This adds a unit test for gbprox_register_tlli() and
gbprox_remove_stale_tllis().
The dump_peers() function is extended by a cfg parameter to support
a non-global gbproxy_config.
Done with Jacob
This comparison bit-ored the TLLI with 0xc000 instead of 0xc000000.
Since this has never worked properly yet and since normalizing to
local TLLIs doesn't seem sensible here, the comparison is removed
entirely.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
In these functions we assume that peer is not NULL. Add a compiler
attribute in the hope that either coverity or GCC/Clang will help
us to find a misusage.
Done with Jacob
Global state prevents us from writing simple units tests for
single routines. Go through the code and add pointers to the
gbproxy configuration. Only the vty and the test code remain
using the global gbproxy instance.
Create a testcase for the gprs_str_to_apn and gprs_apn_to_str
routines. While writing the testcase we noticed it is possible to
write more bytes than should have been allowed. This is fixed by
checking that the max_len is at least 1 (needed to write the first
length octet) and to do the size check before writing to the output.
Modify the signature of gprs_str_to_apn to put the length/size next
to the parameter that requires a size.
Done with Jacob
We intend to move some of these routines to libosmocore but to avoid
a feature symbol clash we are prefixing these routines with gprs_.
Done with Jacob
The application is called gbproxy but the structures and functions
were inconsistently named as either gbprox or gbproxy. Rename all
structures to use gbproxy.
Done with Jacob
Move the global data into the struct and use it. gbprox_reset will
first free data and then re-initialize the structure. This code is
used by the unit test.
Done with Jacob
Timing advance is stored inside lchan structure, so it is removed from
arguments. This is useful, if other actions are required prior calling
rsl_chan_activate_lchan. (like deactivating PDCH first)
The "shifted TA value" that is required by BS11 is now calculated inside
rsl_chan_activate_lchan and not by each user.
[Rebased by Holger. So some hunks were skipped as the patch
depended on Jolly's HO code]
rtp_proxy.c: In function ‘rtp_decode’:
rtp_proxy.c:199:8: warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
frame = msgb_put(new_msg, sizeof(struct gsm_data_frame));
This commit moves the fixing code of the length field of the LLC
information element to the BSSGP patching level since that is not a
part of LLC itself.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This commit adds code to parse the PTMSI in network originated
messages
- Attach Accept,
- Routing Area Update Accept, and
- P-TMSI Reallocation Command (see below)
to keep track of the TLLI identifying the LLC connection.
The P_TMSI Realloc Command specific code is not being tested yet, so
a corresponding notice is logged when such a message will be
received.
NOTE:
The gbproxy will lose the TLLI when the MS doesn't receive/use
the message (normally the SGSN remembers the old TLLI for some time
to avoid this kind of problem). If this happens the MS will
probably restart the procedure and the network will have to answer
again eventually using one of the above messages which will
re-associate the IMSI with the TLLI before the MS can send a
PDP Context Request message.
Ticket: OW#1192
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Add a struct containing context information from the parts of the
message that have been parsed already. A pointer to this (temporary)
struct is passed to parse/patch functions.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the patching code directly accesses the single bytes to
parse the LLC/DTAP messages.
This patch uses the shift functions instead to parse tlv and similar
structures.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This adds a set of function that parse a single tlv, lv, tv, or v
encoded information element. They are complementary to the *_put
functions defined in libosmocore's tlv.h file. The functions update
the data and data_len fields unless they are a 'match' function and
the tag field doesn't match.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the enabled_tllis_count field isn't always decremented when
an element is removed from the TLLI cache list.
This patch adds the missing update and also adjusts the counter
accordingly.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Add TLLI cache output to gbprox_dump_peers() to include this info
into the test output.
Separate RA Update Req message handling from Attach Request handling.
Note: There is no test case for the P-TMSI Reallocation Command yet.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This commit adds the following counters:
- attach-reqs: Number of Attach Request messages
- attach-rejs: Number of Attach Reject messages
- tlli-cache: Size of the TLLI cache
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
These commands manage the TLLI list used to decide whether an APN
shall be patched or not. Note that this list is (currently) only
maintained if IMSI matching is used.
VTY commands (enable node):
show gbproxy tllis show all TLLI entries
delete-gbproxy-tlli NSEI stale purge all stale entries
delete-gbproxy-tlli NSEI imsi IMSI purge entry with the IMSI given
delete-gbproxy-tlli NSEI tlli TLLI purge entry with the TLLI given
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch adds IMSI/TLLI connection tracking and uses it to control
APN patching based on the IMSI. TLLI entries can expire based on age
and/or by limiting the TLLI list size.
VTY config-gbproxy:
no core-access-point-name disable APN patching
core-access-point-name none remove APN if present
core-access-point-name APN replace APN if present
core-access-point-name none match-imsi RE remove if IMSI matches
core-access-point-name APN match-imsi RE replace if IMSI matches
tlli-list max-age SECONDS expire after SECONDS
no tlli-list max-age don't expire by age
tlli-list max-length N keep N entries only
no tlli-list max-length don't limit list length
RE is an extended regular expression, e.g. ^12345|^23456
Ticket: OW#1192
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently, all patching state is stored globally in the gbproxy. Thus
the feature cannot be used safely with a concentrating gbproxy (NAT).
This patch moves the state and relevant counters to the gbprox_peer
structure. It adds code to resolve the corresponding peer when
packets are received by looking at BVCI, NSEI, and BSSGP IEs (BVCI,
RAI/LAI/LAC) when the peer is not passed to the
gbprox_patch_bssgp_message() function.
Test cases are also added for the SGSN->BSS case including test cases
with invalid identifiers.
Note that this patch should make it possible to use RAI patching at a
NAT gbproxy as long as the messages are not encrypted.
Ticket: OW#1185
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch adds a Detach Request (MO) / Detach Accept sequence to the
test, followed by another (here invalid) Act PDP Context Req which
should be APN patched.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Add a DTAP GMM Information message with an IMSI in the BSSGP header
to enable the association between IMSI and TLLI.
The TLLI of the Routing Area Update messages is set to foreign.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Patch the APN in every 'Activate PDP Context Request' message to the
value given by the 'core-access-point-name' command. If the command is
given without an APN, the whole APN IE will be removed. If the
command is being prefixed by a 'no', the APN IE remains unmodified.
The patch mode 'llc-gsm' is added to selectively enable the patching
of LLC session management messages. This is enabled implicitely by
the patch mode 'llc'.
Note that the patch mode should not be set to a value not enabling
the patching of LLC GSM messages ('llc-gsm', 'llc', and 'default' are
sufficient to patch 'Activate PDP Context Request' messages).
Ticket: OW#1192
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch extends the BSSGP patch code to also patch LLC information
elements along with MCC/MNC patching support for the following messages:
- Attach Request
- Attach Accept
- Routing Area Update Request
- Routing Area Update Accept
- P-TMSI reallocation command
Note that encrypted packets will not be patched.
Ticket: OW#1185
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This adds a feature to patch the BSSGP MNC/MCC fields of messages going
to and coming from the SGSN. To enable this feature, the gbproxy's
VTY commands 'core-mobile-country-code' and/or
'core-mobile-network-code' must be used. All packets to the SGSN are
patched to match the configured values. Packets received from the
SGSN are patched to the corresponding values as last seen from the BSS
side.
Note that this will probably not work with a gbproxy used for several
BSS simultaneously.
Note also, that MCC/MNC contained in a LLC IE will not be patched.
Ticket: OW#1185
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The wrong field has been use for the field length computation. This
hadn't any impact so far, since
sizeof(ctx->imei) == sizeof(ctx->imsi)
This patch fixes the computation to use the right field.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch makes a few changes to improve readability:
- change the sendto() hexdump to start with NS instead of BSSGP
- use more specific message descriptions instead of 'UNITDATA'
- add a title line per test
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The osmux code doesn't work if the MGCP MGW is behind a NAT (which
is likely to be the case). The usage of endp->ci is troublesome too
not only because of the uint8_t vs. uint32_t mismatch but because
this identity is generated by the MGCP MGW and can clash. This means
that with two clients the wrong call might be connected.
The next bigger thing is that old handles are never cleared. This
code is clearly not ready for deployment.
We need to discover the remote port as we are likely behind a NAT.
Right now the NAT code will just send to port 1984 on the BSC but
this might not arrive at the BSC. Include the CI (in the future we
need to include the endpoint address or send the dummy to the net
port). This is just an interim solution.
The CI is a MGCP value that is counted from 0 upwards. The code
is comparing a uint8_t with a uint32_t. This will only work for
up to UINT8_MAX calls and then will silently break. The code should
probably work with the endpoint number and not the CI. For now
truncate things and hope things work.
Jacob pointed out that "free_endp" refers to the memory of
the endpoint being freed. What we want is actually a way to
release an endpoint (and the resource it allocated) or in
the case of the testcase/testapp initialize the data structure
correctly. Introduce two names for that.
In case the sender didn't send a couple of frames we will have
a time gap that is bigger than the accepted delta. Add a new
testcase for this and update the next_time.
Transcoding from GSM to PCMA can lead to the MGCP MGW sending
two PCMA packages with the same sequence number and timestamp.
Once with the encoded audio and once completely empty.
This is because "state->dst_packet_duration" is 0 in most cases
(unless a ptime is forced) and we attempt to encode audio even
if there are not enough samples. The encode_audio return will
return 0 in that case which is not trated as an error by the
mgcp network code.
Handle rc == 0 specially and document the semantic.
The sequence number was read from the wrong place and then
the wrong byte order conversion routine was used so we ended
up wirting 0x00, 0x00 into the patched sequence number. Add
a testcase for that.
When going from a ptime of 10 to 20 a lot of alignment errors
are reported. In fact the alignment check should be done before
and after the transcoding. As this is not possible right now
only do it _after_ the patching.
It took me a long time to figure out that errx just exits and
the test output didn't indicate that the application was exited
early. Use a printf and good old abort in case of a failure.
The GSM handle was never released. This was found using valgrind
and the leak check.
==14933== 752 bytes in 1 blocks are definitely lost in loss record 15 of 19
==14933== at 0x4028B4C: malloc (in /usr/lib/valgrind/vgpreload_memcheck-x86-linux.so)
==14933== by 0x4130201: gsm_create (in /usr/lib/i386-linux-gnu/libgsm.so.1.0.12)
==14933== by 0x80517AE: mgcp_transcoding_setup (mgcp_transcode.c:199)
==14933== by 0x8049691: given_configured_endpoint.isra.1 (mgcp_transcoding_test.c:198)
==14933== by 0x8049C11: test_transcode_result (mgcp_transcoding_test.c:328)
==14933== by 0x8049418: main (mgcp_transcoding_test.c:582)
<000b> osmux.c:177 Cannot find endpoint with cid=7
!
<000b> osmux.c:253 Cannot find an endpoint for circuit_id=7
The extra newline and '!' do not provide any extra value and
make reading the output more difficult. Just remove it.
An empty log_info is not enough. We need to make sure that at least
DLGLOBAL is present. Instead of doing that make sure that we have
enough entries.
==26163== Conditional jump or move depends on uninitialised value(s)
==26163== at 0x403B289: osmo_vlogp (logging.c:290)
==26163== by 0x403B3DA: logp2 (logging.c:339)
==26163== by 0x804D027: gbprox_relay2bvci (gb_proxy.c:347)
==26163== by 0x804D3CF: gbprox_rx_sig_from_sgsn (gb_proxy.c:589)
==26163== by 0x804DBFC: gbprox_rcvmsg (gb_proxy.c:685)
==26163== by 0x4052CB0: gprs_ns_process_msg (gprs_ns.c:669)
==26163== by 0x4052F70: gprs_ns_rcvmsg (gprs_ns.c:1053)
==26163== by 0x804BB49: gprs_process_message (gbproxy_test.c:488)
==26163== by 0x804BC4C: send_ns_unitdata (gbproxy_test.c:210)
==26163== by 0x804BDE8: send_bssgp_reset_ack (gbproxy_test.c:243)
==26163== by 0x804B54F: main (gbproxy_test.c:863)
==26163==
The peers are (talloc) children of the GPRS NS. This means the
peers (and the rate counters) are currently being deleted twice.
==23446== Invalid write of size 4
==23446== at 0x403C243: rate_ctr_group_alloc (linuxlist.h:66)
==23446== by 0x4050974: gprs_nsvc_create (gprs_ns.c:209)
==23446== by 0x405320D: gprs_ns_instantiate (gprs_ns.c:1330)
==23446== by 0x804ABEB: main (gbproxy_test.c:666)
==23446== Address 0x4300694 is 52 bytes inside a block of size 784 free'd
==23446== at 0x4029DA8: free (in /usr/lib/valgrind/vgpreload_memcheck-x86-linux.so)
==23446== by 0x4041B9D: _talloc_free (talloc.c:609)
==23446== by 0x4043292: talloc_free (talloc.c:578)
==23446== by 0x40532D3: gprs_ns_destroy (gprs_ns.c:1363)
==23446== by 0x804ABD7: main (gbproxy_test.c:660)
Make the llc_default_params structure from which data is initialized
large enough. Otherwise address sanitizer complains with out-of-bounds
reads.
Only SAPIs 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, 11 are defined for GPRS but the
struct gprs_llc_llme includes NUM_SAPIS lle's and they are populated
from the llc_default_params structure.
This adds a test case with several messages to test BSSGP patching.
New messages:
- BSSGP/DTAP Attach Request
- BSSGP/DTAP Attach Accept
- BSSGP/DTAP Routing Area Update Request
- BSSGP/DTAP Routing Area Update Accept
- BSSGP/DTAP Activate PDP Context Request
- BSSGP SUSPEND
- BSSGP SUSPEND ACK
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This parameter is not used (the methods are always called with an
argument of 1 in the third position). Thus the parameter is removed
completely.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The type in the schema is integer but we need to use ulonglong to
read it as otherwise the read will fail.
DBI: -7: The requested variable type does not match what libdbi thinks it should be
Currently the terms 'Routing area code' (RAC) and 'Location area
code' (LAC) are used in several places where 'Routing area
identification' (RAI) or 'Location area identification' (LAI) are
meant in fact.
This patch replaces RAC/LAC by RAI/LAI and 'code' by 'identification'
at these places.
Note that RAI := MCC MNC LAC RAC, and LAI := MCC MNC LAC (see GSM
03.03, sections 4.1 and 4.2).
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently when ftmp_extra is set, a doubled a=rtpmap line is emitted
instead of the fmtp_extra info.
This patch fixes replaces the formerly copied and pasted but not
modified snprintf parameters by the correct ones.
Fixes: Coverity CID 1220873
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Add tests setting the fmtp_extra field to check the response
generation. This triggers a bug found by Coverity.
Addresses: Coverity CID 1220873
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently, if there is no SDP data in the MGCP message received from
the net, the fields containing audio encoding information are not set
in net_end. So in recvonly mode transcoding would not be set up
correctly.
This patch changes the implementation of the code handling CRCX and
MDCX to use the codec signalled in the MGCP local connection options
(field 'a:') if there isn't any SDP data. This is only halfway
negotiation, because the codec is used blindly and not matched
against the supported ones.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch moves the files relevant to transcoding from
src/osmo-bsc_mgcp to src/libmgcp and src/include/openbsc. Makefiles
and include directives are being updated accordingly.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The current transcoder implemenation always does a 1:1 recoding
concerning the duration of a packet. So RTP timestamps and sequence
numbers are not modified.
This is not sufficient in some cases, e.g. when the BTS does only
allow for a single fixed ptime.
This patch decouples encoding from decoding and moves the decoded
samples to the state structure so that samples can be combined or
drain according to the packaging of incoming and outgoing packets.
This patch incorporates parts of Holger's experimental fixes in
0e669e05^..9eba68f9.
Ticket: OW#1111
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch implements audio transcoding between the formats GSM,
PCMA, L16, and optionally G.729.
The feature needs to be enabled by using the autoconf option
'--enable-mgcp-transcoding'. In this case mgcp_transcode.c will
be compiled and linked to osmo-bsc_mgcp, and the transcoding
functions provided will be registered as processing callbacks.
If G.729 support is required, libcg729 needs to be installed and
'--with-g729' must be passed to ./configure.
Ticket: OW#1111
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Don't show media related lines if the payload type has not been set.
Don't show a 'a=rtpmap' line if the audio_name has not been set.
This patch unifies the SDP generation of create_response_with_sdp()
and send_msg().
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch adds the get_net_downlink_format_cb() callback to provide
payload_type, subtype_name, and fmtp_extra suitable for use in a MGCP
response sent to the network. Per default, the BTS side values are
returned since these must be honoured by the net peer when sending
audio to the media gateway (unless transcoding is done).
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch adds the fields channels, subtype_name, and audio_name to
the struct. The field audio_name contains the full string that has
been used for the last part of a SDP a=rtpmap line. The others contain
decoded parts of that string. If no a=rtpmap line has been given
(e.g. because dynamic payload types are not used), values are
assigned when the payload type matches one of the predefined ones
(GSM, G729, PCMA).
The patch also moves the audio_name parsing code to a dedicated
set_audio_info() function.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch adds the callbacks rtp_processing_cb and
setup_rtp_processing_cb to mgcp_config to support arbitrary RTP
payload processing.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently LLC parsing is part of gprs_llc.c which needs large parts
of the SGSN code parsing to fulfill its link dependencies.
This patch moves the functions that just do plain parsing, dumping,
and FCS computation to a different file to avoid these dependencies
if LLC stateful processing is not needed. It also exposes
struct gprs_llc_hdr_parsed and enum gprs_llc_cmd publically.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The code currently uses an encoded sequence of (hex) 10 20 30 40 50
60 as RAI, for which no bijective mapping to the set of
representations MCC-MNC-LAC-RAC exists.
This patch changes the hard-coded RAI to 11 22 33 40 50 60 which maps
to 112-332-16464-96 (and vice-versa).
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The patches were posted to the ML but didn't receive review
there. At the time I merge the change I did a Location Updating
Request and the channel was released in a successful way.
In case we receive ERROR INDICATION and CONNECTION FAILURE we only
want to RF Channel Release the lchan once. This code is more simple
and should work as reliable as the previous commit.
When we receive an ERROR INDICATION and CONNECTION FAILURE we
might call rsl_rf_chan_release multiple times. The channel release
handling is still a bit messy and there too many paths that lead
to the call.
1.) In case we receive an ERROR INDICATION for SAPI=3. A RLL
error signal will be emitted that leads to the release of the
channel through the SMS code in case of the NITB. The call to
rsl_rf_chan_release might be a double release.
2.) In case a CONNECTION FAILURE is received when the release
process has already been started we would unconditionally
call rsl_rf_chan_release as well.
Because the lchan state is changed by the callers of the
rsl_rf_chan_release we can not move the state checking into this
code but need to do it in the caller. The issue was seen in a trace
from Rhizomatica and I created the DoubleRelease.st to re-produce
the issue and verified that we have no duplicate RF Channel Releses.
The other option would be to introduce a new state to track
the release process and see if we have already released SAPIs
deactivated the SACCH or such. We can not simply look at these
as for a channel that fails to activate they will be null already.
Looking at the code it seemed possible that a channel would
transition from BROKEN to NONE. Or worse from NONE to BROKEN.
Start the timer _after_ the channel has been released.
Make it possible to inform local CTRL connections about some state.
The TRAP will be only sent to local connections. The notification
text may not contain spaces.
Use the right size for scanf.
=================================================================
==6106== ERROR: AddressSanitizer: unknown-crash on address 0xbffff4b0 at pc 0xb69d87fd bp 0xbffff248 sp 0xbffff21c
WRITE of size 65 at 0xbffff4b0 thread T0
#0 0xb69d87fc (/usr/lib/i386-linux-gnu/libasan.so.0.0.0+0xa7fc)
#1 0xb69d9239 (/usr/lib/i386-linux-gnu/libasan.so.0.0.0+0xb239)
#2 0xb69d92d6 (/usr/lib/i386-linux-gnu/libasan.so.0.0.0+0xb2d6)
#3 0x804f151 (/home/ich/source/gsm/openbsc/openbsc/tests/mgcp/mgcp_test+0x804f151)
#4 0x80531e8 (/home/ich/source/gsm/openbsc/openbsc/tests/mgcp/mgcp_test+0x80531e8)
#5 0x8051e6f (/home/ich/source/gsm/openbsc/openbsc/tests/mgcp/mgcp_test+0x8051e6f)
#6 0x8049b0a (/home/ich/source/gsm/openbsc/openbsc/tests/mgcp/mgcp_test+0x8049b0a)
#7 0x804bd9e (/home/ich/source/gsm/openbsc/openbsc/tests/mgcp/mgcp_test+0x804bd9e)
#8 0xb6778a62 (/lib/i386-linux-gnu/i686/cmov/libc-2.18.so+0x19a62)
#9 0x8049330 (/home/ich/source/gsm/openbsc/openbsc/tests/mgcp/mgcp_test+0x8049330)
Address 0xbffff4b0 is located at offset 416 in frame <parse_sdp_data> of T0's stack:
This frame has 8 object(s):
[32, 36) 'audio_payload'
[96, 100) 'payload'
[160, 164) 'channels'
[224, 228) 'ptime'
[288, 292) 'port'
[352, 368) 'ipv4'
[416, 480) 'audio_name'
[512, 576) 'audio_codec'
HINT: this may be a false positive if your program uses some custom stack unwind mechanism or swapcontext
(longjmp and C++ exceptions *are*
This addresses an ASAN issue where the request was already deleted
by our callback function.
(gdb) where
#0 0xb69e7810 in __asan_report_error () from /usr/lib/i386-linux-gnu/libasan.so.0
#1 0xb69e0aff in __asan_report_store4 () from /usr/lib/i386-linux-gnu/libasan.so.0
#2 0x0804ea64 in subscr_send_paging_request (subscr=subscr@entry=0xb5103cb0)
at gsm_subscriber.c:212
#3 0x0804edac in subscr_get_channel (subscr=subscr@entry=0xb5103cb0, type=type@entry=2,
cbfn=cbfn@entry=0x804969d <subscr_cb>, param=param@entry=0x2342) at gsm_subscriber.c:246
#4 0x080498f7 in main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff804) at channel_test.c:77
Breakpoint 3, subscr_paging_dispatch (hooknum=hooknum@entry=101, event=event@entry=200,
msg=msg@entry=0x1323, data=<optimized out>, data@entry=0x8063900 <s_conn>,
param=<optimized out>, param@entry=0xb5103cb0) at gsm_subscriber.c:126
126 llist_del(&request->entry);
(gdb) b llist_del
(gdb) bt
#0 subscr_paging_dispatch (hooknum=hooknum@entry=101, event=event@entry=200,
msg=msg@entry=0x1323, data=<optimized out>, data@entry=0x8063900 <s_conn>,
param=<optimized out>, param@entry=0xb5103cb0) at gsm_subscriber.c:126
#1 0x0804e8a9 in subscr_paging_cb (hooknum=101, event=200, msg=0x1323,
data=0x8063900 <s_conn>, param=0xb5103cb0) at gsm_subscriber.c:187
#2 0x080497e9 in paging_request (bts=0xb5b03e70, subscriber=subscriber@entry=0xb5103cb0,
type=2, cbfn=cbfn@entry=0x804e881 <subscr_paging_cb>, data=data@entry=0xb5103cb0)
at channel_test.c:51
#3 0x0804ea39 in subscr_send_paging_request (subscr=subscr@entry=0xb5103cb0)
at gsm_subscriber.c:207
#4 0x0804edac in subscr_get_channel (subscr=subscr@entry=0xb5103cb0, type=type@entry=2,
cbfn=cbfn@entry=0x804969d <subscr_cb>, param=param@entry=0x2342) at gsm_subscriber.c:246
#5 0x080498f7 in main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff804) at channel_test.c:77
(gdb) q
In ae1997248c the handwritten tokenizer
was replaced with strtok_r. As part of this change the structural
checking of MGCP parameters was stopped. This means that a code like
"line + 3" might access beyond the first NUL and be possibly behind
the msgb. Manually add size checking again. Manually jumping to the
error label is not possible anymore as it has been removed. The result
is that invalid lines will be skipped. This is matching the general
approach by the IETF RFCs to be permissive in data being received.
This patch adds the voice muxer. You can use this to batch RTP
traffic to reduce bandwidth comsuption. Basically, osmux transforms
RTP flows to a compact batch format, that is later on decompacted
to its original form. Port UDP/1984 is used for the muxer traffic
between osmo-bsc_nat and osmo-bsc_mgcp (in the BSC side). This
feature depends on libosmo-netif, which contains the osmux core
support.
Osmux is requested on-demand via the MGCP CRCX/MDCX messages (using
the vendor-specific extension X-Osmux: on) coming from the BSC-NAT,
so you can selectively enable osmux per BSC from one the bsc-nat.cfg
file, so we have a centralized point to enable/disable osmux.
First thing you need to do is to accept requests to use Osmux,
this can be done from VTY interface of osmo-bsc_nat and
osmo-bsc_mgcp by adding the following line:
mgcp
...
osmux on
osmux batch-factor 4
This just initializes the osmux engine. You still have to specify
what BSC uses osmux from osmo-bsc_nat configuration file:
...
bsc 1
osmux on
bsc 2
...
bsc 3
osmux on
In this case, bsc 1 and 3 should use osmux if possible, bsc 2 does
not have osmux enabled.
Thus, you can selectively enable osmux depending on the BSC, and
we have a centralized point for configuration from the bsc-nat to
enable osmux on demand, as suggested by Holger.
At this moment, this patch contains heavy debug logging for each
RTP packet that can be removed later to save cycles.
The RTP ssrc/seqnum/timestamp is randomly allocated for each MDCX that
is received to configure an endpoint.
In rtcp_sdes_cname_mangle when skipping over additional zeroes at the
end of a chunk we should not read past the actual message (rtcp_end).
Fixes CID #1206579
I'm not entirely sure if this is the best approach. However,
there are phones that send a RACH request for TCH/F on MO calls, even
though they actually do support TCH/H channels.
When forwarding AMR from RTP towards the MNCC interface, we need to set
the apropriate msg_type. Before this patch it was unitialized,
resulting in improper/unknown msg_types of messages on the MNCC
interface.
AMR frames on the MNCC interface are slightly different as they
include a single-byte payload_length indicator prior to the actual
payload. Commit 3f201ac89952b68d05c0bb6cb41932b9cd898b19 introduced
more special-case handling than required, so I'm trying to simplify
things again.
We now also use msgb_put() more consistently, i.e. always put
before actually using the data, and use the return value of msgb_put()
rather than first making assumptions about the pointer, writing to it
and then calling msgb_put().
This has been pointed out by Jacob and removes two more duplicates
of the struct. For the unused CTRL_CMD_DEFINE_STRING macro there
will be no verify command.
Currently, if a CTRL method does not set the reply, an error is
logged ("cmd->reply has not been set"). It even complains when the
function implementing the command returns CTRL_CMD_HANDLED, where
a reply text is not needed.
This patch changes the logging level from ERROR to NOTICE. The logging
is now only done, when the retry has not been set and the
implementation returns either CTRL_CMD_ERROR or CTRL_CMD_REPLY. So
in these cases the reply field must be set.
This fixes the generation of log messages when doing NAT ctrl command
forwarding.
Ticket: OW#1177
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This adds a --frame-size option to read payload binary files with a
fixed frame size directly. The file must not contain RTP headers.
In addition '--rate' and '--duration' can be used to configure the
timing.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
FreeBSD uses POSIX netinet/in.h for representing socket addresses
data types.
[Holger removed the #ifdef and changed the order of includes to
have specific ones first and system includes later]
The code in the BSC/NAT called ipaccess_rcvmsg_base without
checking if the protocol is IPA. This lead the BSC to respond
to SCCP messages with an "ID ACK". From a quick look neither
the code of ipaccess_rcvmsg_base in OpenBSC nor the copy of
libosmo-abis ever checked the protocol header. So this code
has been wrong since initially being created in 2010.
The sender_id is gone so the code that attempted to delete SMS
didn't work anymore. Delete the SMS based on src_addr or the
dest_addr.
Fixes:
======================================================================
ERROR: testSubscriberAddRemove (__main__.TestCtrlNITB)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Traceback (most recent call last):
File "tests/ctrl_test_runner.py", line 379, in testSubscriberAddRemove
r = self.do_set('subscriber-delete-v1', '2620345')
File "tests/ctrl_test_runner.py", line 114, in do_set
return self.recv_msgs()[id]
KeyError: 1002
This branch allows a SMPP user to fully specify the sender id. It
requires a change in schema, database migration code and exposed
some issues in the libdbi and the sqlite3 driver.
This is mostly based on Alexander's migration code. The code
adds transaction handling and some sanity checks and cleanups
to the code. We made the decision to fork the sms_from_result
method and freeze it to that version. This way sms_from_result
can move forward without having to deal with legacy.
That was a bad idea from the very beginning. A visible result of this is a wrong
SMS routing when you change subscriber extensions, while having queued SMS. It's
also a very wrong thing from the code layering perspective.
I think the next logical step should be to remove "receiver" pointer from
the gsm_sms structure into a structure, special for the internal SMS queue.
This is an incompatible database schema change. Store the type of
the address in the database for both the sender and the receiver.
Currently it is possible to use SMPP to store a SMS and the NPI
and TON will be lost on the delivery of the SMS. The schema is
changed to make the delivery always use the right NPI/TON. This
patch is not ready for the master branch as there is no upgrade
path for the HLR yet.
Use memcpy to copy from the OML message into the stack and then
convert the network byte order.
network_listen.c: In function ‘test_rep’:
network_listen.c:145:2: warning: dereferencing type-punned pointer will break strict-aliasing rules [-Wstrict-aliasing]
test_rep_len = ntohs(*(uint16_t *) &foh->data[3]);
^
network_listen.c:153:3: warning: dereferencing type-punned pointer will break strict-aliasing rules [-Wstrict-aliasing]
ferr_list_len = ntohs(*(uint16_t *) &foh->data[7]);
^
network_listen.c:164:3: warning: dereferencing type-punned pointer will break strict-aliasing rules [-Wstrict-aliasing]
ferr_list_len = ntohs(*(uint16_t *) &foh->data[7]);
^
network_listen.c:130:11: warning: variable ‘test_rep_len’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
uint16_t test_rep_len, ferr_list_len;
sgsn_main.c: In function ‘main’:
sgsn_main.c:345:2: warning: implicit declaration of function ‘gprs_sndcp_vty_init’ [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
gprs_sndcp_vty_init();
^
sgsn_main.c:354:2: warning: implicit declaration of function ‘sgsn_gtp_init’ [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
rc = sgsn_gtp_init(&sgsn_inst);
^
CC gprs_sndcp_vty.o
gprs_sndcp_vty.c: In function ‘vty_dump_sne’:
gprs_sndcp_vty.c:46:15: warning: unused variable ‘i’ [-Wunused-variable]
unsigned int i;
CC sgsn_libgtp.o
sgsn_libgtp.c: In function ‘create_pdp_conf’:
sgsn_libgtp.c:262:6: warning: variable ‘rc’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
int rc;
^
sgsn_libgtp.c: In function ‘cb_data_ind’:
sgsn_libgtp.c:432:6: warning: variable ‘rc’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
int rc;
CC gprs_llc.o
gprs_llc.c: In function ‘t200_expired’:
gprs_llc.c:322:2: warning: enumeration value ‘GPRS_LLES_UNASSIGNED’ not handled in switch [-Wswitch]
switch (lle->state) {
^
gprs_llc.c:322:2: warning: enumeration value ‘GPRS_LLES_ASSIGNED_ADM’ not handled in switch [-Wswitch]
gprs_llc.c:322:2: warning: enumeration value ‘GPRS_LLES_REMOTE_EST’ not handled in switch [-Wswitch]
gprs_llc.c:322:2: warning: enumeration value ‘GPRS_LLES_ABM’ not handled in switch [-Wswitch]
gprs_llc.c:322:2: warning: enumeration value ‘GPRS_LLES_TIMER_REC’ not handled in switch [-Wswitch]
gprs_llc.c: In function ‘gprs_llc_hdr_rx’:
gprs_llc.c:564:2: warning: enumeration value ‘GPRS_LLC_NULL’ not handled in switch [-Wswitch]
switch (gph->cmd) {
^
gprs_llc.c:564:2: warning: enumeration value ‘GPRS_LLC_RR’ not handled in switch [-Wswitch]
gprs_llc.c:564:2: warning: enumeration value ‘GPRS_LLC_ACK’ not handled in switch [-Wswitch]
gprs_llc.c:564:2: warning: enumeration value ‘GPRS_LLC_RNR’ not handled in switch [-Wswitch]
gprs_llc.c:564:2: warning: enumeration value ‘GPRS_LLC_SACK’ not handled in switch [-Wswitch]
gprs_llc.c: In function ‘gprs_llc_rcvmsg’:
gprs_llc.c:791:23: warning: unused variable ‘udh’ [-Wunused-variable]
struct bssgp_ud_hdr *udh = (struct bssgp_ud_hdr *) msgb_bssgph(msg);
^
gprs_llc.c: At top level:
gprs_llc.c:311:13: warning: ‘t200_expired’ defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
static void t200_expired(void *data)
^
gprs_llc.c:337:13: warning: ‘t201_expired’ defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
static void t201_expired(void *data)
CC gprs_sndcp.o
gprs_sndcp.c: In function ‘defrag_input’:
gprs_sndcp.c:188:25: warning: variable ‘scomph’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
struct sndcp_comp_hdr *scomph = NULL;
^
gprs_sndcp.c: In function ‘sndcp_llunitdata_ind’:
gprs_sndcp.c:512:11: warning: variable ‘npdu_num’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
uint16_t npdu_num;
^
gprs_sndcp.c: At top level:
gprs_sndcp.c:565:12: warning: ‘sndcp_ll_reset_ind’ defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
static int sndcp_ll_reset_ind(struct gprs_sndcp_entity *se)
^
gprs_sndcp.c:573:12: warning: ‘sndcp_ll_status_ind’ defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
static int sndcp_ll_status_ind()
^
CC gprs_gmm.o
gprs_gmm.c: In function ‘gsm48_tx_gmm_att_ack’:
gprs_gmm.c:350:11: warning: unused variable ‘ptsig’ [-Wunused-variable]
uint8_t *ptsig, *mid;
^
gprs_gmm.c: In function ‘gsm48_rx_gmm_auth_ciph_resp’:
gprs_gmm.c:524:6: warning: variable ‘rc’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
int rc;
^
gprs_gmm.c: In function ‘gsm48_rx_gmm_att_req’:
gprs_gmm.c:703:9: warning: implicit declaration of function ‘sgsn_acl_lookup’ [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
!sgsn_acl_lookup(mi_string))) {
^
gprs_gmm.c:632:40: warning: variable ‘old_ra_info’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
uint8_t *cur = gh->data, *msnc, *mi, *old_ra_info, *ms_ra_acc_cap;
^
gprs_gmm.c: In function ‘gsm48_rx_gmm_ra_upd_req’:
gprs_gmm.c:915:6: warning: variable ‘rc’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
int rc;
^
gprs_gmm.c:910:11: warning: variable ‘ms_ra_acc_cap’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
uint8_t *ms_ra_acc_cap;
^
gprs_gmm.c: At top level:
gprs_gmm.c:458:12: warning: ‘gsm48_tx_gmm_auth_ciph_req’ defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
static int gsm48_tx_gmm_auth_ciph_req(struct sgsn_mm_ctx *mm, uint8_t *rand,
^
gprs_gmm.c:501:12: warning: ‘gsm48_tx_gmm_auth_ciph_rej’ defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
static int gsm48_tx_gmm_auth_ciph_rej(struct sgsn_mm_ctx *mm)
^
gprs_gmm.c:1169:13: warning: ‘msgb_put_pdp_addr_ipv4’ defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
static void msgb_put_pdp_addr_ipv4(struct msgb *msg, uint32_t ipaddr)
^
gprs_gmm.c:1180:13: warning: ‘msgb_put_pdp_addr_ppp’ defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
static void msgb_put_pdp_addr_ppp(struct msgb *msg)
Given that the method is only called for a traffic channels the
missing breaks didn't hurt.
Fixes: Coverity CID 1040731, CID 1040732, CID 1040733,
CID 1040734
In case ftell -1 will be returned. Coverity complained that the
pos we pass to fseek might be negative. In case the ftell fails
we are at the last line for sure.
Fixes: Coverity CID 1040721
Coverity complains about checking connection->cfg in
bsc_close_connection() at one place but not at the second.
This patch fixes this by adding a check before accessing cfg when
generating the 'partial message' log message.
Fixes: Coverity CID 1195180
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The log message lacked a lot of context. A SCCP connection is
created on behalf of a configured BSC. This way we should be
able to always list this information.
The old ipa_msg_recv() implementation didn't support partial receive,
so IPA connections got disconnected when this happened.
This patch adds the handling of the temporary message buffers and uses
ipa_msg_recv_buffered().
It has been successfully tested by jerlbeck with osmo-nitb and
osmo-bsc.
Ticket: OW#768
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
In case the max_power_reduction changes, issue a new Set Radio
Carrier Attributes command. OML 12.21 allows to not include the
ARFCN list and the semantic I picked/understand is that a partial
update is possible.
Fixes: SYS#267
Add the control interface with no hierachy right now and implement
the first command to list IMSI + Context Address of active sessions.
sgsn_cmd_handle could share more code with bsc variant.
Fixes: SYS#264, SYS#265
For GPRS the look-up via bts/trx does not make any sense and would
introduce bad depdencies for the SGSN. Move the look-up code to a
new file and introduce new setup methods.
Sadly there is no proper foreign key relationship on the tables
that related to the Subscriber. This means we can't use a DELETE
with Cascade and need to delete everything by hand. To make things
worse maybe the SMS/Paging code is still using the subscriber
making the operation more dangerous. I had added NULL checks for
sender_id/receiver_id at 30C3 so we should not crash in this
situation.
Fixes: SYS#274
The test has been manually verified. Executing the select for
the subscribers showed:
sqlite> select * from Subscriber;
1|2014-03-23 12:12:46|2014-03-23 12:19:09|2620345||445567|1||0|
This created a subscriber with the right IMSI, MSISDN and has
it authorized.
Fixes: SYS#275
The new definitions are: half rate and AMR
Change of definition name for bad frame, because it applies to all types of
traffic, not only TCH/F.
Increase MNCC interface version to 4. Version 3 is skipped, because it was
used by older version of Linux-Call-Router which is incompatible with the
current version of the MNCC interface.
Send the two strings that caused the read handling to misbehave.
Verify that we handle this correctly by still being able to issue
a VTY command. The CPU load issue could not be verified like this.
The size parameter of msgb_alloc is uint16_t so any length value above
65535 will allocate a msgb with incorrect size.
This patch changes the type of rdlen and rc to ssize_t (the return value
of read) and guards against the read length being larger than
UINT16_MAX.
To reproduce the issue run:
echo -en "\x00\x01\x00\x01\x01" |socat stdin tcp:localhost:2775
The first 4 bytes are the length including the length field. For
length < 4 the subsequent msgb_put(msg, sizeof(uint32_t)) will fail,
resulting in an abort. The code also expects (in smpp_msgb_cmdid()) the
existence of 4 more bytes for the SMPP command ID.
This patch checks that the length received is large enough to hold all
8 bytes in the msgb and drops the connection if that's not the case.
The issue is reproducible with:
echo -e "\x00\x00\x00\x02\x00" |socat stdin tcp:localhost:2775
Read returning -1 is an error here so make sure to print the actual
reason and close the socket. Before this patch we just looped over the
fd with read returning -1 every time.
EINTR is handled to not cause an error and we don't need to check
EAGAIN/EWOULDBLOCK since the callback is only called in case there is
something to read.
To avoid copy&paste issues the check is implemented as a macro and the
log message moved into a separate if.
Make sure that bsc_gsmnet->bsc_data->rf_ctrl is initialized for
NITB. In commit a9fae1ae66 the
conditions for the rf_ctrl was removed but it was still needed
for the NITB.
Fixes regression from:
a9fae1ae66
bsc: rf_ctrl will always be created, remove the NULL checks
When one SMS has been delivered check if a second SMS can be scheduled
to that subscriber. If nothing can be scheduled kick the normal SMS queue
as one slot has become free now. Otherwise send the SMS and create a
pending entry.
It was possible that two SMS would be delivered at the same time
which violates GSM 04.11. We should solely rely on the sms queue
to schedule more SMS to the subscriber.
As can clearly be seen from SMPP Spec v3.4 Chapter 5.2.19,
a SUBMIT-SM with data_coding == 0x08 is UCS2, not with 0x80.
Thanks to ciaby@rhizomatica.org for reporting the bug.
Each RP-DATA should have a unique msg reference. Currently 42 is
used for all of these. Remember the last reference we used and
increment it on the next SMS. Do not track if the reference is
still in use a clash is a lot less likely now. First unless SMPP
is used only one SMS is delivered at a time, second the transaction
space is a lot smaller than the one for the reference.
In file included from bsc_api.c:34:0:
../../include/openbsc/trau_mux.h:62:15: warning: ‘struct decoded_trau_frame’ declared inside parameter list [enabled by default]
const struct decoded_trau_frame *tf);
^
../../include/openbsc/trau_mux.h:62:15: warning: its scope is only this definition or declaration, which is probably not what you want [enabled by default]
../../include/openbsc/trau_mux.h:64:15: warning: ‘struct decoded_trau_frame’ declared inside parameter list [enabled by default]
const struct decoded_trau_frame *tf);
^
../../include/openbsc/trau_mux.h:66:2: warning: ‘struct decoded_trau_frame’ declared inside parameter list [enabled by default]
const unsigned char *data);
^
../../include/openbsc/trau_mux.h:68:2: warning: ‘struct decoded_trau_frame’ declared inside parameter list [enabled by default]
const unsigned char *data);
The interface can be accessed through CTRL and a socket. But currently
it is only available when the socket interface has been configured.
Create the interface all the time but only listen on the socket when
a path has been specified.
For the max power reduction we will need to have a different range
method. It will need to check if the value is even. Make the set,
get and verify methods available through a macro.
With the current multiplication we might end up with 19999 as
time on i386. When we round it ends up as 20000 on i386 and
should work the same on AMD64.
Should fix on AMD64:
mgcp_test.c: In function ‘sendto’:
mgcp_test.c:318:10: warning: format ‘%d’ expects argument of type ‘int’, but argument 5 has type ‘size_t’ [-Wformat]
So far, the jitter computation has been based on output timestamps.
This patch uses the input timestamps instead and resets jitter
computation on SSRC changes.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently, when the SSRC changes within a stream and SSRC fixing is
enabled, the RTP timestamp between the last packet that has been
received with the old SSRC and the first packet of the new SSRC
is always incremented by one packet duration.
This can lead to audio muting (at least with the nanoBTS) when the
wallclock interval between these packets is too large (> 1s).
This patch changes the implementation to base the RTP timestamp offset
on the wallclock interval that has passed between these two packets.
Ticket: OW#466
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently micro-secs and RTP rate get mixed when the transit value is
computed in mgcp_patch_and_count().
This patch changes get_current_ts() to accept the desired rate as
argument and to use it for the time conversion instead of always
converting to microseconds. If microseconds are needed,
get_current_ts(1000) can be used.
The arrival_time is now measured in 1/rtp_end->rate seconds so that
it can be directly compared to RTP timestamps as required by RFC3550
(section 6.4.1, see definition of 'interarrival jitter').
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the stats (jitter, transit) cannot be checked properly,
since they depend on the wallclock time.
This patch fakes clock_gettime (CLOCK_MONOTONIC) to reflect the
scheduling time of the RTP packets. In addition, the RTP statistical
value are written to stdout.
A RTP test case with a SSRC change along with a reference time delay
has been added.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the conn_mode and the output_enabled flags are printed to
stdout.
This patch modifies this to print the output_enabled flags to stderr
instead. The bits in conn_mode are shown as RECV, SEND, and LOOP.
This does not reduce the significance of the test, since there is an
assertion already that verifies the values of the output_enabled
flags with respect to the conn_mode.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Incoming DTAP messages from MS are discarded during silent calls,
which leads to the repeated delivery of SMS since the ACKs are not
being processed.
This patch adds some log messages that have been helpful to track
this down.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
E1 based BTS use TRAU muxer to decode TRAU frames. After changing
channel from one timeslot to another (due to handover or assignment),
the TRAU muxer must be updated. The call reference of the call is
disconnected from the old channel and connected to the new channel.
The filtering architecture already allowed to specify a reject
reason but this has not been used for the access-lists. Extend
the access-list to include a reject reason and extend the test
case to honor it.
Currently, the conn_mode field is reset after it has been checked.
This patch disables this behaviour and only adds a mark (bit) to
detect modifications.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch changes implementation and the mgcp_connection_mode enum
in a way that net_end.output_enabled (bts_end.output_enabled) flag
always matches the MGCP_CONN_SEND_ONLY (MGCP_CONN_RECV_ONLY) bit of
conn_mode.
Based on this, the conn_mode bits are then used instead of the
output_enabled fields within mgcp_protocol.c.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently RTP output_enabled is set to 1 on initialisation, which
does not semantically match the initial value of conn_mode
(MGCP_CONN_NONE).
This patch changes this initial value to 0.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
We don't want every caller to check for ts->tsc == -1 and then
using ts->trx->bts->tsc instead. Rather, introduce a new inline
function to retrieve the correct value.
This patch (hopefully) fixes the new defects reported by coverity.
Addresses:
** CID 1156986: Negative array index read (NEGATIVE_RETURNS)
/tests/gsm0408/gsm0408_test.c: 419 in test_si_range_helpers()
/tests/gsm0408/gsm0408_test.c: 423 in test_si_range_helpers()
/tests/gsm0408/gsm0408_test.c: 427 in test_si_range_helpers()
** CID 1156987: Unchecked return value from library
(CHECKED_RETURN)
/src/libmgcp/mgcp_protocol.c: 1150 in mgcp_keepalive_timer_cb()
** CID 1156988: Unchecked return value from library
(CHECKED_RETURN)
/src/libmgcp/mgcp_protocol.c: 983 in handle_modify_con()
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The check is removed from gsm48_cc_rx_setup() and gsm48_cc_rx_call_conf().
Receiving a layer 3 message implies that the transaction has a subscriber
connection and a logical channel.
This patch fixes the Coverity issues with CID 115311 and CID 1155312.
So far, a single dummy packet has been sent immediately after the
reception of a MDCX message. There is no dedicated keep alive
mechanism (it just worked because the audio from the MS has always
been forwarded to the NAT until the 'mgcp: Set output_enabled flags
based on the MGCP mode' patch).
This patch adds explicit, timer based keep alive handling that can be
enable per trunk. A VTY command 'rtp keep-alive' command is added for
configuration which can be used to set the interval in seconds, to
send a single packet after the reception of a CRCX/MDCX when RTP data
from the net is expected ('once'), or to disable the feature
completely ('no rtp keep-alive'). In 'send-recv' connections, only
the initial packet is sent if enabled (even when an interval has been
configured). The default is 'once'.
Note that this removes the mgcp_change_cb() from mgcp_main.c.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently a dummy packet is only sent to the RTP port. This is not
enough if RTCP must also cross the SNAT.
This patch sends an additional dummy packet to the RTCP net
destination if omit_rtcp is not set.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Rename the timestamp variable to make in clear, that the input
timestamp is meant. Add a helper variable to illustrate the offset
computation.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch extends the test_messages test to show the number of dummy
packets that has been passed to sendto(). This way, dummy packets are
even being counted when sendto() itself failes (e.g. due to the fd
being -1).
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This modifies the test MGCP messages to include M:recvonly (CRCX),
M:sendrecv (MDCX) and M:sendonly (MDCX) outputs the resulting
output_enabled flags and the conn_mode after processing the message.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch make it possible to have a valid endpoint that drops all
outgoing RTP packets. The number of dropped packets is shown by the
VTY 'show mgcp' command. By default, this feature is disabled. To
enable packet dropping, the corresponding output_enabled field must
be set to 0.
Ticket: OW#1044
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently there are two symmetric code paths which are selected by
the packet destination (NET or BTS).
This patch introduces 3 variables that take the different values
and unifies both code paths into one.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This commit adds the implementation of these range formats to the
encoder. In addition, the work-around that tried range 512 first is
removed, so that the selection is primarily based on the max distance
between frequencies.
Ticket: OW#1061
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the encoding of the chan_list is done by a hard-coded
sequence of macros that closely resembles figure 10.5.16 in
3GPP TS 04.08.
This patch replaces this by an algorithmic solution that can be used
for all range encodings and is based on the property
W(2^i) to W(2^(i+1)-1) are on w1_len-i bits when present
(see section 10.5.2.13 in TS 04.08).
Ticket: OW#1061
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
f0 is currently set to arfcns[0] in range_enc_determine_range(),
while GSM 04.08 requires f0 to be ARFCN 0 in range1024 encoding.
This patch modifies range_enc_determine_range() to force f0 to be 0
if this encoding is used. This way the case distinction in
range_enc_filter_arfcns() is not longer necessary.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently tests covering features of the GSM 04.08 specification are
spread over the si and gsm0408 subdirs in tests.
This commit merges all tests from 'si' into 'gsm0408' and removes the
'si' test sub-directory.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This commit adds test range encoding tests. They check the property
decoding(encoding(L)) = L and optionally dump the results and
encoded sequences to stdout.
There a 2 test modes:
- A list of fixed tests
- A random number based test loop per ARFCN list size (only dumps
the first failing test)
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The iPhone5 (US) appears to have some issues with the SIs generated,
or the nanoBTS is not sending them correctly.
Add a configurable hack to put all bands into the SI2/SI5 message.
It is enabled by the bts VTY command 'force-combined-si'.
This is a quick change without much reflection and watching for side
effects. I have verfied that a network with ARFCN 134 and neighbors
ARFCN 130 and 512 do not get generate the SI2ter and announce everything
inside the SI2.
This patch is conceptually based on 'si: Add a hack to disable
SI2ter/SI2bis/SI5ter/SI5bis messages' (692daaf2d2).
Ticket: OW#1062
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Speech codings which are not supported by BTS will be removed from the
bearer capability information element after parsing. This way it is not
required for the MNCC application to consider support of each BTS.
Only GSM full rate is supported by default.
This option is a workarround for a bug found in Nokia InSite BTS firmware
version 3.0.0. There is no RELease CONFirm message for local end release.
Nokia MetroSite with firmware version 4.178.16 is not affected.
TS 04.06 Chapter 5.4.4.4 "Local end release procedure" states that a
confirm must be sent by layer 2 when receiving a local end release
request.
In order to correctly switch a channel (handover or assignment), local
end release is required.
Currently the NET_DST information element (see GSM 24.008) is not
included in generated MM info messages even when the DST field in the
timezone info has been set via the VTY or the control interface.
This patch modifies gsm48_tx_mm_info() to append this information
element if (and only if) a non-zero DST has been configured. The
DST IE is not part of GSM 4.8. Therefore it will only be sent, if the
DST offset is configured to a value != 0.
The DST functionality has been verified with wireshark by Jacob.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently we only set the SUBSCR on RSL messages. Extend it to
messages that go through MNCC. For call control/bridging it is
difficult to pick the right subscriber. We should support a list
or at least two legs in the imsi filter context.
In case the unpack of a USSD request is failing the channel would
remain open and the phone would not receive a response. Simply
reject the interrogation.
Example interrogation:
0000 1b 7b 1c 0d a1 0b 02 01 01 02 01 0e 30 03 04 01
0010 11 7f 01 00
Sylvain pointed out that in the current crash log the transaction
we try to read the SMS from is actually a transaction for Call
Control. On AMD64 the struct layout is different and that leads to
a crash when the CC transaction is in front of the SMS transaction.
Look at the trans->protocol to fix the crash. The issue got
introduced in 6a3d765bf9 (2010)
when I added the SAPI N Reject handling.
#0 smpp_sms_cb (subsys=1, signal=4, handler_data=0xbb8270, signal_data=0x7fff33574ea0)
at smpp_openbsc.c:284
284 if (sms->source != SMS_SOURCE_SMPP)
(gdb) bt
#0 smpp_sms_cb (subsys=1, signal=4, handler_data=0xbb8270, signal_data=0x7fff33574ea0)
at smpp_openbsc.c:284
#1 0x00007f424e4a094c in osmo_signal_dispatch (subsys=1, signal=4,
signal_data=0x7fff33574ea0) at signal.c:105
#2 0x000000000042b070 in send_signal (sig_no=<optimized out>, trans=<optimized out>,
sms=<optimized out>, paging_result=<optimized out>) at gsm_04_11.c:125
#3 0x000000000042ccd2 in gsm411_sapi_n_reject (conn=0xec6790) at gsm_04_11.c:1000
#4 0x0000000000408983 in send_sapi_reject (link_id=<optimized out>, conn=<optimized out>)
at bsc_api.c:733
#5 rll_ind_cb (_data=<optimized out>, lchan=<optimized out>, link_id=<optimized out>,
rllr_ind=<optimized out>) at bsc_api.c:755
#6 rll_ind_cb (lchan=<optimized out>, link_id=<optimized out>, _data=<optimized out>,
rllr_ind=<optimized out>) at bsc_api.c:736
#7 0x000000000041f8d2 in complete_rllr (rllr=<optimized out>, type=<optimized out>)
at bsc_rll.c:55
#8 0x00007f424e4a03bc in osmo_timers_update () at timer.c:243
#9 0x00007f424e4a069b in osmo_select_main (polling=0) at select.c:133
#10 0x0000000000407394 in main (argc=<optimized out>, argv=0x7fff33575238) at bsc_hack.c:346
(gdb) frame 3
#3 0x000000000042ccd2 in gsm411_sapi_n_reject (conn=0xec6790) at gsm_04_11.c:1000
1000 send_signal(S_SMS_UNKNOWN_ERROR, trans, sms, 0);
(gdb) p trans
$1 = (struct gsm_trans *) 0xedba80
(gdb) p *trans
....
data = 0x1}}, sms = 0x3439323400000003}}}
(gdb) p trans->protocol
$4 = 3 '\003'
Avoid a crash when reading a SMS and a Subscriber could not be resolved.
It is not clear why the read was failing. The sender_id and the receiver_id
was valid for the given sms. I assume that the database has been locked
due external access to it.
The side-effect is that in case of such a failure the sms_queue will start
to deliver starting from subscriber id = 0 again.
#1 0x0000000000428bec in sms_from_result (net=0x156a270, result=0x15eda30) at db.c:1146
#2 0x000000000042a8e0 in db_sms_get_unsent_by_subscr (net=0x156a270,
min_subscr_id=<optimized out>, failed=<optimized out>) at db.c:1255
#3 0x000000000042e900 in take_next_sms (smsq=<optimized out>) at sms_queue.c:193
#4 sms_submit_pending (_data=0x158e300) at sms_queue.c:227
#5 0x00007f3fd30de3bc in osmo_timers_update () at timer.c:243
#6 0x00007f3fd30de69b in osmo_select_main (polling=0) at select.c:133
#7 0x0000000000406fbc in main (argc=9, argv=<optimized out>) at bsc_hack.c:346
(gdb) frame 1
#1 0x0000000000428bec in sms_from_result (net=0x156a270, result=0x15eda30) at db.c:1146
1146 strncpy(sms->src.addr, sms->sender->extension, sizeof(sms->src.addr)-1);
(gdb) p *sms
(gdb) p sms->sender
$1 = (struct gsm_subscriber *) 0x0
(gdb) p sender_id
$2 = <optimized out>
Sylvain pointed out that the RLL and the SMC timeout is the same.
This can lead to have a SMC re-transmission before the first RLL
Establish Request has timed out. Reduce the RLL timeout. GSM 08.58
does not specify a timeout so right now I just reduce it to seven
seconds.
conn->loc_operation is already NULL (e.g. due a five second timeout but
we are still processing a RSL message after we initiated the release
procedure). Do not attempt to authorize a subcriber without knowing the
key_sequence.
This can cause more problems but we will need to test this in the field.
(gdb) bt
#0 gsm0408_authorize (conn=0x19fc2f0, msg=<optimized out>) at gsm_04_08.c:323
#1 gsm0408_authorize (conn=0x19fc2f0, msg=<optimized out>) at gsm_04_08.c:319
#2 0x000000000043a99a in mm_rx_id_resp (conn=0x19fc2f0, msg=<optimized out>)
at gsm_04_08.c:495
#3 gsm0408_rcv_mm (msg=<optimized out>, conn=0x19fc2f0) at gsm_04_08.c:1041
#4 gsm0408_dispatch (conn=0x19fc2f0, msg=<optimized out>) at gsm_04_08.c:3232
(gdb) p *conn
$5 = {entry = {next = 0x1746930, prev = 0x1a14270}, subscr = 0x1745eb0,
expire_timer_stopped = 1 '\001', loc_operation = 0x0, sec_operation = 0x0,
anch_operation = 0x0, silent_call = 0, put_channel = 0, sccp_con = 0x0, in_release = 0,
lchan = 0x7f8c79007218, ho_lchan = 0x0, bts = 0x1719f90, T10 = {node = {
rb_parent_color = 0, rb_right = 0x0, rb_left = 0x0}, list = {next = 0x0, prev = 0x0},
timeout = {tv_sec = 0, tv_usec = 0}, active = 0, cb = 0, data = 0x0},
secondary_lchan = 0x0}
When modern Smartphones receive "Not in VLR". The baseband firmware
apparently does not try to do an IMSI ATTACH but just remains un-happy
and will not connect to the network anymore.
Let's revert it and see if we can find the real issue about the
sms being invalid. Sylvain has pointed out that we get invoked
from a timer and might not have stopped it properly.
This reverts commit 80ba9b5dd6.
I am not sure why it is crashing so this is a speculative fix based on
something we already did in 3e9b2ec257.
#0 sms_find_pending (smsq=0x2706300, sms=<optimized out>) at sms_queue.c:77
#1 sms_sms_cb (subsys=<optimized out>, signal=4, handler_data=0x26e2270,
signal_data=0x7fffdac256c0) at sms_queue.c:396
#2 0x00007fcdea94394c in osmo_signal_dispatch (subsys=1, signal=4,
signal_data=0x7fffdac256c0) at signal.c:105
#3 0x000000000042acc0 in send_signal (sig_no=<optimized out>, trans=<optimized out>,
sms=<optimized out>, paging_result=<optimized out>) at gsm_04_11.c:124
#4 0x000000000042c8e2 in gsm411_sapi_n_reject (conn=0x2722d30) at gsm_04_11.c:999
#5 0x00000000004085d3 in send_sapi_reject (link_id=<optimized out>, conn=<optimized out>)
at bsc_api.c:733
#6 rll_ind_cb (_data=<optimized out>, lchan=<optimized out>, link_id=<optimized out>,
rllr_ind=<optimized out>) at bsc_api.c:755
#7 rll_ind_cb (lchan=<optimized out>, link_id=<optimized out>, _data=<optimized out>,
rllr_ind=<optimized out>) at bsc_api.c:736
#8 0x000000000041f522 in complete_rllr (rllr=<optimized out>, type=<optimized out>)
at bsc_rll.c:55
#9 0x00007fcdea9433bc in osmo_timers_update () at timer.c:243
#10 0x00007fcdea94369b in osmo_select_main (polling=0) at select.c:133
#11 0x0000000000406fbc in main (argc=9, argv=<optimized out>) at bsc_hack.c:346
The legacy functions have a bad/wrong return value for the number
of septets in the string. Change the code to use the new functions
which will fix encoding issues as well.
Location Update Requests time out and get rejected because the
subscriber is not authorized. Authorizing the subscriber through
openBSC or sqlite3 doesn't help the subscriber is still seen and
shown as not authorized
The value is read as uint, this is the wrong type it's a (u)longlong
in libdbi 0.9.0 and later.
Currently, all timestamps are force to SeqNo*d + C which is more than
required by the nanoBTS which seems to be sensitive to alignment
errors only (dTS != k*d, d = ptime * rate = 160).
This patch replaces the force_constant_timing feature by a
force_aligned_timing feature. The timestamp offset will only be
changed (and timestamp errors counted) when the alignment does not
match to the raster based on ptime (default 20ms).
The VTY interface does not change.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the counter and output timestamp values are written out for
each packet. This makes it difficult to see in the diffs what has
been changed significantly.
This patch changes this by showing differences for those
values. The absolute input values are also shown now. In addition,
the sequence numbers (the difference for the output value) are
written, too.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This adds two test cases:
1. Packet repetition (dSeq=0, dTS=0)
2. Broken seqNo (dSeq=0, dTS=160)
The second had been already present in the test cases, but it was a
mere copy&paste mistake which turned out to be rather helpful. This
patch therefore turns it into a documented test case.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Decoding and encoding of FR and EFR TRAU frames are put into seperate
functions. CRC check is done to detect bad EFR TRAU frames.
The test case includes FR and EFR transcoding.
EFR support was tested with Nokia InSite BTS and Siemens BS11.
There is the wrong record field selection being used to extract the
default value. It returns the tuple offset instead of the value.
This patch fixes this.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the SDP 'ptime' media attribute is never set in generated
MGCP responses.
This patch optionally includes the 'ptime' attribute if
packet_duration_ms is != 0. This behaviour can be enabled/disabled
by using the VTY command "sdp audio-payload send-ptime" (enabled by
default).
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch parses the 'ptime' and 'maxptime' SDP attributes, and the
SDP rate information and sets up packet_duration_ms accordingly. If
the packet duration is unknown or allows for different values (e.g.
because 'ptime' uses a range or 'maxptime' allows for more than one
frame) the duration is set to 0.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the local connection options have been stored as a string.
This patch replaces this string by a struct (that still contains a
string) along with the parsed fields (only the packetization period
at the moment).
It also re-adds the calls to set_local_cx_options() to the
handle_create_con() and handle_modify_con() functions. Except for
the test program this has no side effects, since the LCO values
aren't used yet.
This also adds additional MDCX tests (based on MDCX4) to test the
analysis of different combinations of 'p' and 'ptime' fields.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the timestamp offset calculation is done in two different
places.
This patch moves and unifies both code parts into a separate function.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This tool provides the following features:
- Output formats: state, C arrays
- Optionally take RTP payload from existing state files
- Generate streams with RTP timestamp jumps and/or delays
- Set/change SSRC or payload type
Requires erlang to be installed.
Example:
Generate 300 packets, set playout time offset to 1s, set
RTP timestamp offset to 8000 (1s), generate another 100
packets, the RTP payload is copied from rtp.state:
./gen_rtp_header.erl --type=98 --file=rtp.state --
0 300 0 --delay=1.0 100 8000
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch adds optional parameters to pass the state file, the
destination address (default 127.0.0.1), the destination port
(default 4000), the source port (default 0). So it is called as
follows:
gst rtp_replay.st -a [FILE [HOST [SOURCEPORT [DESTPORT]]]]
In addition, nonexistant FILEs are no longer created but opened
read-only instead.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Andreas highlighted that the doubel assignment is not needed and
wrong. Change the code to assign chan_list[0] before writing the
base frequency to the header. Update the testcase to make the highest
bit set and update the test result.
The IMSI can only be 15 characters in length, our define gives
us a length of 17. This means we have place for two NULs. Use
strncpy and make sure it is null-terminated.
Fixes: Coverity CID 1040707
Since the packet duration is given in ms with the 'ptime' RTP media
attribute and also with the 'p' MGCP local connection option, the
computation is changed to use this value (if present). The
computation assumes, that there are N complete frames in a packet and
takes into account, that the ptime value possibly had been rounded
towards the next ms value (which is never the case with a frame length
of exact 20ms).
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This forces the output timing to fulfill
dTS = dSegNo * fixedPacketDuration
where dSegNo = seqNo - lastSeqNo.
If timestamp patching is enabled, the output timestamp will be set
to lastTimestamp + dTS. This kind of relative updating is used to
handle seqNo- and timestamp-wraparounds properly.
The updating of timestamp and SSRC has been separated and the patch
field of mgcp_rtp_state has been renamed to patch_ssrc to reflect
it's semantics more closely. The offset fields are now used always
and will change the corresponding header field if they are != 0.
Ticket: OW#1065
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently the output SSRC is always forced to be the same if SSRC
patching is enabled.
This patch modifies this to optionally restrict the number of SSRC
changes that will be corrected.
Note that the configuration only allows for the 'once' mode and 'off'.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The ssrc has been used without respect to proper byte ordering in
mgcp_patch_and_count(). This only affected log messages.
This patch introduces a new variable 'ssrc' that takes the value of
the SSRC in proper byte order.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch adds a packet_duration field to mgcp_rtp_state which
contains the RTP packet's duration in RTP timestamp units or 0, when
the duration is unknown or not fixed.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently seq_offset and timestamp_offset are updated on each SSRC
change even when SSRC patching is not allowed.
This patch fixes this by changing mgcp_patch_and_count() to only
update these fields when SSRC patching is allowed.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Show old and new SSRC. Move logging command upward to show the values
immediately after the change has been detected and before any fixing
attempt is made.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This adds datastructures and a VTY frontend to configure the
different type of RTP header patching: SSRC and timestamp.
Note that timestamp patching is not yet implemented.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The tsdelta computation and error detection didn't handle the
intialisation phase properly.
This patches fixes this by skipping the output timing validation
when the SSRCs don't match.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch extends the existing RTP error check test by adding a
check for timestamp errors after SSRC changes and a check for a
segno delta of 2 (with a timestamp delta of 320).
To test SSRC patching too, a corresponding line will be written on
each SSRC change that has been detected in the output stream.
In addition there is now support for selectively enabling/disabling
SSRC and timestamp patching. The RTP test sequence is repeated for
all combinations thereof.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
So far the SDP part of the CRCX message has been ignored by the MGW.
This patch adds SDP parsing for this case, eventually updating the
net end's payload type and connection parameters.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
So far the payload type used in RTP streams has been taken from the
trunk configuration in NAT mode.
This patch changes the implementation to use the payload type
announced in the SDP part of MGCP messages and responses. SDP
descriptions more than one m=audio line are not yet supported
properly (always the last one is taken).
Ticket: OW#466
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The MGCP message isn't always NUL-terminated when arriving at
mgcp_handle_message(). This may lead to undefined results.
This patch ensures that the message text is NUL-terminated by
setting *msg->tail to '\0' in mgcp_handle_message().
Addresses:
<000b> mgcp_protocol.c:642 Unhandled option: 'r'/114 on 0x3
<000b> mgcp_protocol.c:593 Unhandled SDP option: '='/61 on 0x3
<000b> mgcp_protocol.c:871 Unhandled option: '.'/46 on 0x2
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch add the for_each_line macro based on a strline_r()
function (similar to strtok_r()), that is also part of this patch.
This strline_r() function is tolerant with respect to line endings,
it supports CR-only, CRLF, and LF-only and any combinations thereof
(note that a CRLF is always detected as a single line break).
Similar to for_each_non_empty_line (the former for_each_line) where
the 'save' pointer needed to be initialised by a call to strtok_r(),
the new for_each_line macro expects, that the 'save' pointer has been
initialised by a call to strline_r(). Also note, that
for_each_line/strline_r and for_each_non_empty_line/strtok_r may use
the 'save' pointer differently, so calls to them can not be mixed.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The implementation of for_each_line is based on strtok() and skips
any sequence of CR and LF. Thus empty lines are never detected. There
exists code which tests for an empty line to detect the beginning of
the SDP part which is dead code currently (the parser works
nevertheless due to other reasons). So the semantics of this macro
have been misunderstood at least once.
This patch renames the macro to reflect the semantics more precisely.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The current implementation increments the seqno but does not increment
the RTP timestamp, leading to two identical timestamps following one
after the other.
This patch fixes this by adding the computed tsdelta when the offset
is calulated. In the unlikely case, that a tsdelta hasn't been
computed yet when the SSRC changes, a tsdelta is computed based on
the RTP rate and a RTP packet duration of 20ms (one speech frame per
channel and packet). If the RTP rate is not known, a rate of 8000 is
assumed.
Note that this approach presumes, that the per RTP packet duration
(in samples) is the same for the last two packets of the stream being
replaced (the first one).
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch adds a test case to check, whether RTP timestamps are
generated properly after SSRC changes and whether the error counters
work properly.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch modifies the patch_and_count() function to check for RTP
timestamp inconsistencies. It basically checks, whether dTS/dSeqNo
remains constant. If this fails, the corresponding counter is
incremented. There are four counter for this: Incoming and outgoing,
each for streams from the BTS and the net.
Note that this approach presumes, that the per RTP packet duration
(in samples) remains the same throughout the entire stream. Changing
the number of speech frames per channel and packet will be detected
as error.
In addition, the VTY command 'show mgcp' is extended by an optional
'stats' to show the counter values, too.
Ticket: OW#964
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
GSM 12.21 specifies that "No elementary procedure shall be
initiated to an object instance which has not yet replied to
a previously initiated elementary procedure with a response,
an ACK or a NACK within a layer 3 time-out. The layer 3
timeout for ACK, NACK and responses shall have a default value
of 10 seconds."
We are using this flag in the BTS to enforce/safe-guard
this situation.
Rename this function to bsc_send_ussd_no_srv() since it's a rather
specialised function and not a generic USSD notification function.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The MS do not show the USSD messages yet. This patch modifies the
implementation to insert a CM Service Accept to finish the
establishment of the MM connection according to 3GPP TS 04.10/3.2.1
before the USSD notification is sent.
This fix has been tested with a Blackberry phone that has shown
an ussd_grace_txt after rf_locked has been set to '1'. Without this
patch, that message wasn't shown. The phone has sent a CC Setup
and other messages before processing the channel release message sent
by the BSC, but these messages have not been forwarded to the MSC (as
expected).
Ticket: OW#957
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
These functions are currently located in libmsc/gsm_04_08.c together
with other symbols that (transitively) depend on many external
symbols (and thus libraries) that aren't otherwise needed by e.g.
osmo-bsc.
Since gsm48_tx_mm_serv_ack() will be needed by osmo-bsc, these
functions are moved to avoid the dependency on gsm_04_08.o.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
The MS do not show the USSD messages yet. This patch modifies the
implementation to insert a CM Service Accept before the ussdNotify
to finish the establishment of the MM connection according to
3GPP TS 04.10/3.2.1.
This fix has been tested with a Blackberry phone that has shown
an ussd_grace_txt after rf_locked has been set to '1'. Without this
patch, that message wasn't shown. The phone has sent a CC Setup
and other messages before processing the channel release message sent
by the BSC, but these messages have not been forwarded to the MSC (as
expected).
Ticket: OW#957
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This patch replaces the calls to ignoredCheckForEndAndExit by calls
to checkForEndAndExit to test the libosmocore nodes, too. The former
method is removed.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Remove ournode_exit_cmd, ournode_end_cmd, and bsc_install_default()
since this functionality is provided by the current libosmocore.
Replace calls to bsc_install_default() by call to
vty_install_default() with the following semantic patch:
@rule1@
expression N;
@@
- bsc_install_default(N);
+ vty_install_default(N);
Ticket: OW#952
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
When the PCU is activating a channel we don't want to tell the
BSC using RSL. Add a flag so we can keep track of who asked for
the activation/release of the channel.
The gbproxy looses NSEI changes on BVC_RESET and then tries to send
later messages to the wrong (not longer existing) destination.
This patch fixes this by updating the peer's nsei field on BVC_RESET.
Ticket: OW#874
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This checks the behavior of the gbproxy when the BSS peer changes the
NSEI and the NSVCI. It also tests BVC_RESET and other UNITDATA
messages after these changes between BSS and SGSN and vice versa (via
the gbproxy).
Ticket: OW#874
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This adds the option to delete all BVC peers and/or NS_VC with a
given NSEI with a single command. Static (configured) NS-VC are not
affected. In addition, all connections for this NSEI that can be
deleted by this command can be listed without deleting them by
appending 'dry-run' to the command.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently such messages lead to a creation of a new peer with the
SGSN's NSEI, which results in echoing the message back to the SGSN.
This patch modifies this by sending a STATUS response (invalid BVCI)
instead back to the SGSN.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This adds a test with a UNITDATA SGSN message that is addressed to an
invalid (unknown) BVCI. The test shows, that the message is echoed to
the SGSN.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This adds counters that are incremented when errors are detected.
It also modifies the VTY command 'show gbproxy' so that
'show gbproxy stats' shows the counters.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Add the unused attribute to peer_free() that isn't used currently.
Change 'RAC' to 'NSEI' in the log message, since the latter has been
examined before the log message is generated.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This adds a simulation of the SGSN side of the Gbproxy. The VC is set
up correctly and several combinations of BSSGP messages are sent.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Currently in most places in gb_proxy.c a reference to a NS-VC object
is used where the peer is meant instead. The patch changes this by
using the NSEI instead in these cases.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This program tests the gbproxy implementation by passing NS messages
to a modified gbproxy that dumps the resulting messages, signals, and
state.
It focusses on testing abnormal situations like port changes.
Ticket: OW#874
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
This adds a per BTS control command 'timezone' which expects a value
of the format '<hours>,<mins>,<dst>' or 'off' to set the value of
bts->tz. It has the same functionality like the existing VTY command
'timezone' in network/bts.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Ticket: OW#978
This adds in-place patching of the time information in the
MM INFORMATION message. The timezone in the 'Local time zone' and
the 'Universal time and local time zone' information elements
and the offset in the 'Network Daylight Saving Time' information
element are optionally set.
The new values are determined by the 'timezone' vty command in the
config_net_bts node. That command is extended by an optional
DST offset parameter.
Tests are provided for the vty part and for the plain
bsc_scan_msc_msg() function.
Sponsored-by: On-Waves ehf
Ticket: OW#978
When verification failed and the reply string was not updated, the
message "Someone forgot to fill in the reply." was shown instead
of the default "Value failed verification." message.
This patch changes the default reply handling in ctrl_cmd_handle()
by setting the reply to NULL initially and then checking it at the
end. If it hasn't been set, a generic message is assigned and an
error is logged.
This script is similar to vty_test_runner.py but tests the control
interface instead.
It currently tests some error cases, BTS status queries, and
setting/clearing rf_locked.
This stores the last SET rf_locked control command along with a
timestamp. The 'show network' vty command is extended to show
this information.
Ticket: OW#659
This prevents the application from crashing when there is a half
configured BTS (e.g. by using the command 'bts 1' when there isn't
a BTS 1) and the 'write' command is used.
Send an USSD message to the mobile station requesting a connection
for a call or a SMS when the link to the MSC is down or in the
grace period.
The messages can be set (and this feature activated) by setting
bsc/missing-msc-text resp. msc/bsc-grace-text via the vty.
The generation of both messages has been tested manually.
Ticket: OW#957
In case of the RLSD coming from the MSC we are patching the address
in-situ but for local calls set con = NULL. We then answered the RLSD
with the wrong reference and the MSC kept on trying.
It was possible to cause a crash by enabling and disabling the
MSC connection. The enabling lead to scheduling a connection
and the second call was not stopping the timer.
Assign a static name to a MSC Connection and use it. In case there
are multiple connections we can now more easily identify them.
This is only used for the NAT right now, the BSC could start to
name the various MSC connections too.
Currently the 'mgcp' command fails in the 'config-nat' node, because
it get confused with 'mgcp-through-msc-ipa' which is executed
instead because of the prefix based command selection. Thus the
latter command is renamed by this patch to avoid the common prefix.
The workaround in the test suite is removed.
Add bsc_install_default() and replace all install_default()
This patch adds bsc_install_default() which calls install_default()
and add 'exit' and 'end'. All other calls to install_default() are
replaced by calls to bsc_install_default().
Since 'exit' and 'end' are now added automatically to each node, the
explicit registrations of these commands are removed by this patch,
too.
The related tests succeed now without work-arounds (except for the
'config' node itself which is part of libosmocore).
ournode_exit() duplicates most of bsc_vty_go_parent(). This patch
fixes the inconsistencies of both functions within
bsc_vty_go_parent() and replaces the implementation of
ournode_exit() by a call to it. This makes 'exit' behave exactly
like ^D in all openbsc nodes.
ournode_end() has been changed to walk through the intermediate
nodes until one of the top nodes is reached. This allows for
cleanups to be done on the way.
Note that in config mode if the tree is searched along the nodes
toward the config node and a command is not found this way, a
rollback is done by just replacing the vty's node and index member
variable by the saved old values which might break the whole thing, when
there has been a free() on the way.
These tests check for the availability of 'exit' and 'end' in each
configuration node and for the node specific commands to traverse
the tree.
In addition, using these commands from within inner contexts is
checked. This will detect problems, when an outer command word is
a prefix of an inner command, like with 'mgcp' and
'mgcp-through-msc-ipa'.
Several assertions are disabled due to inconsistencies and missing
commands (see above).
Addresses:
osmo_bsc_sccp.c:280:2: warning: implicit declaration of function ‘gsm0480_send_ussdNotify’ [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
osmo_bsc_sccp.c:281:2: warning: implicit declaration of function ‘gsm0480_send_releaseComplete’ [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
It was possible that the wrong NSEI information was sent to the
BTS. This is because patch_nm_tables is not called before sending
the data to the BTS. This will break when two BTS connect more or
less at the same time.
Stop using the arrays directly and instead introduce a method
that will patch the table and return the data and length. This
makes sure that all users patch the table before we send the
data to the BTS.
I bootstrapped a sysmoBTS and I can bring up rsl. The device is
running with a dummy load so I couldn't do more verification.
Change '%s(bsc)#' to '%s(config-bsc)# '. The missing trailing blank
breaks osmopy's VTYInteract.command() because the blank is contained
in the end patterns which are checked to decide whether to leave the
select loop. Thus trying to execute the 'bsc' command there blocks
the test script forever.
Send an USSD message on each MS connection if the connection to
the MSC has been lost.
Add a vty config command 'bsc-msc-loss-txt' in 'config-msc' to set
the notification string and to enable the feature.
Ticket: OW#957
This command returns the current state of the connection to the USSD
side channel provider. It shows whether a provider has been connected
and authorized or not.
Fixes: OW#953
These commits have been deployed by sysmocom and it should qualify
as some form of smoke testing. Let's see how things go from here.
The by IMSI alertion has not been used, the rest should have been
executed by the system.
There's a VTY option by which for every ESME the user can specify if the
E.212 or E.164 number should be used in DELIVER-SM. The ALERT
notifications generate by subscriber LU have so far always contained the
E.212 (IMSI) rather than E.164 (MSISDN) which is a bit inconsistent.
Rather than copying code, we create a new function that implements
ALERTing all ESMEs.
If the MS memory for SMS is exceeded and we get an RP-layer error, we
need to report that back to the (transaction-mode) ESME. Otherwise the
ESME will wait forever after sending a SUBMIT-SM without ever receiving
a response to it.
Thanks to Holger for catching this.
* The post-routing is applied after the first re-writing. To do this
the new number is copied back into the called data structure.
* Add a testcase that goes from 0172 to 0049 and then back to 0049
using the post rule with a table lookup.
* Increase the rewritten rule to five digits (this is the easiest
for the unit test). This will add another 40kb to the runtime size.
* Create a unit test that tests adding and removing the prefix rules.
* Use the regexp match to replace from one package
* It is a trie. The max depth of the trie is the length of the
longest prefix. The lookup is O(lookuped_prefix), but as the prefix
length is limited, the lookup time is constant.
* Each node can hold the entire prefix, has place for the rewrite
rule with up to three digits.
* A trie with 20k entries will take about 3MB ram.
* Filling the trie 100 times takes ~800ms on my i7 laptop
* 10.000.000 lookups take 315ms.. (for the same prefix).
* 93/99 lines are tested, 6/6 functions are tested, 49 of 54 branches
are tested. Only memory allocation failures are not covered
* A late addition is to handle the '+' sign and to increase the number
of chars in the rewrite prefix. The timing/line coverage has not
been updated after this change.
In case we have access to the context verify that the selected
msgb_tlli is either the old_tlli or the tlli in either local or
foreign format. It is wrong to use any other TLLI.
Attempt to solve what f0901f0067 tried to
solve without breaking the case of someone with a foreign TLLI from a
different network.
Lookup with the foreign TLLI converted to a local one in case we did
not find the TLLI and only then create a LLE/LLME on the fly for the
RX path.
During the GPRS Attach procedure we might have a foreign tlli and
in the RX create a LLME on the fly for this tlli. The GMM GPRS
Attach handling code will then assign a new TLLI and keep the
foreign tlli as the llme->old_tlli.
When the GMM is sending the identity request the msgb_tlli will
point to the foreign tlli. The GPRS LLC code will then try to find
that foreign tlli but due the conversion this will not be found.
Instead a new ad-hoc LLE/LLME will be created on the fly for
each message (this means there are duplicate LLE/LLMEs in the
list).
Make the code more strict and remove the tlli_foreign2local change
from the look-up routine. This will make the GPRS LLC code find
the right LLE/LLME and the N(U) will be handled correctly.
This partially reverts:
f0901f0067
Addresses:
<0012> gprs_llc.c:773 LLC RX: unknown TLLI 0xadf11820, creating LLME on the fly
...
<0012> gprs_llc.c:357 LLC TX: unknown TLLI 0xedf11820, creating LLME on the fly
Reproducable:
Use pcu_emu (gprs attach) and observe with wireshark.
In case of a failure this method didn't set the pctx->lib back to
NULL. In case of a timeout the callback will be made with pdp=NULL
and this would lead to leaking the PDP context. Check for the case
of having a pctx->lib != pdp and free it.
This resolves:
<000f> gprs_sgsn.c:259 freeing PDP context that still has a libgtp handle attached to it, this shouldn't happen!
The jenkins build node has Python 2.5.X installed and the
assertGreater method is not available. Use assert_ until
we can use newer versions of Python.
Disable the periodic LU using "no periodic location update" VTY
command. In that case set the expire_lu to 0 which will then be
translated to a NULL in the database layer. This leads to a bit of
copy and paste in the db_sync_subscriber method but I don't see
how we could easily use 'datetime(%i, 'unixepoch')' and 'NULL'
at the same time.
Change the query to find expired queries to check for NOT NULL
and the time being in the past. This means if there are still
old subscribers in the database they might not be expired. One
would need to execute a query like "UPATE Subscriber SET expire_lu
= 0 WHERE expire_lu is null". The same applies when disabling the
periodic LU. One would need to update the database by hand.
Manual tests executed/passed:
1.) periodic LU enabled:
* use gst LUTest.st to do a LU
* UPDATE Subscriber SET expire_lu=datetime('now');
* observe the subscriber being expired (it was)
2.) periodic LU disabled:
* use gst LUTest.st to do a LU
* verify that the expire_lu is NULL in the database
We were expiring subscribers during active calls. This is because
the T3212 is stopped under certain conditions but we didn't stop
that timer at all.
Remember if T3212 timer was stopped due something done by NITB and
update the expiration time at the end of the radio connection, as
the phone should restart it when returning to MM Idle.
It is a bit difficult to decide when we should set the flag. E.g.
in a CM Service Request we don't know if we accept the service and
during a LU we already send MM messages before we accept or reject
the subscriber.
The easiest is to set the flag when receiving a paging response
on known subscribers and at the end of the authentication process.
Do not expire a subscriber that has an active connection that is
marked with the flag, e.g. we would still expire a subscriber that
is being paged.
Manual tests executed/passed:
* gst LUTest.st verified that a expiration date was set
* gst SMSTest.st (doing another LU but forcing a timeout on the
SMS sending). Verified that the expire_lu was updated.
Make sure to not ever have issues with this code again, move the
utility code to a new file and create a basic testcase. The method
currently has 100% line and branch coverage. My initial patched
missed the smpp_utils.c file and I re-did the copying (and verifying
the branch coverage)
bsc_api.c:417:3: warning: format ‘%lu’ expects argument of type ‘long unsigned int’, but argument 7 has type ‘unsigned int’ [-Wformat]
bsc_api.c: In function ‘handle_ass_fail’:
bsc_api.c:458:3: warning: format ‘%lu’ expects argument of type ‘long unsigned int’, but argument 7 has type ‘unsigned int’ [-Wformat]
db.c: In function ‘db_sync_subscriber’:
db.c:785:3: warning: format ‘%i’ expects argument of type ‘int’, but argument 8 has type ‘time_t’ [-Wformat]
osmo_msc.c: In function ‘msc_release_connection’:
osmo_msc.c:145:20: warning: unused variable ‘trans’ [-Wunused-variable]
smpp_smsc.c: In function ‘link_accept_cb’:
smpp_smsc.c:891:24: warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type [enabled by default]
smpp_smsc.c:271:1: warning: ‘esme_by_system_id’ defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
smpp_openbsc.c: In function ‘smpp_openbsc_init’:
smpp_openbsc.c:545:2: warning: implicit declaration of function ‘smpp_vty_init’ [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
osmo_bsc_ctrl.c: In function ‘verify_bts_loc’:
osmo_bsc_ctrl.c:340:19: warning: variable ‘height’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable
smpp_mirror.c: In function ‘main’:
smpp_mirror.c:297:2: warning: implicit declaration of function ‘osmo_init_logging’ [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
This adds a minimalistic ACL by which certain, individual roaming IMSIs
can be authorized to use the SGSN. So you can selectively bypass the
'MCC+MNC == first 5 digits of IMSI' checking for a couple of IMSIs
It appears to me that for NM_OC_BS11 mo was either NULL or the
one mo value from NM_OC_BS11_RACK. The break inside the nested
switch case didn't break from the outer one.
Fixes Coverity: CID 1040728
The esme->acl is treated like it can be NULL in other places
of the code. Assume it can be NULL during this check as well.
Dereference after null check (FORWARD_NULL)
9. var_deref_op: Dereferencing null pointer "esme->acl".
Fixes: Coverity CID 1042374
As Holger pointed out, they contained a GPLv2+ disclaimer rather than
the AGPLv3+ which we use for OpenBSC. This is not an incompaibility,
but was done unintentionally. The code was always mean to be under
AGPLv3+.
Nevertheless, anyone using those two files in a version up to this
commit have the right to use it under GPLv2+ as well. This is not
applicable for any versions after this commit.
A CM service request must be acknowledged also, when encryption is already
enabled.
Without encryption enabled, the security status is GSM_SECURITY_NOTAVAIL,
which causes a CM service acknowledge. On initial CM service request, the
security status is GSM_SECURITY_SUCCEED, if encryption is enabled. This
will not lead to an acknowledge, because the cyphering command implies an
acknowlege. An additional CM service request requires an acknowledge, so
I added a new security status: GSM_SECURITY_ALREADY
Coverity pointed out that we use trans->subscr after a NULL check,
it is our believe that every transaction will have a subscriber.
Remove the check and add an assert before we are dispatching things.
Fixes: Coverity CID 1040740, CID 1040739
Coverity pointed out that this code is logically dead. Quickly
judging the code we will forward the RSLD message anyway. Remove
the code for now and next time I work on the NAT/USSD bridge I
will have a look at the flow of the RLSD messages.
Fixes: Coverity CID 1042327
The number = int_number assignment will make the number point to
the stack and as the int_number goes out of scope at the end of
the if statement other code could re-use this stack for other memory.
Fixes: Coverity CID 1042325
Coverity complains about the saveptr used in the strtok_r. This
is not a bug because we pass a string as part of the first call
to strtok_r but it is easier to just initialize it.
Addresses: Coverity CID 1042323
This fixes both a GCC and a Coverity warning:
GCC:
gsm_subscriber.c: In function ‘subscr_expire_callback’:
gsm_subscriber.c:389:2: warning: format ‘%i’ expects argument of type ‘int’, but argument 8 has type ‘long long unsigned int’ [-Wformat]
Coverity:
CID 1040712
This is fixing a GCC and Coverity warning.
GCC:
sgsn_vty.c: At top level:
sgsn_vty.c:308:1: warning: ‘show_ggsn_cmd’ defined but not used [-Wunused-variable]
Coverity: CID 1040727
This is fixing a GCC and Coverity warning:
GCC:
sgsn_vty.c: In function ‘vty_dump_pdp’:
sgsn_vty.c:64:5: warning: ‘i’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
sgsn_vty.c:49:15: note: ‘i’ was declared here
Coverity: CID 1040706
The code was written like checking the return value of the
osmo_fd_register but the rc variable was not assigned for the
subsequent calls.
Fixes: Coverity CID 1040741
Original code was inconsistent about lengths and could lead to out
of bounds write. Lengths were also inconsistent with the TS 24.008.
Fixes: Coverity CID 1040714.
The support has been implemented for an old model, we were told that
newer versions would be made incompatible with OpenBSC. Ther are
various warnings in the code and coverity has found some new ones.
Just remove the code as we don't know of anyone using this code.
Coverity is not happy about it but it doesn't appear to be a real
issue as the data will not be NULL on the first call.
Addresses: Coverity CID 1040704
In case the specified trx number is not configured, do not crash
but return NULL from the function. The libosmo-abis library should
close the connection for us then.
Begin with the NAT code. It is not clear yet if we will have one
file with all the tests or will have a sub directory with *.py files.
In the long run the base class will move to the osmo-python-tests
module.
The test scripts warn about missing documentation, untested configs,
check common errors, and stub out testing individual VTY commands.
The scripts have been moved to the another osmocom repository,
python/osmo-python-tests
The features were requested by zecke.
In some situations (like MS reboot without prior DETACH or SGSN reboot
without prior MS detach), the LLC sequence numbers for UI mode could
be different on both sides.
The LLC spec unfortunately doesn't permit us to send something like a
FRMR in this case, but instructs us to silently discard the frame. At
that time the remote LLC entity will re-transmit the frame with the same
seqeunce number over and over again, which we will drop again and again.
The mthod used now will keep track of the last received UI sequence
number. If that number is retransmitted for three times in a row, then
we accept this sequence number and recover from that point on.
system_id is a char array, which makes the NULL check a tautology,
so we should check with strlen if the string is empty or not.
This is fixing the "write" command of VTY that would otherwise
create a config file that can not be parsed.
If an ESME has the dcs_transparent config flag, then the TP-DCS
of MO-SMS is transparently passed to SMPP and not converted to SMPP
specific data_coding values.
This is needed in cases where ESMEs actually care about the exact
TP-DCS, as the conversion from TP-DCS to SMPP data_coding is not
bijective.
There are multiple ways how the TS 03.38 TP-DCS can indicate 8bit or
7bit messages. SMPP has it's own data coding specification, which is
different from TS 03.38.
However, some SMPP ESMEs want to be able to have fine-grained control
over the TP-DCS indicated in the TPDU header. If such values like 0xF6
are used in SMPP, we now transparently pass them on to the GSM side.
The RQNT message might not contain a 'S:' line with the actual tone
to play. Instead of calling the callback with the 0 as tone just leave
early.
Example:
X: 6B9519B88F0
R: D/[0-9#*](N), G/ft, fxr/t38
A channel that fails to send an ACK/NACK/REL within the four second
timeout is now marked as broken. In case the release comes in late
it will be ignored. The lchan should already been freed and for now
we don't want to trust the channel.
In the future we might want to send a "release" for a channel that
got activated ack late and just set the state to none on a channel
that is released acked late.
The late ACK and REL has been tested with two manual tests using the
fakebts. The channels remained blocked even after having received
the ACK message here. The NACK case has not been manually tested.
* This branch make the type sysmobts work.
* Asssume a bsc_gsmnet variable to be defined.
* This allows to use channel configurations not supported by the
nanoBTS.
* Manually tested with the FakeBTS and tested by users.
Assume that there is a bsc_gsmnet and modify the ipaccess-config to
provide this symbol. If a bsc_gsmmnet is not available when linked
the linker will complain and fail.
E.g. give an error like this:
../../src/libbsc/libbsc.a(bts_ipaccess_nanobts.o): In function `ipaccess_sign_link_up':
src/libbsc/bts_ipaccess_nanobts.c:550: undefined reference to `bsc_gsmnet'
Make sure that the bts_ipa_nm_sig_cb is only installed once. In
a nanoBTS + sysmoBTS network the _start method will be called
for each mode leading to the handler being registered twice.
Make sure that there is only one handler registered by unregistering
a previously installed handler. The osmo_signal_unregister_handler
will remove 0 or 1 handlers per invocation and we only add one
handler in this file so it is always balanced.
The nanoBTS code is trying to find a struct gsm_bts based on
the ipaccess_gsmnet and the ipaccess_unit data. The pointer is
not initialized in the case of a sysmoBTS leading to a classic
NULL pointer dereference.
Move the feature init into the _init method. This way we can
re-use the start code of the nanoBTS. This ensures that the
ipaccess_gsmnet pointer is properly initialized and that the
signal handlers are installed.
Extend the status message and send LAC/CI as part of the status
message. It is using TV to allow sending more fields in the feature.
We only need to encode the data and this is why there is no tlv
description yet.
The bsc_nat.h is included by common_vty.c so we may not used
sccp_types.h in the bsc_nat.h header file. Move the callstats
to a new file and include it where it is needed.
Find the Cell Identifier from the Complete Layer3 Information and
store it for future reference. We could begin to verify that the
LAC/CI used really belongs to the BSC.
The name sccp_connection is used in the osmo-sccp code, sccp_connections
was used in the NAT for tracking a sccp_connection. Rename it so it is
obvious that the struct belongs to the nat.
The rename was done with sed:
$ sed -i s,"struct sccp_connections","struct nat_sccp_connection",g \
include/openbsc/*.h src/osmo-bsc_nat/* tests/*/*
Prepend the international number with a '+' and then do the normal
re-writing on it. There are a couple of ways to handle this:
\+([0-9]), \+[0-9][0-9]([0-9]), \+49([0-9])
Add a test case for the international re-write based on an already
internationalized number.
Limit the amount of pending DLCX responses to three times the amount
of available endpoints. Currently all MGCP messages are sent and handled
in sequence.
We want to send a TRAP with the MGCP statistics from the NAT and
the connected BSC. The BSC endpoint can be either released because
of a DLCX from the MGCP CallAgent or the SCCP Connection release on
the A-link.
This is why we need to queue the statistics when the deleting the
endpoint on the BSC. The processing is continued once the response
arrives. This code assumes that the response of the DLCX will be sent
by the remote side. The current amount of outstanding responses can be
seen on the VTY. This assumption is based on the fact that the BSC has
already responded to the CRCX and maybe to the MDCX.
The MGCP RFC is bended to prefix the transaction identifier with "nat-"
to easily detect the response and hand it to the handler. This will
then parse the response and generate the TRAP. The current version is
v1. We assume that the transaction space is big enough and we will
not re-assign the transaction identifier too early.
The sysmobts is now having a SAPI queue with all pending SAPI operations
on the BTS. Add the llist_head to the lchan and make sure it is initialized
by the shared code.
The token was compared with the configured one but only up to a
user supplied length. Compare the token sizes and then use memcmp
for the actual comparison to make sure to compare the right ammount
of characters.
There is no unit-test but there should be one.
It was possible that the tmp was strduped but not freed, e.g. when
the number of commas was not right. It would evenutally be freed at
the time the cmd is freed thanks to the talloc hierachy.
An ESME can now be configured in the VTY to enable osmocom-extensions,
which will add vendor-specific SMPP TLVs for RxLev/RxQual/ARFCN/IMEI and
transmit power to the SMPP DELIVER-SM message type.
As bsc_gsmnet is NULL at the time we call smpp_openbsc_init(),
we later run into segfaults with subscribers that don't have a
subscr->net set.
However, we cannot delay smpp_openbsc_init() until after
bsc_bootstrap_network(), as we then fail to parse the SMPP specific
VTY/config file options...
This patch adds a new VTY command "ip.access rsl-ip A.B.C.D" at the
BTS level. If you set this IP address, the BTS will be instructed to
establish the RSL link to the indiciated IP address, rather than using
the same as for the OML link (default).
Use "ip.access rsl-ip 0" to disable the feature.
Inside the SI1 rest_octets we will need to indicate if the ARFCN
is band 1800 or 1900. If the BTS is either 850 or 1900 we assume
we are running a PCS network, otherwise it is a DCS network.
The band indicator is not documented in GSM 04.08 but it is in the
GSM 05.14 version 6.1.0 Release 1997.
abis_rsl.c:332:23: warning: 'memset' call operates on objects of type 'struct rsl_ie_chan_mode'
while the size is based on a different type 'struct rsl_ie_chan_mode *'
[-Wsizeof-pointer-memaccess]
memset(cm, 0, sizeof(cm));
~~ ^~
abis_rsl.c:332:23: note: did you mean to dereference the argument to 'sizeof' (and multiply it
by the number of elements)?
memset(cm, 0, sizeof(cm));
^~
1 warning generated.
The paging structure is still initialized lazily and we attempt
to traverse it before it is ready. The crash was discovered by
Katerina. Removing the lazy initialization will take a bit of work
as the gsm_data_shared is used by the osmo-bts and the OpenBSC but
paging is different.
Katerina pointed out that some nodes are not fully documented and
proposed some messages. The token/timeout messages were correct, I
have modified the other messages. I removed the full-stop from the
PING/PONG documentation as we are normally not using a full sentence.
when the SMS code was moved into libosmocore, its logging prefix was
changed from 'sms' to 'lsms', which breaks existing config files.
This introduces a deprecated/hidden vty command to make sure those
config files are still parsed OK, and will simply print a warning
message about the config needing some update.
The message was corrupt at several points. They are fixed now and
successfully tested.
A default T3122 timer value of 10 is defined by default now. If set to 0,
the reject message will not be sent. Note that when using existing configs
with T3122 value set to 0.
Exclude a BTS from the RF Lock and allow MO and MT operations on
this BTS. The paging modification has been verified using the FakeBTS
and the handover test. Paging continues to work for the normal case.
The RF lock excluded BTS was not paged at all. Now forward the
paging message to the handler and call a function that will check
if this LAC can be paged right now. Introduce a new paging method
that allows to page on a dedicated bts, refactor the code to use
this method for paging.
When introducing the exclude for the BTS lock the RF stayed up but
all connections were immediately released. Optionally pass the BTS
as second parameter and check the exclude bit.
Tested-with: rf-lock-exclude/RFLockExcludeTest.st
If after release has been sent, the call control layer waits for:
- reception of release complete
- or timeout
- or release of transaction (due to radio link failure)
In this case, an MNCC_REL_CNF is sent to upper layer. The callref must
still exist, so the upper layer can handle this confirm.
If transaction is destroyed, but callref still exists, the
mncc_release_ind function is called. If the upper layer already sent an
MNCC_REL_REQ, the state N19 was entered. In this case it expects an
MNCC_REL_CNF.
For PCS1900 the SI1 does not contain the ARFCN of the serving cell.
This is because the arfcn2band method will return GSM_BAND_1800 and
not GSM_BAND_1900. The academic fix would be to set the ARFCN_PCS bit
but this would require increasing the bitvector sizes from 1024/8 to
(0x8000 + 1024) / 8. This would increase the storage size for each
bitvector by three.
It is not possible to have DCS1800 and PCS1900 in one network so we
can avoid increasing the memory usage and check if the ARFCN resolved
to 1800 and then check if the BTS is a 1900 BTS and then claim that
this is compatible.
The code predates the TLV parser and we were parsing the RLM from the
wrong offset. In general we were using the length of the TLV which
happened to be equal to the T200 indication.
After consulting the RLM cuases not every of them should generate a
BSC_RLLR_IND_ERR_IND as these are forwarded to the MSC as a SAPI reject
right now.
TLV parsing now generates this due a bug in the osmo-bts code:
abis_rsl.c:1605 (bts=0,trx=0,ts=2,ss=0) SAPI=0 <0000> abis_rsl.c:1547 (bts=0,trx=0,ts=2,ss=0) ERROR INDICATION cause=Fraeme not implemented
For short IP failures we want the RF to stay up and wait for
the re-connect but in case the A-link is gone too long it is
good to switch off the RF and wait for commands to enable it
again.
Merge the code from the On-Waves branch. Use the internal RF control
interface to switch the TRXs on/off. This code has the necessary delays
to not crash the nanoBTS. Introduce signals for re-connection of the
BSC on the A-link.
The issue can be reproduced by typing the following 9 or more times.
OpenBSC> subscriber id 2 sms sender id 2 send bla
For some unknown reason the phone sends us a CP-ERROR for a transaction
identifier we have allocated and used but don't remember. Due the way
we use the SMC/SMR we 'establish' the machine and this results in a CP-ACK
being sent out. But the CP-ERROR is not having the content we want for
an establish so we send out a RP-ERROR. This will result in a CP-ERROR
because the phone does not know the transaction...
Avoid the issue by checking the direction of the transaction. If we do
not know the transaction and it is supposed to be allocated by us then
just ignore it and do not create a new transaction.
Make the macros use the cmd->node instead of the data pointer. The
naming of the variable inside the macro already indicates that it
should use the nodes data structure.
Like with all type unsafe callbacks we will need to cast from
void to the dtype. This addresses some compiler warnings.
Make it possible to only include the control_cmd.h to use the
macros defined in this file.
Handle the mr_config request and set the AMR multirate config for
the given MSC. Initialize the mr_config with the AMR5.9 default we
have been using until now.
When we are asked to route calls on a local link and
the link is not available we would crash when trying
to send a packet over a deadline. When we have decided
to move a connection it is guranteed that the current
SCCP connection will vanish, we either migrate to another
MSC or the RSL/subscriber connection will be closed.
Inspect the CC Setup messages and if the dialed number is matching
the regexp of the local MSC the connection will be rerouted. The
original MSC will get a GSM0808 CLEAR REQUEST, a new connection with
a CC Setup message will be opened.
For USSD we remember that it is a supplementary service but this
means we sent no CM Service Reject down to the subscriber. Treat
NAT_CON_TYPE_CM_SERV_REQ and NAT_CON_TYPE_SSA the same and send
a cm service reject.
Do the auth check in bsc_nat_filter_sccp_cr, remove the cause from
the signature again. For the bsc_nat_filter_dt restructure the flow
but leave the auth inside the id response message.
Return 1 when the IMSI has been extracted as indicator for running
the auth check. 1 has not been used before and is safe to be used
as this indicator.
In preparation for another kind of black-list allow the filter code
to decide how the connection should be rejected. Introduce a new struct
that will carry the reject causes for certain operations.
This implements exipiry of subscribers, requires a schema change. A permanent
attachment (time set to 0) is not supported any more and would require some
more work. This code was used at the 29C3.
Set the subscriber expiry timeout to twice the duration of the location
update period and provide functions subscr_expire() and
db_subscriber_expire() to mark subscribers offline that have missed two
location update periods.
This patch increases the DB revision to 3, so the hlr will be
incompatible with prior versions.
We should allow 0 for T3212 as well to disable the location update
period. In that case we will need a way to indicate that in the
database.
libcommon: Default to 30min location update period
libbsc: Limit VTY value for periodic update and disallow the value 0
According to GSM 04.08 Table 10.5.33 "The value 0 is used for infinite
timeout value i.e. periodic updating shall not be used within the cell."
This was the default value until now, but the code that deals with
expiring inactive subscribers in the next commit can't handle that case
so this remains a TODO for now.
The actual command implementation was already for this, but some
bad vty parsing prevented optional range arguments from working
properly.
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Munaut <tnt@246tNt.com>
This file is created in ./configure so we shouldn't remove it with make.
Otherwise ./configure && make clean && make check fails with:
make[3]: *** No rule to make target `atconfig', needed by `check-local'.
Stop.
We parse the load_config, take the ptrdiff_t from start and load_config
and from the previous array as the alignment can differ on different ABIs.
This was found by Daniel when executing the tests on a 64 bit userspace.
This was reported by Kevin when he was testing handover. The problem
is the order of the signal handlers for S_ABISIP_CRCX_ACK. Right now
the handover signal handler is called before the one inside the libmsc
gsm_04_08.c. This means S_HANDOVER_ACK is signalled _before_ there is a
rtp socket created for the channel. The result is that the MDCX will
never be sent and the called will not be properly switched _after_ the
handover detection.
I do not want to play with the order of signal handlers, remove the
CRCX ack handling from the handover_logic.c and force the NITB (and
later the BSC) to check if the lchan is involved with a handover and
do the switching in there. This means right now we do what two signal
handlers did in one.
Reproduced and tested with the FakeBTS Handover test.
Log message:
<0004> abis_rsl.c:1954 (bts=1,trx=0,ts=3,ss=0) IPAC_CRCX_ACK ...
<000c> gsm_04_08.c:1400 no RTP socket for new_lchan
<001a> rtp_proxy.c:533 rtp_socket_create(): success
<001a> rtp_proxy.c:615 rtp_socket_bind(rs=0x48703c8, IP=0.0.0.0): ...
In case of handover (but probably on RACH) we would send a RLL for
SAPI=0 even if this SAPI was never established. After we have released
all SAPI>0 locally check that SAPI=0 is established and if not release
the rf channel directly.
Merge the channel release re-work. The most notable change is that
SAPI > 0 will now be released on the local end and that the release
process should be both more fast and more standard conform. With SMS
spamming/mass sending the nanoBTS is crashing but this does not appear
to originate from any of these changes. I used git rebase to go through
each of the change to see where the nanoBTS is crashing but couldn't
reproduce it. It might be a general overload or something generated by
the modems of the sysmocom modem bank. Merge it before the 29C3 so we
can test this code some more.
T3109 is started when the SACCH is deactivated. It is stopped when
the phones sends the DISC/UA/UM on LAPDm for the main signalling
link. In case of timeout the abnormal release procedure will be
initiated. Make sure to not issue the SACCH Deactivate twice to
avoid confusing the equipment.
This is still not fully spec compliant. In case of a timeout the
abnormal release handling will be started which involves starting
T3111+2. The error handling should be split out of the rf channel
release method, e.g. lchan_release should be called and check if
the channel release was already initiated.
If the CHAN ACTIV is NACKED we set the state backto NONE. This is
problematic as our channel allocator will allocate from the front
or from the back and if the channel is early in the list it might
cause permanent failures. Introduce a BROKEN state and use it when
the channel activation is failing for an unknown reason. Copy the
cause so it can be inspected later.
Deactivate the SACCH and release all SAPIs locally as of GSM 04.08. Add
documentation to the code and explain what will happen as part of the
release process.
* Release all channels with SAPI > 0 with the "local end release"
(as of NOTE 1 of GSM 04.08).
* No need to wait for all SAPIs to be torn down and the normal
REL_IND/REL_CONF will call rsl_handle_release and the channel
should be released.
* Update the documentation
Put the idiom that sets the lchan state to none and respecting the
error state into a shared method. This way the special handling for
the abnormal case is just in one place.
Avoid printing error messages when paging while the BTS is down. In
case a BTS is going down it is best to just let the timers expire
normally. We can not expire them right away as multiple BTS could be
paged and we do not want to interfere with that. There is no need to
stop the queue right now.
If subscriber A is calling B and has sent a CC Setup message we will
allocate the MO and MT transaction and link them together. When the
BTS or the lchan is failing the BSC API will send a clear request,
as part of the clear request all pending transactions will be released.
As part of taking down the transaction, the remote leg will be informed
and will send a MNCC_REL_REQ. This results in a call to trans_free. The
llist_for_each_entry_safe does not handle removing other elements from
the list and we would segfault.
One way to fix this is to move the transaction list into the subscriber
connection. This might require to create the subscriber connection for
MT handling earlier. Otherwise one could have one transaction list inside
the subscriber connection and a global list for MT- transactions.
--disable-smpp would actually not disable SMPP but enable it. Correct
it for all usages of AC_ARG_ENABLE.
Move the unconditional invocation of PKG_CHECK_MODULES before the
conditional one to make it work as the pkg-config m4 macro appears
to expand the first usage differently and searches for the pkg-config
exuable.
Use "$enableval" to see if the feature should be enabled or disabled
and then search for the module afterwards.
This has been reported and analyzed by Tobias Engel. The IMSI Detach
is dispatched as part of the complete layer3 message. I had patched
the code to release the anchor and call msc_release_connection to
release the connection as fast as possible (otherwise the anchor would
trigger in a couple of seconds).
With commit 70ae5d3000 I made this more
generic to release the connection immediately if there are no operations,
no transaction and no silent call. This leads to the subscriber connection
being released twice and eventually causing a segfault. Remove the
msc_release_connection invocation from the IMSI Detach code as the connection
will be taken down by the BSC API.
This has been tested using the FakeBTS and an IMSI Detach message. The
channel is released immediately and the nitb does not crash.
GCC 3.x on PowerPC correctly highlights that the code is fishy.
Re-reading the RFC 3550 shows that we should subtract it and then
we are in the 16bit range. The probation and re-sync code is still
missing.
GCC:
mgcp/mgcp_network.c:200: warning: comparison is always true due to limited range of data type
MGCP is used over UDP and a response might be lost. The MGCP RFC
asks for keeping a list of responses and then using the previous
response to answer a duplicate request. I tried to conserve memory
and just wanted to remember the last transaction identifier and
result-code and re-generate the result from that. This made the
code look bad and this is why the entire response will now be stored.
It sadly increases the memory usage but can not be avoided at this
time.
Remove the msg->l3h pointer for the RQNT callback as strtok has
modified the content of it.
MT-SMS:
Manual test with VTY to phone. Also multiple SMS deliveries on
the same lchan. Manual test with phone to phone.
MO-SMS:
Manual test with phone to phone but only a single SMS at a time,
not testing the special 'CP-ACK' case.
Forced CP timeout using the fakebts SMSTest, not causing a crash.
Rebased, tested and fixed by Holger Freyther. Release the transaction
only once the SMC is asking for the release and set the cb's to NULL
to catch a use after free early.
This has been rebased and fixed by Holger Freyther. The change of
the debug area was split out in a previous commit and the is_mt was
put back into the transaction code.
The transaction is now freed from the RELEASE_REQ sent by the SMC
layer and not inside the error path. When clearing the SMC instance
we also clear the callbacks.
This should and does happen as part of the trans_free/msc_release_connection
code. There is no easy way to determine that the lchan is now 'free' for other
things.. Let the transaction code sort this out. This code just needs to make
sure that transactions are always freed.
This is more a work around and one still needs to implement a
proper dispatch on the opening of the connection. If there is no
operation left, no transaction and no silent call, close down the
channel.
Use the code that is shipped inside the libosmogsm library. Right now
the signature (besides the static) and the implementation is the same.
This makes using the libosmogsm SMC code more easy in the near future.
For the gsm340_gen_oa we are now using a small wrapper to generate the
proper type and numbering plan.
For some reason, libsmpp34 is too smart to zero out the entire structure
to which it is unpacking. This introduces an ugly wrapper macro to
work around. This needs discussion with the libsmpp34 maintainer.
Move to the control command handling out of the main file into
a dedicated module. There are still some calls embedded into the
main code but it will be moved soon.
Use a usec timestamp for the local time. The seconds to usec will
swap over to the lower bits but this appears to be correct. The
CLOCK_MONOTONIC is used to fulfill the RFC 3550 requirement even
if it is a bit slower than the gettimeofday.
Make sure to initialize transit in a way that the first transit
time will be 0. Otherwise the jitter will contain the difference
of the localtime and the remote time.
Calculate the expected packages and packet loss as of RFC 3550.
The values should be clamped but our packet loss counter is 32
bits and not 24 and we should clamp at other values but I am
waiting for some issues first before dealing with that.
This is missing the probation and the dealing with a remote
restart. For the remote restart we will simply write a log
statement as this is unlikely to happen during a call or if
it does happen the call will be taken down by the BSC anyway.
Align the naming inside the mgcp_rtp_state with the naming inside
the 'source' struct of the appendix. Make first_seq_no/base_seq
a uint16_t. This is removing rules for alignments and reduces the
struct from 40 bytes to 36.
Count the received octets. This is encouraged by the MGCP specification.
Use a 32bit counter that is good enough for more than 12 hours of a EFR
call. This limit is good enough for the current configuration.
The RFC 3435 specifies a different formula for calculating the lost
packages. It involves the number of received packages and the delta
of the sequence number.
The previous code didn't work as expected. The trx and dst pointer
are located in an union and in the case of the Abis code the dst
is used to point to the signalling link timeslot and not the TRX.
The is_ipaccess_bts always returned false because the dst was casted
to a trx while it was no trx.
This fix was tested with the nack_test/NACKTest.st of the test repo.
The test cases were failing on 64bit systems because the sizeof
code operated on the pointer size which is 8 and longer than the
size that was intended to be used for comparing it.
the dh_autoreconf application did not honor the sourcedirectory
option back then. Override the target and call autoreconf from
the right directory.
The libdbi development package is called libdbi0-dev. Use this name
for Debian stable but it should work for Ubuntu as well.
It is a bad idea to detach a subscriber. The subscriber will not
be reachable until the next periodic updating cycle. In case we have
too many failed deliveries we will need to reduce the period for the
LU and implement a subscriber purging task.
This is a preparation for the 29C3 and a problem Jolly experience with
his type writer system.
I saw the old copy of the "Appendix J" code too late and I have
discovered some quirks and I am more familar with my implementation.
Most noticable 'w' only needs to be as big as the input arfcn but
requires the 'w' to be initialized. The power_of_2 implementation
differs as well (mine matches the output of wirehsark).
The f0 could be chosen in a better way but right now picking
the lower bound is the easiest. It is not clear if to use
modulo if the range is chosen in the middle. This can be improved
in the future. Right now I have no bit fiddling for range128, 256
and 1024 as I was running out of time.
alpha=0 (the new value) doesn't reduce MS transmission power during GPRS
as much as we did with alpha=10. This is to optimize for coverage and
to keep GPRS working at all cost, and not care about MS battery life
time or uplink interference in surrounding cells.
FIXME: This should be made configurable via the VTY and the normal
default (unless configured otherwise by vty/config file) should be '6'.
In order to keep mobile at PACCH as long as possible the timer T3192 is
set to 1500ms. This reduces the probablity of long lasting assignment
process on CCCH for subsequent downlink TBFs.
Inspect the message and see if it is a paging response,
then try to find the MSC that has paged this subscriber
and select this as the target MSC, also move the MSC to
the back of the list for 'load balancing'.
The lines 461 and 303 were producing unaligned memory access as
the BVCI was not aligned properly. Introduce a tlvp_val16_unal to
read 16bit from the data, use memcpy to the stack to make sure
that it is working in the aligned and unaligned case.
The commands net.<netid>.bsc.<bscid>.* are now forwarded to the
appropriate osmo-bsc. <netid> for now is just 0. <bscid> is not the LAC
anymore (since that could be ambiguous), but instead the number as
configured in bsc-nat.cfg
The first fields are still the location up to the height.
The next field is "operational" if any of the trx are operational,
otherwise "inoperational"
The second to last field contains "locked" if all of the trx are in the
admin state, otherwise "unlocked".
The last field represents the rf policy currently in effect. It is one
of (on|off|grace|unknown).
<tstamp>,<valid>,<lat>,<lon>,<height>,<oper>,<admin>,<policy>
The ip.access nanoBTS has issues if the admin changes are called
too often in too little time. This will lead to a situation where
the site manager will fail to start properly. Remove the TRX code
as the RF Control class does not support setting this per TRX.
nat: Catch up with controlif_setup API change
We now save a control handle reference in the nat
osmo-bsc: Catch up with controlif_setup API change
We now save a control handle reference in the gsm network
bts_hsl_femtocell.c: In function ‘hsl_sign_link_up’:
bts_hsl_femtocell.c:206:3: warning: format ‘%lx’ expects argument of type ‘long unsigned int’, but argument 7 has type ‘uint64_t’ [-Wformat]
bts_hsl_femtocell.c:210:2: warning: format ‘%lx’ expects argument of type ‘long unsigned int’, but argument 6 has type ‘uint64_t’ [-Wformat]
When adding the "omit RTCP" the method started to return with
a proper return statement.
mgcp_network.c: In function ‘send_to’:
mgcp_network.c:233:1: warning: control reaches end of non-void function [-Wreturn-type]
abis_nm.c: In function ‘abis_nm_get_attr’:
abis_nm.c:1380:11: warning: unused variable ‘cur’ [-Wunused-variable]
abis_nm.c: In function ‘ipac_parse_bcch_info’:
abis_nm.c:2588:11: warning: variable ‘len’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
bts_nokia_site.c:1310:6: warning: variable ‘constructed’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
bts_nokia_site.c: At top level:
bts_nokia_site.c:1364:12: warning: ‘dump_elements’ defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
gsm_04_08.c: In function ‘mm_rx_loc_upd_req’:
gsm_04_08.c:521:6: warning: variable ‘rc’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
osmo_msc.c: In function ‘msc_ciph_m_compl’:
osmo_msc.c:122:7: warning: variable ‘rc’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
bts_hsl_femtocell.c: In function ‘hslfemto_bootstrap_om’:
bts_hsl_femtocell.c:101:11: warning: variable ‘cur’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
bts_hsl_femtocell.c: In function ‘hsl_drop_oml’:
bts_hsl_femtocell.c:232:21: warning: variable ‘line’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
handover_logic.c: In function ‘ho_chan_activ_ack’:
handover_logic.c:197:6: warning: variable ‘rc’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
gcc does not really know the _NR_OF_ELEMENTS_IN_ENUM approach, add
the _NUM_GSM_BTS_TYPE to the handled cases.
gsm_data.c: In function ‘gsm_set_bts_type’:
gsm_data.c:349:2: warning: enumeration value ‘_NUM_GSM_BTS_TYPE’ not handled in switch [-Wswitch]
We now have a lchan->csd_mode member that determines if RSL should
activate the channel in CSD transparent services or not. The previous
code always assumed CSD is non-transparent.
(This requires libosmocore >= eed26116c96f03c6128fac3dead9054714af6cab)
Some nodes below 'config' didn't have ournode_exit / ournode_end,
and thus were not able to properly perform this function. exit should
always only go back one level, while end drops us back to ENABLE_NODE.
The prompt now represents the nesting level, and there's one consistent
space after the final prompt character (typically #).
This effectively limits the number of BTSs to 256, but I think that's
acceptable for now. Unfortuantely there's no decent way to dynamically
update the valid number range depending on how many BTSs are actually
configured in the system :/
Use the Smalltalk SIP implementation to create a call
and once the call has been established start the replay
using the commoncode. No patching of RTP occurs yet.
Update/Move/Create example configuration files for NiTB, BSC,
MGCP, NAT and the GbProxy. Create a script that starts, generates
the vty reference and terminates the application.
While generally we should log troly unknown RR messages, we can simply
pass along RRLP messages (which aren't unknown!)
In real networks, the RRLP would probably not end up at the MSC, but
well, sometimes we don't care what real/classic networks do.
A crash was obsserved in cb_data_ind() when mm is dereferenced.
This patch adds some safeguards that try to prevent the library handle
back-pointer to the pdp_ctx to be NULL, and print a stack backtrace in
case we are free() ing the sgsn-side pdp_ctx while there's still a
library handle attached.
The Nokia E71 sends a "IMSI Detach" this msc code does not immediately
send the "RR Channel Release", the E71 is impatient and sends a DISC,
the "RELEASE INDICATION" is handled by starting the channel release
procedure. OpenBSC sends a "RR Channel Release" which will never be
answered, during the early release there is no timer and the lchan will
be in "RELEASE REQUESTED" forever.
This commit removes the anchor operation and checks if the channel can
be released immediately. Regarding the channel release handling there
is already a branch that needs to be tested.
We are currently not checking if the BTS actually suports that cipher,
and we particularly don't have any hack for ip.access which apparently
seems to re-use the RSL algorithm identifier for A5/2.
so far, osmo-bts/sysmobts used to be entered as "sysmobts" type in the
configuration file. However, there are some differences in the
protocol/behaviour and we should reflect that by a new BTS plugin (with
lots of code reuse from the nanobts driver).
like in libosmogsm, we separate between header files that are just
reflecting information in the respective specs, and header files that
related to our specific implementation.
Instead of direct function calls to individual functions, we now
generate primitives (osmo_prim) and send them to one
application-provided function "bssgp_prim_cb()"
The ip.access nanoBTS appears to send quite broken NTP timestamps in
the RTCP messages might confuse equipment that uses the sender report
of the BTS. Make it easy to experiment by adding an option to drop RTCP.
In case the connection should not be created/accepted release
the channel by sending a RR Release and de-activating the
SACCH. Phones should deal better with that behavior.
In case the call handling starts on a TCH/H switch to a TCH/F
if fullrate is requested. Add a method that is used to determine
if the mode and current channel are compatible with each other.
control_if.c:521:2: warning: format ‘%lu’ expects argument of type ‘long unsigned int’, but argument 3 has type ‘uint64_t’ [-Wformat]
osmo_bsc_bssap.c:473:3: warning: format ‘%lu’ expects argument of type ‘long unsigned int’, but argument 7 has type ‘unsigned int’ [-Wformat]
mgcp_main.c:162:4: warning: format ‘%lu’ expects argument of type ‘long unsigned int’, but argument 4 has type ‘unsigned int’ [-Wformatt]
We want to have multiple MSCs but we also have some data
that is only present on a per BSC basis. Right now the
MSC data is not allocated with talloc, so we have some
change in the talloc contexts.
osmo_bsc_main.c: In function ‘main’:
osmo_bsc_main.c:398:2: warning: implicit declaration of function ‘bts_init’ [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
osmo_bsc_main.c:399:2: warning: implicit declaration of function ‘libosmo_abis_init’ [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
osmo_bsc_main.c:418:2: warning: implicit declaration of function ‘bsc_bootstrap_network’ [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
osmo_bsc_api.c: In function ‘bsc_cm_update’:
osmo_bsc_api.c:195:2: warning: ‘return’ with a value, in function returning void [enabled by default]
osmo_bsc_api.c:193:28: warning: unused variable ‘sccp’ [-Wunused-variable]
Instead of building complex manual byte-wise parsers, we simply use two
strtok_r loops: one iterating over all the lines, the next one
iterating over the invididual space-separated elements in the first line.
The benefit is that we now accept \r, \n or \r\n, or any multiple of
them as line ending. This works around incompliant MGCP implementations
like that of Zynetix MSC.
Addition: mgcp_analyze_header returns 0 when all out parameters have
been set.
Signed-off-by: Holger Hans Peter Freyther <zecke@selfish.org>
In addition to SI 2 and SI 5, the SI 2ter and 2bis is generated, if
neighbour cells in other bands exist. Also it is indicated in the rest
octets of SI3, that SI 2ter is used. If no neighbour cell in a different
band exists, the SI 2ter and SI 5ter is omitted.
A special case is P-GSM range (channels 1-124). To be compatible with
older phones, SI 2bis and SI 5bis is used. If the BCCH lays inside the
P-GSM band, only neighbour cells of the P-GSM range are included in
SI 2 and SI 5. If neighbour cells exist in the same band (900), but lay
outside the P-GSM range, the SI 2bis and SI 5bis is used to extend the
list of neighbour cells. The extension is also indicated in SI 2 and
SI 5. If the BCCH lays inside the P-GSM range, but no neighbour cell
exists in the same band outside the P-GSM range, the SI 2bis ans SI 5bis
are omitted.
strstr() was used with wrong argument order, causing it to always match,
and causing an invalid response to a variety of different SS and USSD
requests.
This has apparently caused havoc among a number of HTC phones which
issue SS requests without user interaction upon boot, and then trip over
our inappropriate response.
This must have been obsoleted by the move to libosmo-abis.
GCC warning:
bts_ipaccess_nanobts.c: In function ‘ipaccess_drop_oml’:
bts_ipaccess_nanobts.c:509:21: warning: variable ‘line’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
The old BSC code had code to override the payload type, this has
been removed, remove the variable accessing it.
GCC warning:
abis_rsl.c: In function ‘ipa_rtp_pt_for_lchan’:
abis_rsl.c:1590:22: warning: unused variable ‘net’ [-Wunused-variable]
Introduce a SS_CCCH for the paging and the rach load. The paging
code could now start using the signal.
GCC warning:
abis_rsl.c: In function ‘rsl_rx_ccch_load’:
abis_rsl.c:1371:11: warning: variable ‘rach_access_count’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
abis_rsl.c:1370:11: warning: variable ‘rach_busy_count’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
abis_rsl.c:1369:11: warning: variable ‘rach_slot_count’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
attribute get|set <0-255> (.HEX) was never implemented and the
output about the unused attributes clutter the build output, remove
them.
GCC warning:
abis_nm_vty.c: In function ‘oml_attrib_get’:
abis_nm_vty.c:141:25: warning: unused variable ‘oms’ [-Wunused-variable]
abis_nm_vty.c: In function ‘oml_attrib_set’:
abis_nm_vty.c:152:25: warning: unused variable ‘oms’ [-Wunused-variable]
Use LOGP(DNM, LOGL_ERROR, ...); for errors in the
abis_nm_rx_sw_act_req method.
GCC warning:
abis_nm.c: In function ‘abis_nm_rx_sw_act_req’:
abis_nm.c:412:6: warning: variable ‘ret’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Assume nothing special needs to be done for the Nokia
*site hardware.
GCC warning:
gsm_data.c: In function ‘gsm_set_bts_type’:
gsm_data.c:342:2: warning: enumeration value ‘GSM_BTS_TYPE_NOKIA_SITE’ not handled in switch [-Wswitch]
I'm sure I read somewhere that it actually was 0..1024, as I kept
wondering how stupid it was to use 10bit+1. However, that source
was incorrect, as GSM TS 05.05 quite clearly states 0..1023
When we get an assignment command from the MSC, we no longer have to
check statically for certain codecs, as we have a vty-configured list of
codecs that is checked just below.
This allows the use of the existing "call-agent ip A.B.C.D" command in
libmgcp in order to set a default destination address of the call agent.
This is required as a pre-condition for certain call agents (like the
zynetix MSC) that require a RSIP from the BSC to the MSC as the initial
MGCP message.
RR Messages like STATUS, GPRS SUSPEND, HANDOVER COMPLETE/FAIL, ...
should be processed on the BSC side of things, not on the MSC side.
This is among other things required in preparation of intra-BSC
hand-over support in osmo-bsc.
Introduce number rewriting of SMS-SUBMIT. Introduce a new list,
move code around to help with finding a new number, somehow the
number encoding for TP-DA is borked, 03.40 references 04.11 but
the length appears to be strlen(number) without taken the type
field into account.
In case of a reset (loss of the BTS) close down all remaining
RTP Proxy sockets. In case of a lchan_free shout if the rtp
proxy is still open. I would prefer if the proxy code sits inside
the gsm subscriber connection.
gsm_data_shared.h includes e1_input.h of libosmo-abis, add the
LIBOSMOABIS_CFLAGS to Makefile.am, remove AM_LDFLAGS at the same
time as we only build .a archives.
Increase the version number and send the sizeof of the gsm_mncc
and the gsm_data_frame structure. Include the offsets of some
members as well to maybe identify ABI problems.
The reason we go through this is that we want to benefit from
the native ABI and don't want to force packed structs.
In case of a memory allocation failure in rsl_rx_chan_rqd we would
have left the channel in the LCHAN_S_ACT_REQ state. Move the state
change below the allocation.
In case a BTS does not send the RF Channel Release ACK and we are
closing the channel because of an error two timers are running to
set the state back to none.
Make lchan_deact_tmr_cb and rsl_rx_rf_chan_rel_ack behave the same
in regard to changing the state of the lchan. For the other direction
we are save, the error path will set the state to NONE and the timeout
will call lchan_free to set the channel type back to NONE, only then
the lchan may be allocated again.
The channel release procedure requires some more tweaking, some part
was started in the zecke/28c3 branch and needs to be tested/integrated
with the goal of having one common release path.
In case of a failed channel we still want the channel to not be
re-allocated right away but keep it closed/unused for (T3109 + T311).
rsl_rx_rf_chan_rel_ack has a check to not set the channel to S_NONE in
case the channel is in the error state. Add the camp Harald added a timer
to set the channel back to the none state in case the RF Channel Release
is not acked.
This reverts commit fc462dd59e.
show lchan should be capable of showing all allocated lchans,
all of a given bts, a given trx, a given ts. This feature was
broken when I added the ability to show a more simple summary.
Restore the initial behavior by splitting out the for loops
for the bts/trx/ts and check if we have parsed all parameters
and then call and return the subroutine.
Match IMSI and destination address against a set of entries, if it
is matching the header will be modified and no sender report will be
requested. Change the test case to request the sender report and then
verify that this bit is reset to 0.
GSM 04.64 8.4.2 asks to ignore UI frames if the DLCI is not known,
or if the "(V(UR)- 32) <= N(U) < V(UR)". E.g. if we want to have
V(UR) == 511 and this frame is dropped, we would ignore N(U)'s
0 to 510. Calculate the delta.
The code is based on Jonathan Santos's "LLC UI window" fix but the
issue was discovered independly.
The osmo-nitb application sometimes crashes because the BSC API
is doing an assignment underneath which is not handled by the code,
add dumy handlers to not crash, the right thing to do is to change
MNCC to have an assignment that can succeed/fail.
The keyword to look for is MNCC_LCHAN_MODIFY and mncc_sock should
wait for an ack/nack but right now the call just continues.
The UTC offset from the operating system will be used by default to
calculate the NITZ in MM INFO. However, a "timezone" vty command is
added at the BTS level, allowing BTS-specific overrides, e.g. in case
BTSs are distributed accross multiple timezones.
The BSS-side of BSSGP requires quite a number of additional functions
for sending unidirectional messages that a SGSN never sends.
This is a first step into completing the BSSGP implementation and making
it ready to be used from osmo-bts and other BTS-side GPRS
implementations.
Send a hello packet down to the client with the version number
of the MNCC interface. The hello structure might be extended to
include the endianes, size of each structure, etc.
In this iteration I just want to make sure that each VTY command has
online help. Replace "a b" with "a-b" if there is no "a c" with b!=c.
This config should gain some more sanity and consistency, this will
happen in another iteration.
Also make sure to specify seconds in the 'seconds' field. Doing
otherwise is an abuse that non longer works with the new timer infra.
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Munaut <tnt@246tNt.com>
do_reset was not initialized anywhere anymore, so the reset was never
triggered. It's now fixed and we add an option to skip it in the
config so that when in production, you can restart without config
changes quickly.
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Munaut <tnt@246tNt.com>
In case a MS (of which we have no MM context) sends us anything but a
GMM ATTACH REQUEST, we need to send it a LLC XID RESET (by means of
issuing LLGMM-RESET.req). Otherwise the phone will expect us to send a
specific unacknowledged sequence number that we don't know.
Thanks to Holger for pointing this bug out to me.
It seems to commonly occur when a MS is doing network re-selection and
(erroneously) sends a RA UPD REQ instead of an ATTACH REQ. The RA UPD
REJ that we sent was never seen by the GMM entity in the MS, as the LLC
entity discarded it due to sequence number mis-match.
Using LLGMM-RESET.req, the GMM can request the LLC of the MS to reset
all its parameters, particularly the sequence numbers. We don't yet do
XID RESET retransmissions, and we don't yet generate a LLGMM-RESET.conf
primitive back to GMM.
Ubuntu 11.10 has changed some linker/compiler flags. Some fixes for this
can be seen here[1]. In general the to be linked libs need to be moved into
the LDADD section of parameters. This is with the old BFD linker (not gold).
This is likely to end in some ping-pong with other versions of the linker.
[1] https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/nis/+bug/771034
Errors:
/usr/bin/ld.bfd.real: bsc_hack.o: undefined reference to symbol 'osmo_init_ignore_signals'
/usr/bin/ld.bfd.real: note: 'osmo_init_ignore_signals' is defined in DSO /home/ich/install/openbsc/lib/libosmocore.so so try adding it to the linker command line
/home/ich/install/openbsc/lib/libosmocore.so: could not read symbols: Invalid operation
...
../../src/libbsc/libbsc.a(rest_octets.o):/home/ich/source/gsm/openbsc/openbsc/src/libbsc/rest_octets.c:381: more undefined references to `bitvec_set_bit' follow
../../src/libbsc/libbsc.a(rest_octets.o): In function `rest_octets_si13':
/home/ich/source/gsm/openbsc/openbsc/src/libbsc/rest_octets.c:382: undefined reference to `bitvec_set_uint'
/home/ich/source/gsm/openbsc/openbsc/src/libbsc/rest_octets.c:383: undefined reference to `bitvec_set_uint'
/home/ich/source/gsm/openbsc/openbsc/src/libbsc/rest_octets.c:385: undefined reference to `bitvec_set_bit'
/home/ich/source/gsm/openbsc/openbsc/src/libbsc/rest_octets.c:402: undefined reference to `bitvec_set_bit'
/home/ich/source/gsm/openbsc/openbsc/src/libbsc/rest_octets.c:403: undefined reference to `bitvec_set_uint'
gprs_gmm.c:240:2: warning: passing argument 4 of ‘gprs_llc_tx_ui’ discards qualifiers from pointer target type
../../include/openbsc/gprs_llc.h:151:5: note: expected ‘void *’ but argument is of type ‘const struct sgsn_mm_ctx *’
gprs_gmm.c:349:11: warning: unused variable ‘ptsig’
gprs_gmm.c:601:5: warning: too many arguments for format
gprs_gmm.c:987:25: warning: initialization discards qualifiers from pointer target type
gprs_gmm.c:1010:6: warning: ‘rc’ may be used uninitialized in this function
When the BTS reboots it might not want to accept our BTS Attr,
do not leave the bsc_msc_ip/bsc_nitb but simply drop the BTS
connection.
Manually cherry-picked from: 54e6c8b3400b376ed36fe84f28f7930d2d9ff24b
The libosmo-abis merge broke Ericsson RBS support, as it didn't get the
part right where the per-TRX OML sign_link is determined while
transmitting OM2000 messages.
As a result of this fix, we can remove the 'to_trx_oml' parameter to
_abis_nm_sendmsg(), which is a nice cleanup.
In order to have the MNCC application reliably decide on the codec type,
it needs to know if we are running on a TCH/F or TCH/H. Thus, we pass
lchan_mode as a new parameter to the 'struct gsm_mncc'
When gsm48_send_rr_ass_cmd() is being called to send the ASSIGNMENT
COMMAND, we need to use the propwer lchan->ms_power setting, not
some fixed magic "0x3" number.
Without this patch, every MS would transmit at a very high output power
fullowing an assignment command - more than what was set in the config
file with "ms max power"
In case of a nack the secondary_lchan will be NULLed but then the T10
timeout will attempt to release the channel and we will try to release
a NULL pointer.
Daniel witnessed this crash at the camp and added the NULL check at:
28d9ccbca0, it is also the proper fix
given the _NAK handling.
When we got a clear request we did not clear the internal
association between the gsm_subscriber_connection and the SCCP
part. When we got a DTAP message before the CLEAR COMMAND we
will end up in a crash as the ->bts pointer of the connection
has been cleared.
#0 bsc_scan_msc_msg (conn=0xde178, msg=<value optimized out>) at osmo_bsc_filter.c:258
#1 0x000112c8 in bsc_handle_dt1 (conn=0xdebd8, msg=0xd1f58, len=<value optimized out>) at osmo_bsc_bssap.c:507
#2 0x00010208 in msc_outgoing_sccp_data (conn=<value optimized out>, msg=0xdfacc, len=858696) at osmo_bsc_sccp.c:73
#3 0x0003c110 in sccp_system_incoming (msgb=0xd1f58) at sccp.c:1064
Remove the separation of half-rate and full-rate AMR. The used rate
can be found inside the AMR payload. The signalling of what kind of
traffic channel is used can be done with the GSM 08.08 Chosen
Channel IE in the Assignment Complete message.
This way I can use a fixed payload type in the MGCP GateWay but
have a mixed TCH/F and TCH/H config. E.g. use TCH/F FR3 for some
subscribers when connected to MSC A but use AMR5.9 on a TCH/F for
MSC B when all TCH/Hs are gone.
When the CRCX 200 is lost on the way to the CallAgent we will
get another CRCX (retransmission) which was answered with a 400.
Change the code to extract the CallID, Mode and the optional
LocalOptions first. Then check if the endp is allocated with the
same call identifier, in that case return the current session
information.
The SDP file for FreeSWITCH should contain o= (Origin) and the
t= (Timing) for the session. The data of the Origin should be
globally unique but this is not the case yet. We will need to
store the (NTP) time of the creation of the endpoint.
Move the regexp parsing code from the NAT to libcommon as it will
be used by the NAT and BSC code. This also adds the #include <regex.h>
include to gsm_data. This header should be split up.
This is a big patch that ports openBSC over libosmo-abis.
Sorry, the changes that are included here are all dependent
of libosmo-abis, splitting them into smaller pieces would
leave the repository in some intermediate state, which is
not desired.
The main changes are:
- The directory libabis/ has been removed as it now lives in
libosmo-abis.
- new configuration file format for nanoBTS and HSL femto, we
need to define the virtual e1_line and attach it to the OML
link.
- all the existing BTS drivers (nanoBTS, hsl femto, Nokia site,
BS11 and rbs2000) now use the new libosmo-abis framework.
- use r232 input driver available in libosmo-abis for bs11_config.
- use ipa_msg_recv instead of old ipaccess_read_msg function.
- delete definition of gsm_e1_subslot and input_signal_data.
These structures now lives in libosmo-abis.
Most of this patch are deletions of libabis/ which has been
moved to libosmo-abis.
This patch also modifies openBSC to use all the new definitions
available in libosmocore and libosmo-abis. In order to do that,
we have replaced the following:
- DINP, DMI, DMIB and DMUX by their respective DL* correspondences.
- SS_GLOBAL by SS_L_GLOBAL
- SS_INPUT by SS_L_INPUT
- S_GLOBAL_SHUTDOWN by S_L_GLOBAL_SHUTDOWN
- SS_INPUT by SS_L_INPUT
- S_INP_* by S_L_INP_* sub-signals
- E1INP_NODE by L_E1INP_NODE vty node
This patch has been tested with:
- one nanoBTS
- the HSL femto with the examples available under libosmo-abis
- BS11 with both dahdi and misdn drivers.
This patch modifies openBSC code to use msg->dst which stores the
pointer to the signalling link structure instead of the pointer to
the transceiver structure.
This patch prepares the introduction of libosmo-abis.
It is possible that MNCC sends a MNCC_LCHAN_MODIFY and
wants a channel mode that is not possible on the current
lchan, in that case a new channel is assigned. We now crash
as the osmo-nitb is not having an assignment complete handler,
add a NULL check.
The Nokia metrosite BTS seem to keep the channels open indefinitely.
If osmo-nitb is restarted while one of the channel was still active
and tries to activate that channel again the bts would return a
CHANNEL ACTIVATE NACK with "Radio channel already activated". This
accumulated over the restarts so soon enough no more channels were
available.
This patch sends a release request to the bts so the channel
becomes available again.
The function lchan_alloc only considers lchans to be available if both
the type and state are NONE. So change show lchan to list all lchans
that are not considered available.
This will cause the remote end to read 0 bytes, which is interpreted as
if we cleanly closed the socket, making the remote end close their side
of the socket, which would lead to us closing our side of the socket,
so we should never send such a packet.
The timer callback will simply reset the lchan state to NONE in order
to prevent channels getting stuck in 'activation requested' or
'deactivation requested' states.
During the GSM deployment in the CCC Camp, Daniel Willmann
noticed that the LCR and the MNCC were closing the local
connection over unix sockets communication quite so often.
After some debugging, Peter Stuge noticed that openBSC was
closing the connection since write was returning 0.
Then, I suggested that it could be a malformed message with
zero length. By skipping empty messages, Peter confirmed that
the connection between the LCR and the MNCC was not closing
anymore. However, there was no voice in the calls that went
over MNCC.
After some more debugging I found that we were not building
GSM_TCHF_FRAME over MNCC appropriately in the TRAU multiplexer
code, since we forgot to msgb_put() the message.
Scenario: BTS are configured and working, then the BSC stops working
for some reason (crash or administrative stop).
If the BSC comes back to life, LAPD among other things does not know
about the previous existing TEIs. Instead of ignoring these frames,
we notify the driver that we are seeing frames with unknown TEIs, so
it can try to recover, e.g. by resending the SABM message.
Running the entire bts_nokia_site.c through the 'Lindent' script
to match indent/coding style with remainder of project.
There are still lots of other cleanups pending, but this one is
a purely cosmetic one.
DAHDI creates one device node for every E1 timeslot, starting from '1',
and keeps incrementing that number even for additional ports/cards.
Thus, we have to use the e1inp_line number multiplied by 31 as a base.
The byte ordering is a bit odd: The least significant byte is ahead of
the most significant byte, different from everything else in GSM that
seems to be big-endian.
Thanks to Seungju Kim <admin@manateeshome.com> for repoerting the bug.
This fixes a bug introduced more than one year ago in commit
e38bd6caa3:
The RSL_IE_CHAN_IDENT is a TLV, but the GSM48_IE_CHANDESC_2 contained in
it, is a mere TV type IE with fixed length.
The problem specifically has caused problems on Nokia MetroSite BTS,
which apparently read the TSC out of this Layer3 IE.
The MS Radio Access Capability IE can be _very_ long in some recent
high-end mobile phones, way beyond the old 14-byte limit. We increase
our array to 52 bytes, and make sure not to overflow that buffer.
It was possible to set the LAC=0 on a subscriber that just has
done a LU because it did not respond to a paging request.
E.g. when a phone is rebooting, a SMS being delivered, the phone
is doing the LU, sub_ready_for_sm will try to send a SMS (but the
phone is not ready yet and it will timeout), then the paging code will
send us an expiration note and we might set the LAC=0 for this
subscriber.
Ideally we would be able to stop the paging request once the subscriber
is authenticated and then hand this to the SMS layer, right now the
best thing to do is to detect that we will run into this problem and
not send the SMS, not try to set the LAC=0.
When the BSC is refusing to open an outgoing connection the SCCP
connection was leaked. Use the normal free as the socket should
be either closed or disconnected.
Reset the BTS MO State on BTS bootstrap. This way we will always
test the BTS disconnect/reconnect case of the BTS.
Do not reset the administrative state of objects. The BSC might
have set these and wants to maintain them across disconnect/
reconnect. Right now this is true for the TRX state.
We want to compare the file more_magic[0] and more_magic[1]
with the static more_magic array to see where the difference
is.
src/ipaccess/ipaccess-firmware.c +64 ipaccess_analyze_file(26) warn: buffer overflow 'firmware_header->more_magic' 2 <= 2
src/ipaccess/ipaccess-firmware.c +64 ipaccess_analyze_file(26) warn: buffer overflow 'firmware_header->more_magic' 2 <= 3
* net.location to get/set the geographical location of the network
format is <tstamp>,<lat>,<lon>,<height>
* per trx rf_locked command (net.bts0.trx0.rf_locked)
* network-wide rf_locked command (net.rf_locked)
These commands are installed in controlif_setup. Query them like this:
"rate_ctr.<interval>.<counter group>.<index>.<counter name>" for rate
counters and "counter.<counter name>" for regular counters. <interval>
may be either "abs" for absolute values or one or
"per_{sec,min,hour,day}".
It is possible to query all rate counters in a group (regardless of
index) or all counters in a group and with a certain index if you omit
<counter name> and <index> or just <counter name>.
due to a missing return statement, we ran into the 'reject' case
of bssmap_handle_cipher_mode(). Due to another bug in libosmocore,
the reject message was corrupted (fixed in libosmocore commit
0c83670a595a278b7d1fb7b21b2eacab84d3c031)
GCC 4.6.0 and LD.BFD 2.21 on ARM somehow fail to resolve
the dbi symbols when we have the library in front of the
static libraries, move them to the back.
Without this patch the tlv_def_patch symbol and the
gsm48_construct_ra.
GCC 4.6.0 and LD.BFD 2.21 on ARM somehow fail to resolve
the dbi symbols when we have the library in front of the
static libraries, move them to the back.
The idea that MCC and MNC is enough to classify a subscriber
turns out to be wrong. Certain operatos license a number range
of IMSIs to others. When we see a '^' in the MCC field we treat
it as a regexp. The code now turns the MCC/MNC into a regexp
for the IMSI. It is not using extended POSIX regexp to match
the behavior of the access list.
Separate the code to patch the code and the code to find a
new number based on the old number. This will allow to add
multiple targets for number changing.
Fix make distcheck to uninstall files that were installed
by our custom hook.
This is fixing:
ERROR: files left after uninstall:
./share/doc/openbsc/examples/osmo-bsc_mgcp/mgcp.cfg
./share/doc/openbsc/examples/osmo-nitb/nanobts/openbsc.cfg
./share/doc/openbsc/examples/osmo-nitb/nanobts/openbsc-multitrx.cfg
./share/doc/openbsc/examples/osmo-nitb/bs11/openbsc-1bts-2trx.cfg
./share/doc/openbsc/examples/osmo-nitb/bs11/openbsc.cfg
./share/doc/openbsc/examples/osmo-nitb/bs11/openbsc-1bts-2trx-hopping.cfg
./share/doc/openbsc/examples/osmo-nitb/bs11/openbsc-2bts-2trx.cfg
./share/doc/openbsc/examples/osmo-nitb/rbs2308/openbsc.cfg
This patch fixes a segfault that occured when a ipaccess RSL link gets
closed unexpectedly.
The segfault can be provoked by connecting to the RSL port with ncat and
hitting ^C.
autoconf >=2.68 demands the body of an AC_COMPILE_IFELSE to be wrapped in
an AC_LANG_SOURCE macro, otherwise outputs annoying warnings on the
invocation of `autoreconf -i`. this patch follows that demand.
This should not introduce any functional changes, it just re-arranges
some definitions in the header file, and introduces the ROLE_BSC
define that we enable for the BSC-specific fields.
The daemons set up nanoBTS and HSL femto sockets by default, ie. the
three sockets to support these two drivers are open even if we have
no BTS of that kind.
This patch enables on-demand socket creation, ie. we only enable them
if we have one BTS at least that requires it.
I added two new attributes to the gsm_bts object, they are:
* the start() function includes the code that we need to run to start
the BTS. This new function contains the socket creation in the
particular case of nanoBTS and HSL femto.
* the started boolean, which is used to know if we have already
started the BTS, ie. we have already invoked start().
Note that, I have splitted the bts_model_*_init() function into two
functions, the _init() functions that register the BTS driver
and the _start() functions that start BTS driver on-demand.
While I was at it, I added several changes/cleanups to this patch:
* Group all bts_model_*_init() calls into one function bts_init(),
which is called in the initialization path of osmo-nitb and
osmo-bsc.
* Add openbsc/bss.h that contains the declaration of
bsc_bootstrap_network, bsc_shutdown_net and bts_init.
* Add missing e1inp_init() in osmo-bsc.
* Fix missing declaration of hsl_setup in openbsc/e1_input.h
The error message was missing in case of problems bootstrapping the BTS.
The E1 input driver initialization was displayed in the standard output,
now this error is reported via logs.
With this patch, we don't include e1_input if it's empty
[...]
timeslot 7
phys_chan_config TCH/F
hopping enabled 0
e1_input <----------------- empty, it should not show up.
msc
[...]
Pablo pointed out that my previous commit was rubish. If we have
less than two arguments we want ifname to remain NULL and if we
have a second argument (or more) we want to use that as the interface
name to bind to.
Use the libosmocore code to ignore certain signals by
default (e.g. SIGHUP, SIGPIPE) and use the new code to
create a default stderr logging target and initialize
it properly.
This can be used to throw the data into GNUplot. It collects
the time (from the start of the trace), the buffer data in kbyte
and the number of buffered PDUs. It is assuming that no PDU
is delivered toward the target.
This patch adds several messages that would be displayed if:
* the Ki argument is missing.
* you pass an invalid Ki.
* the database fails to perform the operation (add/delete/update).
Before this patch, no messages were spotted on this errors.
I noticed this while adding Ki to the existing subscribers in the
nanoBTS setup: I introduced a wrong Ki but the VTY command line did
not report any error. A quick look at the database via sqlite
command confirmed that the new authkey information was not added.
Introduce a paging group that a BSC can refer to and is used
during the LAC lookup. This way paging can be flooded through
the network and just filtered at the last element in the core.
The current code tries to find _one_ bsc for a paging message
and then continues. The new code will try to find multiple BSCs
for each LAC. This is done in preparation of having two BSCs
handle the same LAC. This code right now is O(m*n) but it will
be worse once paging groups are landed.
The code to test the function was reduced to just test the lac
lookup code as the other part can not be tested in a standalone
setup anymore.
The code to create the struct gsm_bts is in libcommon right now
and we can not call paging_init from there. Right now it appears
to be the easiest of doing the init internally.
Be able to configure a list of destinations (duplicates allowed)
that will be tried in a round robin fashion. The change is in
the bsc_msc_connection to operate on a list. We achieve the
round robin nature with the same trick used in the paging code
to delete and append the current entry. The nat code was updated
to compile but one can only configure one destination.
For restarting the NAT we can now block it, it will not accept
new connections and for existing connections it will attempt
to drop them over time. A blocked NAT will end up with no BSC
connections left and then can be safely restarted.
In case this is a local USSD connection we will ignore
the clear command and respond with a RLC to any RLSD but
will never forward that to the BSC. This way the external
USSD is fully in charge of the connection.
There are theoretical issues if there are multiple transactions
on the same SCCP Connection but this can not be solved properly
right now.
Keep track of the used transaction identifier and always forward
messages to the USSD provider. E.g. this can be used to have a
dialogue going. Right now it is still possible that the MSC will
close down the connection.
We need to and out the protocol discriminator as call control
might have use transactions. This has only failed for the USSD
filter so far as this must deal with transactions.
With this patch, ipaccess-proxy makes more robust option checking:
$ ./ipaccess-proxy -l 1.1.1.1 -b 2.2.2.2 -e
ERROR: missing mandatory argument for `-e' option
And we return to shell to enforce the user to try again with the
appropriate invocation.
Before this patch, the default getopt_long() error handling was
enabled which displayed this message:
./ipaccess-proxy: option requires an argument -- 'e'
and ipaccess-proxy continued working.
This is generic enough to cover other option that require mandatory
arguments like `--bsc' and `--listen'.
Now ipaccess_idtag_parse() returns -EINVAL instead of -1. We also
check for the return value of this function in every invocation to
skip further processing in case of messages with malformed TLVs.
This idea was suggested by Zecke.
When we have no other MNCC connection but the registeration of the
new fd is failing we should not disable reading from the listen_fd
for ever as the situation might not be permanent.
This patch removes the C99 structure initialization which is not allowed
by the wireshark project (since it has to compile with non-C99 compliant
compilers).
It also adds a new option to enable/disable the dissection of vendor
specific ip.access nanoBTS RSL messages.
Tested with file:
ipaccess-startup-mo_to_mo_call-proxy.pcap
* include/openbsc/ipaccess.h: Reserve a protocol number for control
commands
* input/ipaccess.c: New function ipaccess_prepend_header_ext prepends
the extension header
This patch finishes the new ipaccess_send_*() functions and use them
in the ipaccess-proxy code.
I have also cleanup the definition of the PONG, ID_ACK and ID_REQ
messages (including some minor documentation about them).
I had to rename ipaccess_recvmsg() in ipaccess-proxy to avoid clashing
with the one defined in libabis.
For the USSD module we only want to handle requests that are
legitimate. This is achieved by looking for the CM Service Accept
or the BSSAP CIPHER MODE COMMAND.
This patch extends the make_sock() prototype so you can fully set
the fields priv_nr and data of the bsc_fd structure.
This is the first step to get rid of the internal make_sock()
implementation that ipaccess-proxy uses.
This patch includes a minor cleanup to pass INADDR_ANY instead
of zero, if you do not want to bind the socket to one specific
address.
The VTY code calls the write function for nodes in the order of
registration of the node and not in terms of hierachy of nodes. This
means that the e1_input code is written before the MSC node that
was the child of the network. Make the MSC_NODE a direct descendant
of the CONFIG_NODE and avoid this issue.
In 136f453dd2, I forgot to update
the new header path in the test/bsc-nat files (this happened to
me because I forgot to configured openBSC without --enable-nat).
libosmogsm is a new library that is distributed in the libosmocore.
Now, openbsc depends on it. This patch gets openbsc with this
change.
This patch also rewrites all include path to the new
osmocom/[gsm|core]
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@gnumonks.org>
This patch fixes:
CC gb_proxy_main.o
gb_proxy_main.c: In function ‘main’:
gb_proxy_main.c:224: warning: implicit declaration of function ‘logging_vty_add_cmds’
And a similar problem in osmo-bsc_nat.
This was introduced in by myself in patch:
"bsc: change bsc_vty_init to take logging categories as parameter"
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@gnumonks.org>
This change is required to finish the integration of the VTY and
the per-application logging categories that provides:
"vty: integration with logging framework"
in libosmocore.
It has been tested with osmo-nitb. The other just compiled tested.
This is the case of osmo-nitb, since it does not call
osmo_bsc_rf_create().
term1: $ ./osmo-nitb -c ../openbsc.cfg.nanobts
term2: $ telnet localhost 4242
term2: OpenBSC> show network
term1: Segmentation fault
This patch applies to the wireshark/0001-abis_oml.patch.
This patch converts the C99 structure initialization which is not
accepted by the wireshark developers (Harald told me that they need
it to compile with non-gcc compilers which don't always support C99).
I have tested it here with four pcap files that Harald passed to me.
... and in order to do this reasonably well, we have to get rid of
the pre-computed message length field in the OML header. Instead,
we now simply compute it at abis_om2k_sendmsg() time based on the
msgb_l2len().
It seems HSL has fixed most of their obvious issues in the SR1.0.1
release. However, this creates quite an incompatibility of the
protocol, and we have to adapt accordingly
The HSL Femtocell seems to be a poor man implementation of the
ip.access Abis/IP protocol, but cutting corners wherever possible.
We try to workaround those corners wherever possible...
The new structure divides the code into a number of libraries
for the BSC core functionality, MSC core functionality, Abis transport,
TRAU and other bits.
This doesn't introduce any functional code change but simply moves
around files and alters Makefile.am accordingly.
Next step would be to disentangle a lot of the inter-library
dependencies and make the individual bits of code more independent.
Introduce a VTY setting that right now needs to be set to
one. To make updating this setting possible we will now store
the number of endpoints in the bsc connection as well.
On a classic BSC we have 32 channels but one is reserved for
signalling. Make sure that we are not assigning 0x1f as we
assume that this is the signalling channel. This means that
from 32 possible voice channels we are only going to use 30
as we are already not using the 0x0.
Allocate the status for an endpoint dynamically. We will support
BSCs with different amount of multiplexes and need to have this
flexibility in the future. Add the proper null checks to the
current users of this code.
Rename the method as we send everything to the MSC and not just
SCCP. Put alink into the function name. Also use msg->data and
msg->len in hexdump as this is what we are sending to the server.
Recent libosmocore introdues a way how log targets can be configured from
the VTY.
This commit makes the 'log filter (imsi|nsvc|bvc)' compatible with it.
This introducecs the new VTY command "neighbor-list mode manual-si5"
in combination with "si5 neighbor-list (add|del) arfcn <0-1024>",
which allows you to (optionally) have neighbor channel lists that
differ in SI5 and in SI2.
So far, all BTS we have interfaced had one OML link per BTS, independent of the
number of TRX. In Ericsson RBS 2000, there is an OML link for the DXU/IXU,
and one additional OML link for each TRX/TRU.
The previous patch introduces new code for the RBS2000 but didn't
actually activate/call it yet.
After this patch, you can see LAPD being established and OM2000 messages
will fall into abis_nm.c (which of course has no clue about them).
bsc_init.c was a big mess even only for two supported BTS models,
so before adding more BTS types, this needs a cleanup.
All the BTS specific code from bsc_init.c has now moved into
bts_{siemens_bs11,ipaccess_nanobts}.c
This has required that input_event() and nm_state_event() get both
converted to proper libosmocore signals instead of referencing external
symbols.
When we copy a msgb, we need to make sure the msgb_cb->bssgp_cell_id
pointer points to data in the new message, not in the old message.
Thanks to Dieter Spaar for spotting this.
As we only have one NS-VC between gb_proxy and SGSN, we cannot
forward a NS-BLOCK from the BSS to the SGSN, as it would affect
all other BSS's, too.
Thus, we check if we have an unblocked PTP-BVC in the NSVC to the BSS,
and then issue a BVC-BLOCK towards the SGSN.
This should prevent any further PDU's from the SGSN to be sent to
this BSS.
We cannot afford static/global state, as we may have multiple E1
lines, each having its own LAPD instance. Furthermore, we might
even have multiple LAPD instances on the same E1 line (think of
a multi-drop setup).
This also implements dynamic TEI allocation, i.e. no hardcoded
TEI list anymore.
This introduces a new 'e1_input' config node with a command to be
used like:
e1_line 0 driver misdn
This allows us to have different input drivers in the future
When the remote subscriber has not responded yet we could
end up with a crash in the MNCC code. It was enough to dial
the number, then hang up and bsc_hack would end up with a
segfault due the list poisining of linux_list.
The paging response should always have a TMSI or IMSI
and we should be able to find the subscriber using that. If
no IMSI/TMSI is present and we would still accept the LU
we would access the uninitialized memory.
The compiler concludes that if (ts->type == type && ts->line && line
can be false as line is NULL and then we unconditionally access
it, make it happy by adding an extra NULL check.
now it correctly names some of the IEs like DSP/FPGA version,
and also automatically marks the UDP streams as RTP depending on
what it has seen in the RSL CONNECT TRAU message.
This parameter indicates how many of the PCH+AGCH blocks are reserved
for the AGCH and thus not used for the PCH. If we set it to 0,
we basically tell the BTS there is no AGCH - and thus it would be
impossible to send any IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENTs.
Luckily the BS-11 and the nanoBTS don't seem to care.
So far, OpenBSC simply assumed that all BTS's configured in openbsc.cfg are
neighbors of each other. While this is true for small site installations,
it is definitely not true in most real world cases. We now have the
following new commands at the 'configure bts' level:
'neighbor-list mode (auto|manual)' for selecting the mode
'neighbor-list (add|del) arfcn <0-1024>'
for adding/deleting ARFCN in manual mode
Add a short README mentioning the svn version they apply
to, how to rebase them in the future, and what they do.
The renaming is done to add a hint on in which order to
apply them. The abis_oml patch has been updated to some
value_string changes in epan, all patches now add the new
files to the CMakeLists.txt of epan as well.
Instead of using more numbers from the proto range we will
use the 0xee and then have a mini header with our new proto
id in there. For a start rename the use types to _OLD.
The transaction layer was stopping paging requests that might or
might not have been owned by the transaction. This makes the subscr
code get stuck delivering requests. This code is mostly a band aid
and just makes sure that we will kick the queue if it is needed.
Remember if this channel got opened due a paging response and in
that case when we close it down we will call subscr_put_channel
that will try to page the subscriber again. This highlights the
lack of a good subscriber management in the MSC code.
If one paging request is timing out the others will timeout soon
as well. With the current code the next timeout would expire the
next request in the queue. We will now stop all paging requests
and then issue a next paging request. So for both paging success
and failure we will now stop all the other requests.
This is mostly a workaround, one should count on how many
BTSes we are paging and wait for all failures before we remove
the item from the queue.
Kick the queue in case the paging was timing out. No one is going
to call subscr_put_channel for us so we will do it on the subscriber.
There is also another problem with multiple BTS in the LAC and paging
timeout. We will need to remember how many BTSes we have paged.
If we have a RF failure between the paging response and the auth
success we will not inform the subscriber layer of the failed paging
and instead just 'drop' the SMS. In case we have not completed the
auth and close the channel we will now send an auth failure.
The conn might be released during the loop and then conn->bts
is a null pointer and we end up crashing. Store the gsm_network
in a local variable and access this one.
Improve the debugging possibilities and print the failed attempts
and the sms that was attempted to be delivered. this should help
with debugging the code.
The active channel might or might not be gone when the transaction
has been released. Instead of passing an invalid subscriber conn
we will pass the subscr that is ref-counted and guranteed to be
valid at this point. subscr_put_channel could search the connections
for an active connection if that is ever needed.
In contrast to the previous believe we may not have a conn here
as we are still paging for the sub. Instead of printing the BTS
print the lac where we think the subscriber is located.
Follow trans->conn->lchan to the BTS instead of using the BTS that
is guranteed to be NULL in the codepath we have entered here. The
trans->conn should still be there, and the lchan should be valid as
well as we have reordered the clear statements.
When the new_lchan for handover is failing we should stop the
handover operation. This is fixing a crash that we get a timeout
on the lchan and have no conn set to it. Introduce a flag to
the bsc_clear_handover to not free the lchan. In case the ho_lchan
is failing we do not want to call lchan_release as it would
reset the state.
The trau_mux likes to call cc_tx_to_mncc for each received
frame from the E1 link. Using a signal for each audio frame
is messy as well. The best thing I could think of is to put
this into the BSC to deref the pointer. The other option would
be to include the gsm_data.h in the mncc.h header and have
the method as inline.
Instead of creating the sockets in the RSL code we will do this
in the CRCX_ACK, MDCX_ACK, DLCX_IND signal handler of gsm_04_08.
Introduce a handover signal so we can repatch the RTP sockets in
the gsm_04_08 as well.
In case we get a RA UPD REQ on a new cell (both served by the same
SGSN), the LLC stack should not allocate a ne LLE/LLME, as the latter
would reset the V(u)sent / V(u)recv to zero and make the MS discard
our responses.
Instead, whenever the LLC stack sees a foreign TLLI, it should always
convert it to the local TLLI before doing any lookup for a LLE/LLME.
We create a loop by not setting trans->callref = 0 before calling
trans_free(), as the latter would again send a MNCC_REL_IND up
the stack.
Also: Fix memory leak in case we try to read from mncc_sock
but socket is just gone.
This adds mncc_sock_from_cc() as a handler function for CC messages
to be passed to the MNCC interface. If there is no MNCC socket
registered, we immediately release any CC related messages.
Together with flushing all established CC transaction at MNCC socket
close time, this ensures that all resources are released and no
new resources can be established until the MNCC applicaiton has
re-attached.
The MNCC messages now again get directly handled by the net->mncc_recv()
callback. If the callee wants to put them in a queue, it' his business
to do that.
Using this code we will soon be able to use LCR or other MNCC
applications via a unix domain socket.
The code is not actually used yet after this patch.
The reason for this is quite simple: We want to make sure anyone
running a customized version of OpenBSC to operate a network will
have to release all custom modifiations to the source code.
The SS_LCHAN signals now always include the lchan_sig_data. For
the measurement report it will optionally include the measurement
report as well. Attempt to update all handlers of this signal as well
Check the signal and only continue if it is any of the
signals we want to handle. In the case of measurement
reports we would cast some random code to a lchan.
The release might release the lchan we want to send the response
on. Reorder the code to first send the message and then give up
the security operation which might release the lchan.
According to the specs (GSM 04.08 Table 9.9), the only possibility
if neci=1 and this cause is used is "Originating call and TCH/F is
needed"
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Munaut <tnt@246tNt.com>
With the old code it was possible that we first saw SMS that
we have already in the queue. In that case we had free slots
available but have not filled them. With his new loop we try
harder to find SMS we can send, it attempts (and should work)
to detect a loop to break the loop before finding SMS to deliver.
Increase the number of SMS we will try to send at a time and
decrease the failures we handle before going to the next item. With
the default timeout we will attempt to page the subscriber for 60
seconds and we can increase the queue speed by going to the next
item faster.
The sms queue will attempt to send one SMS per subscriber
to fill all the available slots. It will handle the case
where paging has not started, timed out or if there was
any kind of other failure. It is also retransmitting SMS
in case of failures.
The SMSqueue will be responsible of sending to the user. It will
do so in a loop and will also try not to overload the BTS. This
means the throughput of SMS will be limited.
This is providing access to the paging result, the sms,
the transaction. This will allow the SMS queue to do
decisions based on the source of the failure.
The signal_data was inconsistent. Sometimes we passed the transaction
and sometimes we passed the sms. Change it to always pass the sms. The
S_SMS_SMMA is a bit special as it does not involve any SMS.
This is creating 1000 subscribers and 30 SMS each. The SMS
itself is badly formatted (not a valid 7bit encoding) but
it should be enough for a stress test.
If a signal handler accesses the database he will still see
the old lac. Make sure he is seeing the new one. Update the
subscriber from the database in case the query failed or other
things have changed.
Start counting the attempts of each paging request and call
the callback with the PAGING_BUSY type when the paging request
timed out but the subscriber was not paged at all. This can
only happen with a huge paging backlog.
In case the system has so many pending paging
Introduce a method that will remove all subscribers that have a
zero use count. This is useful if someone wants to purge subscribers
from memory or wants to disable the everything in RAM feature.
This is implemented by not freeing the subscriber when the
reference count becomes smaller than zero. We hope that this
will save many database accesses during the congres.
As we do not yet use the HLR from the SGSN, we allow all MS to
attach to our GPRS network. However, if this is running in a public
environment, it could cause service interruption to users of commercial
GPRS networks.
Thus, we now check if the first 5 digits of the IMSI match the MCC/MNC
of the cell that they want to register to. Thus, any subscribers with
SIM cards from real operators will no longer be accepted.
LOGL_ERROR will make this message shpw up in everey default log
config. However, as it seems, this is commonly observed in case
a MS still sends a MS STATUS (in respons to the MM INFO) at the
end of a location area update.
It might be best to actually change the channel release procedure
to make sure we can still pass such 'late' data to the MSC until
the time the Layer2 has been completely released.
If a MS changes RA, the RA will arrive in the new cell using the old
TLLI (masked as foreign TLLI). So we need to look-up the TLLI
in a special way, using the old RA as indicated in the 04.08 GMM
message.
There is still another bug remaining: As we somehow create a new LLC,
the sequence numbers of our responses start from 0 again, which is not
what the MS expects. This needs to be fixed in a follow-up patch.
In the GPRS NS protocol stack, the amount of NS/BSSGP headers like MS RADIO
CAPA INFO can be quite long. In order to fit the full user message and
those headers, we have to enlarge the head/tailroom of the msgb allocations.
On a nanoBTS, this command can be used to manually switch a given 'dynamic
pdch/tch' timeslot from one mode into the other.
There are no safeguards that the timeslot is not in use at the given time.
We send a LU Accept with the TMSI as the MI. According to the
spec the phone should store this new TMSI and send a TMSI
REALLOCATION COMPLETE to us. We will release the LU then and this
should trigger the release procedure.
This was introduced by a recent change to gsm_data.h to include
less header files. We really need to access the RSL information
here so it is fine to include the file.
In commit 39e2eadc99 a bug was introduced
that used the 'trans' after trans_free() had already been called.
This became visible now when the openbsc+lcr combination was calling
an unknown/invalid telephone number in a MO call, resulting in
a segfault.
Currently the nanoBTS bootstrap code requires a high delay
otherwise we are not bringing the device up properly. Changing
the init code turns out harder than it seems like. So this is
a workaround for that to allow a high speed RSL/OML connection
after the bringup.
The line driver can have a default TS delay. It is set to the
current default for the nanoBTS and the BS11. For the ipaccess
case we will set the delay lower for the RSL connection and
inside the ipaccess-config we can set it low right away to
have fast firmware flashing and such.
Instead of sending many messages we will queue the OML
messages and wait for the ACK/NACK before sending the
next message from the queue. We tag the msgb to remember
if we need to wait for an ack or not.
We keep the order of all messages, on ACKs and similiar
occassions we will drown the queue until we reach a message
that needs to be acked and then wait for that ack again.
Possible breakage can appear when we send an OML (e.g.
BS11 specific message) msg which does not need to be acked
through the abis_nm_sendmsg call. The fix will be to use
the _direct version of this method.
Re-Enable as it might have fixed something... who knows.
Conflicts:
openbsc/include/openbsc/abis_nm.h
openbsc/include/openbsc/gsm_data.h
openbsc/src/abis_nm.c
openbsc/src/gsm_data.c
Assume that a NACK is a onetime failure and that on the next
attempt it will work better. If that is not the case we might
even send a reboot to the BTS.
Sometimes the operative change for the NSE is getting nacked,
this might be due that we send it before we get the OPSTART ACK
for this object class. Send it from the CELL availability as
a workaround. This init code needs to be changed to make these
dependencies work more reliable.
Forget about the ho_lchan inside the gsm_subscriber_connection
in case of a handover failure, also clear the gsm_subscriber_connection
pointer before the lchan is passed to the lchan_free routine.
Do not use the NULL context for this allocation. It should hang
off the gsm_subscriber_connection but for now at least make it
the child of the BSC so it is showing up in the talloc report.
Can't declare it in gsm_04_08.h tough ... gsm_cbfn is defined in
gsm_data.h and trying to include that in gsm_04_08 just creates a
huge mess.
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Munaut <tnt@246tNt.com>
The default values are those where the parameters are encoded
as '0' and they're not output in the config file if that case
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Munaut <tnt@246tNt.com>
When switching the RF off we will always go through the grace
period, add a direct off mode to switch it off directly. Make
the query return a 'g' if we are in the process of switching
things over.
Use the ipaccess_drop_oml and ipaccess_drop_rsl functions
instead of closing the socket and hoping this is picked up
somehow. This just leads to some weird hangs. And gdb was
not really helpful to say where it was coming from.
In the future we should avoid using a gsm_subscriber at all
and pass the imsi/tmsi to the paging function directly. For
now we can use the old model for paging and go through the
gsm_subscriber. This has the benefit of load balancing on
the BTS and such.
Sending this as the RTP_PAYLOAD2 will produce a MDCX NACK
as we send the RTP_PAYLOAD in the CRCX. It does not seem to
be necessary to send anything != 0 for the RTP_PAYLOAD2.
Refactor the closing code of the CC timeout to a new function,
also make sure that the SCCP Connection is forced closed before
we destruct the connection for real.
This will change the LAI of a LU accept message to the LAI
used for the on-air network. It will also detect when to
send a welcome ussd to the subscriber.
Set conn to NULL before starting the release procedure, remove
code to check for a lchan->conn as it can not happen. If there
are any memleaks we will notice them.
Detach the lchan->conn from the channel before detaching.
The timedout could come between lchan_release and the
S_CHALLOC_FREED signal. In the future we might want to
use the gsm0808_clear to stop the RLL timeouts and such.
For SAPI=3 on a TCH it might be nice to use the SACH to submit
the message. The api allows to automatically use the SACH if
a message like this is submitted.
The cipher mode reject will be send in case the BSC is not
able to support the requested cipher. So this reject can be
handled by however attempts to enable ciphering.
For certain messages we will need to call other GSM0808 functions. To
keep the bsc_hack working we will try to send this through the normal
messages first and then fallback to dtap if no handler is registered.
The gsm_04_08.c code is not forced to handle the IPA activation
and channel modify ack anymore. This is done transparently by the
BSC API now.
The implementation of bsc_hack would call subscr_con_free before
the BSC API has had the chance to call gsm0808_clear to try to
release other channels. Fix that by adding a return value.
This is used by the paging code of the osmo_bsc. When we get
a paging response there should be an active subscriber with
the TMSI or IMSI and we can stop paging. There is no need to
allocate a new subscriber.
In case of a inflexible network it is better to hardcode
the rtp payload to a given type. E.g. when using AMR5.9 on
a TCH/F and TCH/H having the same payload is helpful. For
now this will be only used by the osmo-bsc.
Use the offsetof/__builtin_offsetof to determine the
offset of a variable inside a structure instead of going
via a NULL pointer and taking the address.
This fixes:
warning: variably modified ‘dummyhalen_offset’ at file scope
Make sure that the MSC endpoint exists on the NAT, otherwise
we end up trying to free this endpoint when the SCCP connection
is taken down and will corrupt our memory. This issue started
to pop up as we have reduced the number of endpoints to 60
to allow transcoding on them.
Do not reset statically allocated local_port. The port
might be different to the calculation of endpoint number
and base port. This might be the case for the coming remote
transcoding.
Send a RLSD down to the BSC in case the USSD Provider is gone. It
is not sending a Clear Command and ut depends if the BS+ will
like this kind of behavior. At least the data on the NAT will
be freed soon afterwards due the RLC message.
We need to simulate OML/RSL failure in an easy and fast way
and adding a command to do so seems like a good way to achieve
this. The command is a bit misplaced, in one way it is no config
and does not belong into the config node but then again it does
not belong into the VIEW_NODE either as it is manipulating content.
On this merge I have changed it to the ENABLE_NODE.
Remove a lot of code in favor of a new function that is freeing
the old string and copying the new one. I should have gotten the
context and the strings right.
Extract the IMSI from the first message as well and safe it
in the connection structure. The problem is that we do not
have this structure at this point, so we will allocate the
imsi as child of the bsc_connection and then move/steal it.
Split the trace based on SCCP Connections, in case an error is
detected, the trace will be stored instead of being deleted and
the full log can be viewed afterwards.
Right now only LU Rejects are recognized, but this can be extended
to other things as well.
Currently it is not is not easily possible to disable
everyone and then only allow certain SIMs. By changing
the order we can do:
access-list imsi-deny only-something ^[0-9]*$
access-list imsi-allow only-something ^123[0-9]*$
and still keep the usecase of only forbidding certain
SIMs on certain LACs. Adjust test case, test that the
other cases are still functional.
Rename NAT_IPAC_PROTO_MGCP to IPAC_PROTO_MGCP and place it in
the enum. We need to be prepared to change this number if IPA
is ever going to use it for something else.
Remove a lot of code in favor of a new function that is freeing
the old string and copying the new one. I should have gotten the
context and the strings right.
OSX does not provide an endian.h, use the other header files that
should define/include what we need. Also check that the byteorder
define is available.
Make it possible that one BSC is serving multiple
cells. Introduce a list of lacs, add functions to
manipulate the lists. The current test cases for
paging by lac continue to work.
This makes sure that someone can call bsc_msc_lost multiple times
even if there is no MSC connection. This makes sense as bsc_msc_lost
is public and be called from client code.
The filter code will return < 0 for error, 0 for unknown
subscriber, 1 for subscriber checked. Use the same if construct
as for the CR message. This should fix passing LU when it
starts with a TMSI of a different network.
Thanks to the person on the ml that pointed this bug. Sorry I
don't remember who (it was a while ago and somehow didn't got
fixed at that time)
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Munaut <tnt@246tNt.com>
The transcoder RESET is using the same extensions to reset all
endpoints on a remote site. This makes sure that all allocations
can be made in a properly configured network.
Bind a new port for the transcoder, forward data from the BTS
to the transcoder, and from the transcoder to the network. Leave
BTS-IN where it is, BTS-OUT can now be after the transcoding took
place. We send the data from the BTS RTP port.
This whole route will be guarded by the transcoder_ip and if it is
NULL (current default) it will not go through the transcoder.
The timeslot one is blocked and should not be used, replace the
code with a warning and watch out for it. Tis is most likely due
the uncovered in the previous commit due the wrong TLV definition.
Do not free the GSM Subscriber Connection when a channel is failing
or if a clear is requested, instead just give up _all_ the channels,
reset them to NULL and free the remaining channels.
When we reject the IMSI we do not have the msc_con set on the
SCCP connection, but we do have a remote_ref. So the nat_send_rlsd
will end up with a crash due the msc_con being zero. Fix the
crash by only sending a released to the MSC when the connection
is not local.
Add the code that is forwarding data, from and to the MSC, also
handling ping/pong timers and authentication. Hook it into the
osmo_bsc. The code is only compile tested and ported from the
on-waves/bsc-master branch.
The grace code will decide if a given connection is allowed to
be made or if it is going to be rejected. For active connections
it is going to send a USSD message.
Keep a back pointer to the rf struct inside the connection,
resolve the network through the back pointer. Also assume
that the RF is on. In case we start with RF locked, the policy
is on but we will not see any MS talking to us.
This way we avoid seeing many warnings that we will not forward
data to the MSC. For the con_local connections that is actually
the idea, we will not forward them to the MSC.
Attempt to disconnect the connection and make both sides happy
about this. Right now it only handles the LU and should be extended
to the CM Service Request.
Return early in case the IMSI was already checked, if not we need
to look at the connection and check if the message could contain a
imsi we want/need to filter.
Return -1 if the IMSI should be filtered, 0 if the IMSI could not
be checked and 1 if the IMSI was checked and allowed to pass. In
the future this will be used to inspect every message coming by.
Add some code to count TCH/H and TCH/F and also handle
the neci bit of the network. Our channel allocator will
allocate a TCH/F if we request a TCH/H but can not allocate it.
Only page if we have a load that is acceptable for paging. This
option is off by default, and can be enabled per bts. The idea
is that when we have no resources right now we will not page as
it will only create more RACHs and increase the load.
By default we are keeping the old behavior to always page and
only by changing a setting one is using the new behavior.
Instead of throwing a huge pile of paging commands to the BTS
we will submit one paging command every half second. This way
we can have different messages between the paging commands.
This is done to avoid crashes of the nanoBTS when too much
paging messages are send.
It might be that we run down to zero available slots but the BTS
might not send us a load indication. This can happen if we think
we send paging requests and the BTS disagrees and considers them
as errors and does not count the paging message.
When we drop to zero we will start a credit timer to give us extra
credit after six seconds, if we get a CCCH load indication before
we will stop the timer.
It is possible that the MSC is not sending the channel type it
needs for the operations it wants to do. Add a configuration option
to assign a TCH in case of paging any requests. It can be a good
idea to leave SDCCHs free for location updating requests and use
the TCH for SMS-MT and CC-MT.
Store the mapping from request to channel type in the GSM Network
struct as there is some policy involved with handling the request.
E.g. in a half rate network we don't want emergy calls to be getting
a TCH/F, or we want to have a different policy for early/late assignment
of phone calls. Update the table when creating the network and when
the neci is changed.
Allow the MS to use uplink discontinous transmission by
setting the right bit in the SystemInformation and set
DTXd/DTXu on the RSL channel commands.
This is configurable via dtx-used (0|1) on the network
level and still considered as experimental.
When the cell becomes visible we will be bombed with location
updating requests and to reduce the load on the network we should
assign as many channels for it as possible. During load peek it
is even more important than to have a spare voice channel and in
general the LU procedure is pretty fast.
Assume that if the MSC has assigned a timeslot/multiplex it will
also be used for the MGCP. So we just assume that it was allocated
on the BSC as well... in the worse case we will send a DLCX downstream
but it should be fine.
We are going to have more than one trunk, so all code hardcoding the
multiplex to zero must go. Avoid this kind of problem by saving the
MGCP endpoint number and comparing that.
This uses the osmo_daemonize() function of libosmocore >= 0.1.18,
and is now implemented for bac_nat, osmo-bsc, bsc_hack, osmo-gbproxy
and bsc_mgcp. This means only osmo-sgsn is missing, which currently
has no option parsing at all.
When gprs_ns_sendmsg() succeeds in sending the message, we free()d the
msgb after transmitting it on the socket. However, if the NS-VC is
blocked or some other error condition exists, we returned an error
code but didn't free the msgb.
This resulted in an error leak which is now being addressed.
If the CRCX is failing, we will send a DLCX downstream and the next
time the callagent tries to do a CRCX we will be more lucky. This is
for the case where we have an endp allocated.
Do not use the CI_UNUSED to decide if an endpoint is allocated
but introduce a new flag. This way only the CRCX and free_endp
play with the allocated field.
If we have found the BTS and we receive data on the RTCP port
from the IP of the BTS we will set our RTCP port and forward it
to the network and hope it will be useful.
Remove wrong code that is luckily not called. We would end up
in a reconnect and attempt to bsc_fd_register the same socket
again. I am removing this part of the code as it is not used
and it would need to know if the fd has ever been registered
or not...
For debugging it is useful to forward (tee) UDP packets to another
system and use gstreamer to inspect the rtp stream. This is untested
code and might contain bugs.... and of course only tap your own calls.
Once we have discovered the bts we will not accept data from
anything else. The call will drop if the BTS is changing the
ip address of the nat anyway.
Allow to switch to a dynamic port allocator and not reuse
the ports for a long time... This should help with a crazy
network sending two streams at the same time.
This allows a more strict check on the source of RTP messages
and we can more easily reject those. For the BTS without an ip
address we will also update the ip address.
We plan to have two different ports for the network and for the
BTS to avoid detecting the BTS and to dynamically allocate the
port to have old data not go to a new socket.
common_vty.c was including bsc_nat.h which tried to
get the sccp/sccp_types.h which is not required to be
installed. Move all structs using/embedding SCCP structures
into the bsc_nat_sccp.h and include. This should fix
the compilation.
Currently every SAPI release indication will trigger the channel. It
was possible that we had SAPI=3 and SAPI=0 allocated and we tried to
release the channel by sending a RF Channel Release, the BTS answered
with a RF Channel Release ACK but also sent the SAPI Release Indication
which triggered a channel release here. So it was possible that we
would have released a newly allocated channel because of the SAPI
release of the old connection.
This code now works by releasing all SAPIs from highest to lowest,
then sending a SACH Deactivate and finally releasing the channel. This
approach is in use on the on-waves/bsc-master.
Add --enable-nat and --enable-osmo-bsc to build applications
requiring the Osmo SCCP library to be installed. We are not
using autodiscover as this is out of fashion.
This code compares the UDP sequence numbers of two RTP messages
and guesses if packets are missing. It is guessing in two ways:
1.) by default the sequence number is 0, so on the first
value we ignore the jump... we might ignore a real issue
in case of a wrap around which is easily possible as the
sequence should be a random number.
2.) the UDP stream might have been reordered on the network
and we would see the jump...
In any case these two shortcomings are acceptable for the feature
that is meant to provide some basic analysis..
We need to release the USSD unit, otherwise it is staying blocked
and will stop to function (even across LUs on my a1200). This code
should encode the transaction and the direction depending on the
network state but this is omitted right now.
... while asking the BTS to perform tests for us. The length of the
ARFCN whitelist is the actual length in bytes, not the number of 16bit
ARFCN numbers.
Also, implement a limit, either by rxlevel or by number of ARFCN
that should end up in the whitelist.
Also, we now re-start the network listen test after it has finished,
so if you run a test from ipaccess-find, the test will get re-started
and re-started all the time.
* We should create the transaction for SMS, CC on the CM Service Request
but for now we will use a band aid and create a dummy operarion to wait
five seconds for the transaction to be opened.
* Return msg'es to the right MSC Con. Right now it is nat->msc_con.
* When forwarding from BSC to MSC, use the msc_con inside the
sccp_connections. This means we will only forward data with a
connection to the BSC.
The FCS isn't computed yet (because of ciphering).
It _will_ be tested and reported as wrong later in the code
so we can just display it here and let the latter code report the
error if any.
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Munaut <tnt@246tNt.com>
This was causing weird crashes when running in 32 bit linux.
Thanks to horiz0n for taking the time to debug this with me on IRC.
Written-by: horiz0n <cscan@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Munaut <tnt@246tNt.com>
The LLC layer tells us the PDU length, and we have to use it
in SNDCP rather than to re-calculate it if we want to avoid copying
the CRC24 into the defrag elements.
When we defragment the segments from the defrage queue, we have
to iterate all the way up to (and including) the last segment number
that we have received.
sgsn_rx_sndcp_ud_ind() can no longer make the assumption that msgb_bcid() is
valid, as this is only true for an un-fragmented SN-PDU. So instead,
we now store the RAID in the SNDCP Entity and pass it as an explicit
argument to sgsn_rx_sndcp_ud_ind().
Once The TLLI (or P-TMSI of which it is derived) change has been
confirmed by the MS, we need to unassign the old TLLI but keep
the new TLLI _without_ re-setting the LLC entity structure such
as VUsend /VUrecv counters.
The problem is that sms_from_text returns NULL in case the
subscriber is not attached which a) leaks memory of the
previously allocated sms and b) runs into a null ptr
dereference in _send_sms_str().
There may be a better solution than this but this is the
easiest way of noticing and taking action I could find
without changing return values of sms_from_text.
lchan_free only free's the local resource of the BSC but
does not release the channel at the BTS. Use lchan_release
to properly release the channel. This code assumes that the
timeout happens after a CHAN ACT ACK/NACK otherwise we have
some problems. The comment indicates that this is the case.
The transaction should not know on which lchan we are operating
as this can change due handover. Add untested code to share the
subscriber connection of the new and old lchan and move the pointer
in case of success/failure. Also on a clear command we will free
any resources allocated...
This code is not tested and needs to be debugged, but it should
have the right structure. I am going to fix a potential memleak
in the next commit.
1.) memset the gsm48_chan_desc to avoid sending dummy data
2.) According to the GSM08.58 9.3.5 the Mobile Allocation
shall be included but the empty (by setting the length
to zero).
3.) use msgb_tlv_put and calculate the length via the l3h
msgb_l3len and assign it.
On expired paging we might access a GSM Subscriber that has already
been deleted. To avoid this we will add a subscr_get/subscr_put for
the subscriber to the allocation and release path of the request.
Reported-by: Richard Zahoransky
there are now human-readable names so you can do something like
ipaccess-config -U dhcp-enabled -S static-ip -S static-gw 192.168.100.120
to unset DHCP and to set static IP and gateway attributes.
This looks so much better than the *cur++ type code.
Also, we now terminate ipaccess-config once the NV flags or Unit ID have
been set, not just for the OML IP address.
A channel will be released in case of
* Errors via the clear_request callback...
* no more transactions and operations are going on.
This means that if we do something without a transaction
the channel might be closed down right away. The bug fix
will be to create a transaction/operation.
This is a big change to the way we use the subscriber
connection. From now on it is is dynamically allocated
and we will slowly move from a 1:1 lchan to conn to
having more than one lchan per connection.
This is the first commit, the subscr_con* methods will
move to gsm_data once the use_count is removed from the
connection, the freeing of the connection will also change.
The Channel Activate might be sent to a different TRX than the
Immediate Assignment. So we need to make sure that the channel
is activated before we send the immediate assignment for the RACH.
Another reason for that is according to GSM 08.58 we should take
the frame number from the activate and use it for the starting
time inside the immediate assignment message. We obviously do not
do this yet.
The code assumes that the BTS will either respond with a CHAN ACK
or a CHAN NACK if not the lchan will remain in the request state.
gmtime(NULL) returns NULL at least in glibc and *can not* be used as
time(NULL). Since we compare two time_t values when checking the validity
period this can be replaced by time(NULL)
The value of the in_addr might not be 32 bit aligned and reading
it can generate an alignment error on ARM. Fix it by using memcpy
to copy the data into a local variable.
There are many more potential alignment issues that we will fix
when we hit them.
For Siemens BS-11, the 'length' value of the ARFCN_LIST IE is interpreted in
violation of the spec. The spec says it is a length in octets, while Siemens
treats it as 'count of 16bit ARFCN values'.
Also, make sure the bit ordering in the pre-computed MA is correct,
as well as the cell channel description of the target cell being
present in the HO CMD.
We now compute the Cell Channel Description for SI 1 by bit-wise
OR of the ARFCN bitmask of each timeslot on all the TRX of the BTS.
Also, support generating a GSM 04.08 Channel Description IE for
the hopping case (with HSN/MAIO instead of ARFCN).
What's still missing now: Sending the 04.08 Mobile Allocation IE
In some cases, we get a DL_INFORMATION_IND with a wrong channel
number, and only in the DL_ESTABLISH_IND we will see the real
channel number that is to be used for this (TEI, SAPI) tuple.
Now it properly parses message types and IEs that are defined different
depending on the BTS vendor / A-bis implementor. This fixes a lot of
decoding bugs with Siemens BS-11 traces.
Do not use the lchan for the paging but operate on the
subscriber_connection, change the signals too to not carry
the lchan but the subscriber connection... the silent call
and vty code still assume there is a lchan inside the
subscriber connection.
The lowlevel BSC paging API is a simple wrapper around
the RSL command. The BTS will automatically repeat these
messages but if we end up with two MSC inputs we will
need to count these messages somewhere...
With handover and late/early assignment there might be two channels
for one subscriber and only the BSC knows which one to use, so use
the gsm_subscriber_connection everywhere...
The GSM04.08 Section 10.5.2.19 specifies the L2 Pseudo Length
and the length does not include rest octets, so we will need
to use a zero for the length.
The patch is coming from Dieter Spaar.
Inside the access-list we have a list of entries that have
either one allow or one deny rule... we do not allow to remove
a single rule but one has to remove the whole list, in that case
talloc will handle cleaning all entries.
Right now the matching is O(n*m) as we traverse the list
(multiple times) and run the regexp multiple times. One
way to make it faster would be to concat all regexps into
one.
One can set one access-list to one BSC and one
access-list to one NAT. The matching of IMSIs
remains the same for now, also applying the
white/blacklist. Access lists can not be deleted
for now and no perf opt is done (e.g. one could
cache the result of the last lookup in the bsc
struct).
Allow to set the TOS field via the VTY interface. The
SO_PRIORITY was not used as it has no effect on the
packets being sent (in contrast to the documentation).
We will need to confirm the connection, then we can send the
GSM48 message, then we need to close the connection... the
embedding in the refusal method was way too easy..
Right now it was not possible to just find a connection, by returning
the connection that is created we will have direct access to it. It
will be used by the local connection handling.
A local connection is only between the MUX and the real BSC. We will
not forward anything to the MSC. This will be needed for the IMSI
filtering as sending a CREF is not liked by every BSC...
In case of a RLC message we will destroy the SCCP connection. This means
that accessing the con and con->bsc will access old memory. Keep the status
local and move the con into an inner scope.
Now we are parsing a CM Service Request, Location Updating Request
and the Paging Response. For all other messages we claim to not
support it and force a refuse.
The code should be shared among the GSM0408 implementation
and this one, and like the LU we are not handling a TMSI
properly as we have no idea where it is coming from.
For now we have:
1.) bsc imsi deny to deny at the BSC level
2.) bsc imsi allow to allow a SIM at the BSC level
3.) nat imsi deny to deny at the global level
We have tried to send a refuse for arbitary things and ended
up with a segfault... separate the exi2 and exit3 label to have
separate exits and cleanups.
First we have the Complete Layer3 Information, then we have
the IE for the Layer3 information, then the GSM48 hdr, then
the actual content with data. Right now we are parsing the
LU but we are not filtering anything yet.
The MSC does not respond to a SCCP CR with Paging Response as GSM
payload, when the response comes in 'too late'. Prevent the MUX having
stale connections and start removing old connections every 20 minutes.
The adding of the innocent looking code was actually overwrote
the fd and then stupid things happened. Rename variables to avoid
that. rc,ret should be scratch variables...
We do want to send PING/PONG in both ways to have a heartbeat
on the TCP connection. When switching over to SCTP we can rely
on the builtin heartbeat functionality.
We will send a ping every 20 seconds and if we have no pong
within 5 seconds we will close down the BSC connection and
wait for a reconnect. We will start this after having
authenticated the BSC and we stop the timer when destructing
the BSC connection.
The code needs to be refactored but this is fixing the leak for
now. We used to forward everything to the BSC but now we handle
the DLCX locally and this means we need to clear the patched
message. We should refactor it to not generate the patched msg
until a lot later.
In case we can not find the SCCP connection we still want to
free any pending transaction ids and reset the BSC inside the
endpoint. In most cases this should be already done when the
SCCP connection or the whole BSC is gone.
Remember that we have seen a CC and have a valid destination
local reference now and only send a fake RLC to the MSC when
we had connections in this state.
For now close the connection when having a short read. This might
be due a network issue (loss of segment) or similiar. As we are not
handling these issues well, let us close the connection.
When setting a new MSC timeslot to a SCCP connection check if
any of the existing connections have this timeslot, if so we will
send a DLCX down the stream to make sure it is closed there, when
we will CRCX this new timeslot we will happily reallocate it.
When the SCCP connection goes away, or we get a DLCX from the
network, or the BSC is gone we will send a DLCX message down the
stream as well.
When we receive a CRCX from the network we will forward the CRCX
as usual and send a dummy MDCX after it.
For the DLCX and the dummy MDCX we send a custom MGCP message
that will not provoke an answer. Even if the downstream MGCP GW
will answer we will ignore it due the dummy transaction id that
is not used anywhere else.
This change should make sure that we close the dowstream endpoint
all the time, even when the DLCX arrives after the SCCP connection
is torndown.
When sending a MSG to the MSC try to find the to be used "src" reference
by comparing the reference on the BSC and the BSC connection. Only this
tuple needs to be unique.
Actually only when looking at the SRC REF we need to compare the BSC as the
dest reference should be unique but we are just making the check a bit stronger
to make it look symmetric.
If we find the connection of a different BSC at least log the
BSCs that had duplicated references. We should also dump the
src ref and such but i am not doing this right now.
We will reset the multiplex in a DLCX message and then
we can reset the multiplex as well...even if the MGCP
connection is staying open. or at least this is a theory.
The MSC likes to leave a connection open during CallControl
when hanging up early enough in the process.
In case we have a stale SCCP connection with an Endpoint that
we want to reassign...use the newest (last) occurence of that
as it is most likely the one we want to handle.
Create the GSM network at the end of the init, send the
GSM reset on each reconnection and close a small window
when we would send a SCCP msg before being authenticated.
For that we have introduced an authenticated into the bsc_msc
struct and will manage it inside the bsc_msc_ip.c
Count number of SCCP connections, number of BSC reconnects,
number of calls. For most of them we have a per BSC and a
global count.
Right now all structs using the counters survive until the
end of the application so we do not need to free them.
It was possible that the nat detected the core network
gateway as the bts just due being the first to send data
to the port. Fix it by setting a dummy bts_ip to force
the mgcp_network code to compare the in_addr.
This method currently prepends the IPA header and sends
the data. In the future we might be able to use SCTP for
it.
We have to remove the IPA header from the static messages
for that to work.
This code is untested.
E.g. when the MGCP on the BSS is not responding we could block
all of our endpoints. As we are mostly in the middle and forward
bits we will happily reallocate the endpoints.
When not being able to allocate the msgb for the forwarded data
there is no point in keeping and preparing the transaction. So
we can move the msg creation a bit up and only do the allocations
after having done the msgb allocation.
When receiving a DLCX we will now delete the endpoint right away. This
means when a BSS does not respond to the DLCX our endpoint will not
be blocked. E.g. this could happen when the MGCP is restarting or
in similiar conditions. When the BSS is not responding we move the
burden up the chain to the CallAgent. We have to still keep track
of the transaction id and the bsc pointer to keep the mgcp forward
routine working.
Sending a RLSD with SCCP failure makes the MSC free all the resources
(MGCP, audio channels), right now we are ignoring the RLC we get from
the network and print a unhandled message.
This value is copied into the bts_audio_payload when allocating
a BTS MGCP endpoint. For the nat we have actually no interest in
patching MGCP messages. We will patch them to the network because
the code will do it anyway, we will not patch things back to the
BTS.
Remove the code to parse port as we need to discover the
BTS behind the nat and most likely it will have a different
port than the one advertised by the BTS.
This reverts commit c6a1fe773d.
Fix the test to search for the original message instead
of the already patched one that should not find any items
anyway.
The remove is called on already patched connections so we
need to match it with the patch reference count.
Instead of checking the token for NULL we need to check if running
was set to null. Look at the data of the token and check if the line
was ending with a \r\n or \n and then when rewriting a line use that
line ending as well. Add a new test for that.
The MGCP protocol parsing is adding '\0' to make sure we do not
parse beyond where we should parse. This does not mix with strtok
or similiar routines.
For now we will read the msg into a global array first, then copy
it to the msgb for mgcp protocol handling and if we are required
to forward it to the MGCP we have a untouched copy we will modify
into our own msgb.
Attempt to find the message by transaction id, then patch
the response and use the IP/PORT of the local network, update
the ci with the one from the BSC.
This is currently not tracking any state of the MGCP and will
not handle two bsc's... this will need to happen later.
With this in we should be feature complete and now enter the
mode of making all of this work reliable and fixing thinko's
and other bugs.
* Forward a rewritten msg to the BSS. We change the IP and port
to point to the NAT instead of the core network. We also keep
track of the BSC and the transacition id.
* Handle the case where we have not found a SCCP connection and
need to send a response ourselves.
Add code to change the ip and port for audio data inside
MGCP messages. This is needed because the BSS might be
behind the NAT and can not reach the network directly and
might be behind a nat so the announced sourceport is not
the one as we see it.
When losing the SCCP connection make sure that we free all
endpoints. The disconnection of the BSC should already make
sure they are closed but this makes sure everything is
properly reset.
For the nat we will have NAT and MGCP in the same process
and this commit starts with that. We are linking in the MGCP
code and one can embed MGCP config snippets...
* Return the SCCP connection. This will be needed to store the
assigned timeslot in there.
* Update code to work with this change
* This uncovered a bug in the CC handling, at the time the BSC was
passed it was still a null pointer and the code would have failed.
Moving it here means we can more easily test this code, there is one
behaviour change with the code that we only support paging messages
with one LAC and will silently ignore the others.
This test case tests connectiont tracking by sending
a CR, getting a CC, sending a DTAP, receiving a DTAP,
receiving a RLSD, sending a RLC. It verifies that the
messages are properly patched specially the references
at the BSC.
When sending a message to the MSC in the case of DT1
messages we only have the address of the MSC, so we
need to go with that, otherwise (e.g. in case of a CR, RLC)
we do have the source address and need to patch it.
When forwarding a message to the BSC we do receive
a msg that should contain the patched address, we need
to unpatch it...
On a CC message we will need to remeber where the source local
reference of the network belonged so we can properly identify
the connection when receiving UDT messages.
When we disconnect from the MSC handle it by pushing the problem
to our connected clients. We will simply close all connections,
reject all new BSC connections and attempt to reconnect to the MSC.
Create a BSC<->MSC interface and use it for the BSC MSC IP and the
BSC NAT to reduce code duplication on handling reconnects to the MSC
and cleaning up the local state. The code is only partially tested
and will contain bugs. Currently both the BSC and the NAT will just
exit on connection loss and this way have the current behavior.
The latency of setting up of the TCP connection can be quite high,
it is better to connect in a non blocking way. This code is working
by setting the socket nonblocking and temporarily replacing the
bfd callback with the connect handling.
Once the OS has connected our socket we switch back to normal operation.
In case we disconnect with some pending operations we will need to
signal the MSC that something is wrong. This could be by sending a
RLSD directly, or a clear command. Another part of the fix is to
respond with a RLC on unknown RLSD messages.
* Provide access to the GSM0808 TLV attributes so we can use it in
the nat code.
* Read the PAGING message, if it is paged by LAC we go through each
LAC and then attempt to find the proper BSC connection and then
send the message to that BSC.
Based on the token the NAT/MUX is capable of figuring out
which LAC this BSC is supposed to satisfy. This will be
needed for messages like paging that can be done by LAC.
* Create struct bsc_nat and move the various lists into this structure
* Create the VTY code
* Call the VTY init and parsing code
* Create functions to create the types..
* Add some stuff into the bsc_connection to be used for the NAT with
proper config files. E.g. to close the connection if the BSC does not
respond to a given command.
For the one MSC and n BSC case we need to patch the SCCP source
local reference on connection orientated links to avoid a clash.
For simple UDT packages we just let them pass and for SCCP connection
we have to:
1.) Create an entry on Connection Request
2.) Patch the entry on Connection Confirm, Connection Refuse,
Connection Release, DT1, Connect Release Complete
3.) Remove the entry on Connection Release Complete
The current code is blocking CRs, Release Complete from the MSC, and
creates the connection state only from the BSC side. The code to
assign a source reference is taken from sccp.c and handles wrap
arounds and such properly. We rely on the SCCP parser to fill out the
place to the source reference correctly so we can easily fix it.
The whole code is young and might contain bugs we need to resolve..
Introduce a bsc_nat_parse method to parse a IP Access method
into various parts. Write out the IPA Proto, in case SCCP is used,
store the msg type, pointers to the source/dest local reference and
other information.
Use the result of bsc_nat_parse inside the bsc_nat_filter method
to decide if the message should be dropped or not.
In the future the bsc_nat_parse result will be used for patching
SCCP references and other parts of the message.
The filter language should be able to filter the msg type of SCCP
messages and gain the "NOT" word in the filter language.
The first part is to analyze the IP Access Header and only forward
SCCP messages for now. In the future we might want to do MGCP
signalling through this protocol and connection as well and need to
update this then.
Harald actually pointed out that this feature is just NAT. We want
to connect n-real BSCs to one BSC Mux. We will talk the ip.access
protocol and SCCP over of this link.
The mux will drop certain GSM messages (like the reset), it will
replace source local reference (NAT functionality) and it will handle
some GSM08.08 specially.
Get the thing started...
* gsm_04_08_utils.c will directly send the message...
* gsm_04_08.c will use the DTAP API, add a new method to pull
in the data from the transaction...
When submitting a DTAP message, the BSC API will attempt to
establish the RLL layer and then send the message or send an
SAPI n REJECT. This will be used by the SMS code.
This will take care of the auth/check/enable cipher sequence
and call a callback function when done.
Currently the negotiated Kc is saved but not re-used, so
there is an authentication each time ...
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Munaut <tnt@246tNt.com>
Ultimately, we'll need to store both the last used tuple by a
subscriber and a list of known tuples (for unknown Ki). What's
currently implemented for AuthTuples is the former behavior, so
reflect that.
The second use case will be added as a separate table with separate
accessors later on.
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Munaut <tnt@246tNt.com>
According to the GPRS NS spec the maximum framesize
is 1600 octets for FrameRelay, it can be bigger if
configured to be so. Make it 2048 octets to have some
space available...
We now have a function that generates BSSGP PS and CS paging request.
It is called from the libgtp code when we receive a GTP packet from
the GGSN for a MM context that is in SUSPEND state. We then issue
a PS paging request to the Cell with the BVCI where the last RA update
was being performed.
TODO: We still don't enqueue the GTP packet (and transmit it on paging
complete), and we don't rate-limit the paging requests, i.e. every GTP packet
will trigger another paging request.
We probably also need some kind of logic that marks the phone as UNREGISTERED
if it doesn't respond to paging requests for some time.
The paging message should not be called directly and the GSM Subscriber
can handle multiple requests at the same time... Now a subscr_put_channel
should be called after the message sending. But it is not very clear when
this can be called. The current code works by luck that the SAPI=0 will
be released...
The MT-SMS was tested via the VTY interface and a N900.
We will tell the BTS where we are listening, but the ACK
will return the original settings... this should make it
possible to intercept the GPRS stream..
As we don't support compressed SMS, we have to properly reject it.
In the existing code, we segfaulted at some later point since the error
handling was incomplete.
This was triggered by some obscure STK SIM card that insisted on sending a
compressed SMS after registering to the OpenBSC network.
Some phones (notably a Ericsson Mobile Platform based E-TEN M800)
insist on sending PDP CTX DEACT messages for contexts that have already
been deactivated. The spec doesn't really say what we should do in
this case. But since there is no "reject", we simply acknowledge it.
This is a good interim solution for messages not handled by us,
right now this would include the NVRAM attributes that I do not
feel like caching right now.
Right now the memcpy with the data will copy data to itself as
the new_msg->data and msg->data are the same due the previous
copying of the header which included copying the list entry..
We allocate a message as big as the current one, then we have to
set all pointers by looking of how far they are away from the
msg->_data and add that to the new pointers.
Also copy the OpenBSC/GPRS specific CB data, also do the same
for calculating the offset to the data... At the end we should
end up with a copy...
Do not use RSL to release the SAPI/Channel from within the code,
the normal channel release procedure will take care of releasing
the SAPIs and there should be no issue in keeping the SAPI=3
established until the end of the session.
If we send the IDENTITY REQUEST for IMEI before sending the IDENTITY
REQUEST for IMSI, the probability is higher that we receive the IMEI
response and associate it with the respective subscriber.
Using the code of this commit, it was possible to provision GPRS
services and access a website from a G1 phone (Qualcomm MSM7k baseband chipset)
using a nanoBTS, Osmo-SGSN and OpenGGSN.
There is still no fragment re-assembly in the uplink path yet,
despite the (untested) code present in the gprs_sndcp.c file
This only works for packets that are small enough to not need
fragmentation at the SNDCP layer (dns queries, ntp and the like).
It requires libgtp built from OpenGGSN dc3744fda045f9fca83de6881176987335a309a8
or later. Plain 0.90 will NOT work.
Using this version, I could see bi-directional traffic from various
phones going all the way through BTS, OsmoSGSN, OpenGGSN and being routed
to and from the real internet. Time to celebrate...
We have to copy the sin_addr.s_addr, rather than the entire sin_addr. The
latter results in the destination interpreting it as an IPv6 address, as
the only differentiator between IPv4 and IPv6 is the size of the payload
of this IE.
* separate the LLME and LLE state in the LLC layer
* introduce gprs_llgmm_assign() function for LLGMM-ASSIGN.req primitive
* change QoS profile to match 'real' SGSN
* Update the new TLLI when assigning a P-TMSI
The result now is that the LLC layer is notified of TLLI changes, which in turn
means it doesn't allocate a new LLE structure every TLLI change, which again
in turn means that the UI frame sequence number does not reset to zero.
As a result, MS should no longer ignore frames based on wrong UI sequence number.
When we send a downlink unit-data request via BSSGP, there is a lot
of information that needs to be copied from the mm context, such as
the IMSI, DRX parametes, MS radio access parameters, ...
This is a quite strange layering violation, since we now need to pass
a pointer to the MM ctx from GMM through LLC into BSSGP :(
Our state transitions and timers now reflect 04.08 for GMM much
better than before. Also, we allocate a new P-TMSI on every ATTACH
and RA UPDATE, as some phones seem to get confused if they don't
get a P-TMSI.
When we issue a RF Channel Release in case of a failure we receive
RLL release indications after the channel was tearn down and we
issue another RF Channel Release as a result. The channel allocator
might have already allocated this channel and we release the channel
again with another MS on it.
Make rsl_rf_chan_release take an error argument and make it set
a new state in case of an error and change the RF Channel Release
ack to not set the state back to none in case of an error but wait
for a timeout that is a bit higher than T3111.
I tested this with removing the battery during a phonecall and
waiting for the channel failure. With this test we only send the
release once.
We assume that the lchan_free will initiate the release and
that when we handle the RLL release indication or the release
request as part of the shutdown sequence.
The current channel release has a couple of issues we will
need to fix in a set of upcoming commits.
The issues include:
1.) sending release twice
2.) reassigning the channel inbetween the relase..
This is of course not the correct way of dealing with it, but for
now it should make the Ericsson Mobile Plafrom based phones happy
(they insist to do a suspend/resume cycle before pdp ctx act)
GRE has the strange notion of keepalive messages being encapsulated IPv4
packets adressed back to the sender. Since we actually really only care
about frame relay, this is a bit strange. However, we'll do some sanity
checks and send it back through our GRE socket...
0 Reserved for ANSI Annex D and CCITT Annex A link management
1 - 15 Reserved
16 - 1007 Any PVC
1008 - 1018 Reserved
1019 - 1022 Reserved for LMI multicast
1023 Reserved for LMI link management
According to the spec, after an incoming RESET or RESET_ACK, we shall start the
TEST procedure, not the ALIVE procedure.
Also, when we start the TEST procedure, we have to always send a NS_ALIVE
packet at the same time (we didn't in the case of incoming RESET).
Furthermore, we now only start TIMER_TNS_ALIVE from within the
TIMER_TNS_RESET callback code, where we also make sure that the
alive_retries counter is reset to zero.
We previuosly had a 'subscriber node' under the 'configure node'
which is strange, since subscriber data is not part of the config file.
The relevant operations have now all been moved to the ENABLE node
of the VTY.
Furthermore, 'show subscriber' does no longer require the IMSI but
can also identify the subscriber by ID, TMSI or other identifier.
Change gprs_nsvc_reset to return void instead of a int
as the gb_proxy.c currently ignores the reutnr value anyway.
Change the caller inside gprs_ns to return the newly allocated
nsvc instead of the return of gprs_nsvc_reset.
Almost all parameters about the SGSNs NS-VC can be specified in the NS
protocol node. All that needs to remain in the gbproxy config node
is "nsip sgsn nsei XXX".
* store LLC SAPI as part of PDP ctx
* store NSEI + BVCI as part of MM ctx
* export gsm48_tx_gsm_act_pdp_acc() and call it from sgsn_libgtp.c
* create and use gsm48_tx_gsm_act_pdp_rej for error cases
* print SAPI as part of VTY show pdp
libgtp of the OpenGGSN project will allow us to speak the GTPv0/v1
protocol of the interface between SGSN and GGSN.
This commit includes code for the main libgtp integration (file
descriptor, select loop, timer) as well as code to encode/send
a CREATE PDP CONTEXT request.
We want the VTY and telnet code to be independent from the BSC
application(s). As a side note, we also like to eliminate static
global variables for 'struct gsm_network' all over the code.
As such, telnet_init() is now passed along a "private" pointer,
which getst stored in telnet_connection.priv. This telnet_connection
is then stored in vty->priv, which in turn gets dereferenced if
anyone needs a reference to 'struct gsm_network' from the BSC vty
code.
Also:
* vty_init() now calls cmd_init()
* the ugliness that telnet_init() calls back into the application by means of
bsc_vty_init() function has been removed.
* telnet_init() now returns any errors, so the main program can exit
e.g. if the port is already in use.
This enables us to make the VTY completely independent of any
compile-time program-specific information, i.e. one step closer
to using VTY as a shared library from multiple programs.
Rather than deleting the NSE from memory, we simply mark it as non-persistent.
This makes sure that there are no invalid references (e.g. from gbprox_peer)
to the gprs_nsvc structure, but at the same time ensures it will no longer
be stored as part of writing the config file.
So far, we only started the ALIVE procedure on RESET-ACK if the
remote end was the SGSN. This resulted in the BSS->Proxy connections
only being tested for alive-status from the BSS side, but not from
our side.
Also: export nsvc_by_nsvci() function as a public API function.
This is a generic MI extraction for the MI if it is followed
after a classmark. For the Phase1 Phones the classmark2 is not
four bytes but it might be different. This code can be used
by the CM Service Request handling as well.
We go from no size checks to some content checking. We should
refactor the whole classmark2 + mi parsing that is used throughout
the code into one place with proper size checking. This is the
start and requires a new libosmocore as well.
Using "end" you can always return to the "enable" level, and from
there the "show" commands are available. So no more need for
exit/exit/exit/exit/disable.
Some BSS that connect to the proxy do not continue to perform the
RESET procedure after a timeout. In order to resurrect them, we
simply start a RESET procedure.
We now actually are much more in line with what the specification
says. We track the blocked/unblocked state, we don't accept
signalling messages on PTP functional entities (and vice versa),
and we don't simply create a BVC context with messages other than
BVC-RESET.
Don't allocate a LLC Entity just because BSSGP passes any random
SAPI/TLLI up to us. We can only do this for XID and UI frames
of the GMM SAPI.
Furthermore, add more comments and debug messages.
I want to have a shorter lchan summary but with the same
config parameters. Change the current code to be a method
that takes a dump routine as parameter.
Add the rach emergency call allowed (0|1) setting and implement
it by directly manipulating the t2 value. It is the third bit which
is set to 0 when emergency calls are enabled and to one if it is
only enabled for access classes 11 to 15.
Add the rach emergency call allowed (0|1) setting and implement
it by directly manipulating the t2 value. It is the third bit which
is set to 0 when emergency calls are enabled and to one if it is
only enabled for access classes 11 to 15.
In the previous code we used a static fake_nsvc structure in
case we needed to send a message to an unknown NSVC for which
we don't have a real 'struct nsvc'. However, since we now have
a rate_ctr_group hanging off the nsvc, the fake structure didn't
have that.
So now we keep a nsi->unknown_nsvc around to be used whenever
we need a nsvc but don't have a real one. The gprs_ns_vty.c
code explicitly does not list that NSVC in 'show ns'
If a second ends, we add the number of events in that just-ended second
to the number of events in the currently running minute. The same happens
at the end of a minute: We add the number of events in that just-ended
minute into the number of events of the still-running hour, etc.
This gives a much more meaningful numbers and we don't end up with
"12 events per second, but 0 events per minute" kind of situations
anymore.
Every NS-VC now has a set of counters for incoming and outgoing
number of packets and bytes.
We also split the VTY part of the gprs_ns.c implementation into gprs_ns_vty.c
to make sure the protocol can actually be used without the VTY code being
present.
A 'rate counter' is a counter that counts events but also keeps
track of the rate of events (per second, minute, hour and day).
'rate counters' are generally abstracted in 'rate counter groups',
which are instances of a 'rate counter group description'. This
way we can have e.g. a description describing what kind of counters
a BTS (or TRX) has - and we can then create one instance of that
group for every BTS or TRX that exists.
As only NS-UNITDATA messages are ever passed into the Gb Proxy,
we need to do the msgb_free() at a much higher point in the calling
stack, i.e. inside the NS protocol layer. This means it is now
the same logic as in OpenBSC itself.
The old idea was to take a msgb from gbprox_rcvmsg() and then
modify it and finally send it all the way down to nsip_sendmsg()
to the remote peer.
However, this introduces memory management difficulties, as we then
have to distinguish three cases:
* msgb was sent to a remote peer
* we sent some error message and need to free the msgb
* we need to make n-1 copies in case of a BSSVC-RESET from the SGSN
So instead we now simply always copy the message if we pass it on.
All messages received by gbprox_rcvmsg() are msgb_free()d in the very
same routine
All messages allocated by tx2peer() or tx2sgsn() are freed after
nsip_sendmsg()
For the multi TRX setup we will need to specify the right trx->nr
to be able to flash the BTS. For the BS11 case we are ignoring the
additional argument.
Send the IPA Restart to a given BTS/TRX, change the signal callbacks
to carry the trx instead of the BTS so we have an easy access to the
right TRX and change the ipaccess-config to use that TRX. This is
fixing the restart with a multi TRX setup.
Even if we have the msg->trx, use the gsm_bts_trx_by_nr and get
the TRX from the fom header. This is because the OpenBSC and the
BTS numbering might not match for the multi TRX case.
Currently we are connecting to the BTS and once the OML is established
we are bootstrapping the OML. This does not work for a multi TRX setup
as we will need to use a trx_nr != 0 for it.
Change the code to wait for a message (in this case NM OC_BASEBAND_TRANSC)
to detect the trx_nr used by the BTS and then use that TRX to bootstrap
the network.
I have tested setting the unit id on a single and multi trx system for
the first and second trx.
With persistent NS-VC configuration (configured through VTY),
we can respond properly to BSS with a somewhat strange NS
implementation Such as the BSplus. It enables us to respond
with a proper NS-RESET (including NSVCI/NSEI) when receiving
a NS-ALIVE or other PDU for a BLOCKED/DEAD NS-VC after our
end of the connection is rebooted.
If a PTP BVC is BVC-RESET by the BSS, the PDU contains the
Cell Identifier. We can snoop this into our gbprox_peer structure
for better visualization of each peer in they vty.
As the logging config is getting more and more complex, it is good
if it can be displayed interactively.
WARNING: This needs libosmocore 0.1.6 or later!
'logging level' can already parse a human-readable level such as
'debug' or 'notice'. By setting the global mask within the same
command we can also parse it there.
In order to reuse the existing bssgp_tx_* functions without pulling
in the dependencies of gprs_bssgp.c, we have to move those functions
to gprs_bssgp_util.c
Furthermore, we can remove gbprox_nsi and replace it with bssgp_nsi,
and we can do proper processing of BVC-RESET messages coming from
the SGSN on the signalling BVC. In that case we need to send RESET
messages to all the BSS.
In order to finish PDP context activation and start the transfer
of SNDCP N-PDUs, we simply confirm to the MS whatever XID parameters
it requests. This of course has to be implemented with a proper
XID handshake at some other point.
The message looks now fine (from wireshark point of view). However,
we cannot simply echo back the QoS parameters, as the meaning in
uplink and downlink connection is not the same.
BSSGP stores a pointer to the Cell Identifier IE in msgb->cb, which
is later used by the GMM layer to identify the cell that has sent a
given message.
This now also means that the gsm_04_08_gprs.c code is free of any
legacy references to msg->trx or struct gsm_bts.
We now expect the highest level (actual SGSN GMM code) to know
all identifiers for every element in the protocol stack, i.e.
TLLI, SAPI, BVCI and NSEI. The layer-inetrnal state is looked
up based on those identifiers.
The reason for this is to ensure only the highest level state
needs to be persistent, while everything else can be regenerated
dynamically (e.g. in a SGSN restart)
In the old code
l3h = BSSGP, l4h = LLC, cb[gmmh] = 04.08
Now, this has been changed to
cb[bssgph] = BSSGP, cb[llch] = LLC, l3h = 04.08
This way, GSM general 04.08 and GPRS 04.08 code can expect a
GSM 04.08 header at msgb->l3h
Instead of continuing to add more and more functionality to the
bsc_hack binary, we should have the new SGSN code run as a separate
executable.
After this commit we now build a 'osmo_sgsn' executable, using its
own osmo_sgsn.cfg config file.
However, the SGSN is not yet functional, mainly due to the fact that
the BSSGP and GMM code are written with the assumption that there
is a msgb->trx->bts and the according 'sturct gsm_bts' data model
around - which clearly is no longer the case outside of bsc_hack.
The ida of the Gb proxy is to aggregate Gb links with a number of BSS
and then present all the BSSGP-VC's together inside one NS-VC to the
actual SGSN.
The code is not yet expected to be complete.
According to TS 08.16, the BSSGP layer needs to specify NSEI and BVCI when
executing the NS UNITDATA REQUEST primitive of the underlying NS layer.
Rather than passing around a pointer to the 'struct gprs_nsvc', we now
have NSEI and BVCI as members of 'struct obsc_msgb_cb' and set them
when BSSGP hands a message down to NS.
NS then does a lookup of the 'gprs_nsvc' based on the NSEI parameter.
* move UDP listener code for NSIP from input/ipaccess.c and into gprs_ns.c
* add PDU type, IE and CAUSE values for later IP based 3GPP TS 48.016
* support multiple NS-VCs and their lookup based on NSVC and sockaddr_in
* maintain the remote_state (blocked/alive) for each NSVC
* introduce the concept of GPRS_NS instances, move all global vars to instance
* remove hardcoded calls to gprs_bssgp_rcvmsg() and replace it by callback
WARNING: This is not finished code. While it will compile, it will not work
yet, as BSSGP needs to be converted to properly indicate the NSVC to which it
needs to send data.
The explicit 'tlli, gmmh' members of struct msgb are gone from
current libosmocore and have been replaced by the more generic
'control buffer' mechanism.
While doing 'nm' on a VTY-using object file I noticed that all
cmd_elements are global symbols, which is not good.
Unfortuantely there are some vty-internal cmd_elements that need
to span across object files, so I had to introduce gDEFUN()
and gALIAS(). The old macros now all declare static structures.
I assume the original code crashed with a double free as we
have a cleanup at the end of the method. Return from the routine
like the case label below. This is fixing a memory leak I am
experimenting.
Stop using the global vty context for all allocations
and allow to embed the buffer into a given context, and
allocate sub buffers with the context of its parent.
The previous code just hardcoded RSL_BCCH_CCCH_CONF_1_C, but
we need to inspect the timeslot config to know what to use.
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Munaut <tnt@246tNt.com>
This breaks the ARM build in osmocom-bb. Besides uint??_t seems to
be the preferred type in osmocore. (coming from stdint.h vs sys/types.h)
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Munaut <tnt@246tNt.com>
Stop the tx_timer when deleting the link on top of that ts. Otherwise
bad things might happen. E.g. when scheduling a write on OML and then
the OML link vanishes...
This is a slight layering violation as there could be more than
one signalling link on the timeslot (at least in theory) so the
queue and the timer should move to the e1inp_sign_link.
Be able to tune the RACH settings of the BTS via the vty interface,
by default they are initialized to -1 which means we will use the
content of the static array (BTS default) and can be changed via
the VTY interface. I have verified the setting on the nanoBTS with
wireshark and I have tested writing the config file.
When allowing to reallocate an allocated endpoint we will need
to free it first. When freeing we will free the call id and other
ids that we would have leaked otherwise.
This routine should operate on different packets and the
dummy load is smaller than a legitimate RTP header so it
is unlikely we will filture out genuine traffic.
The reason is the dummy load might be send more than once.
This can be used by higher level code to send one dummy
message from the audio port to the network. This can be
used to make the remote discover the nated port of this
endpoint.
My previous attempt to only add the hunks I changed broke the
format of the patch and this time I am just dumping my current
patch on top of these patches.
This is an ip.access specific 08.58 oddity. It reports 0xffff
available paging buffers if the paging load is below the 12.21
CCCH LOAD INDICATION THRESHOLD.
We use 50, since that is what it reports if the threshold == 0.
The actual 'Extension Length' field in the 'GPRS Cell Options' IE
is coded the length - 1, not the full length. Without this fix,
the code has an off-by-one error.
Extension Information is part of the GPRS Cell Options IE, as
specified in Chapter 12.24 of TS 04.60. It is needed for
indicating EDGE capabilities of the BTS to the MS.
This simply adds the code to encode this IE as part of SI13,
but does not actually use the code yet.
According to TS 08.18, BVCI=0 is for the SIGNALLING entity,
and BVCI=1 is for the PTM entity. Both should not be used
by the PTP entity that we're configuring here.
The current setting was not properly written out, this commit is
fixing it. This includes indention, empty bts ip, wrong command
for endpoints and the wrong number (+1 as zero is allocated but
unused).
Free all allocated channels on the TRX that failed, go through
lchan_free to signal higher layers and then force a reset of
the channel. Make the TRX and TS unusable by setting the operational
set to 0 (not really defined) which should be reset once the
RSL is coming up again.
This is addressing multiple issues regarding the loss of the
OML/RSL link to the BTS.
1.) When we lose the OML link, close down all RSL connections
on all TRXs (only tested with one TRX) and free the e1inp_line
allocated for the OML connection.
2.) When we lose the RSL link on any TRX and we know to which
lines this connection belongs, we will close down the OML connection
as we have a problem to just reactivate one RSL link.
3.) When we lose the RSL link on any TRX and we do not know
where it belongs to we will free the bfd we have allocated in the
rsl listen/accept method and we properly close the socket (i could
not test this one properly). This is made under the assumption
the BTS has not responded to the ID request.
4.) When we already have a bts->oml_link we will throw it away
and use the new link (it should not happen) and the same applies
to the rsl link.
For GSM V1 FR, the payload type is fixed to 3 in the RFC.
But for the other codecs, the payload type is dynamically assigned
between 96 and 127. Here, we use a static mapping internal to OpenBSC.
This patch is needed to make a rather old 139 unit (with sw version
120a002_v149b42d0) work with something else than FR codec. I also tested
this patch on a newer 139 (with sw version 120a352_v267b22d0) to make
sure it didn't add a regression. More testing with newer EDGE units
should be done by whoever has some of theses.
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Munaut <tnt@246tNt.com>
The previous code only sent the FILE_ID tag data part,
but according to the GSM 12.21 spec, section 8.3.6, the
full SW Description 'object' must be sent so that includes
the NM_ATT_SW_DESCR tag, the whole FILE_ID and the whole
FILE_VERSION (including tags & length fields).
Note that functionnaly on a nanoBTS 139 I couldn't see any
difference ... whatever I send in there it works ...
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Munaut <tnt@246tNt.com>
Right now I'm seeing crashes when removing a link and deleting
it and I need this hack to make it not crash. We will have to
understand if llist_for_each_entry_safe has a bug or if we are
doing something bad with the list (anchors not properly initialized).
Reducing the throttling to this value created a regression with
bringing up RSL on the nanoBTS 900. We do seem to have a bug/issue
in the bsc_init code and might send a command too early without this
longer wait period and then the state transition does not happen.
For now it is agreed that reverting is the best thing to do.
Debugged-by: Sylvain Munaut <246tnt@gmail.com>
This reverts commit f5284ae1cf.
Set the state to activation to avoid a warning about the
getting a CHAN ACK without waiting for it. We set it in
the code to make sure it is set after all error checking
to avoid inconsistent state as the state is only set back
to NONE/ACT due replies from the BTS.
Currently our GSM04.11 code is closing the link for SAPI=3
and this would mean that the whole channel would be scheduled
for close... where we only want to close everything when freeing
the lchan or handling an error.
The current code was overly complex. It tried to iterate over
the list in a round robin and we had to keep track of the last
element, see if we remove that one, check if the list becomes
empty... This can all replaced by treating the double linked
list as a queue. We take the item at the front, do something
on it and then and then put it back to the list at the end.
On the nanoBTS we do not receive any load indication for the
paging channel and we just decrement our available slots and
the unsigned int wraps to the maximum value. Together with a
not yet understood bug this makes us go amock.
For the nanoBTS and even the Siemens BS11 resetting the load
to 20 after two seconds should be just fine. For the nanoBTS
we would need to reset the 20 a lot more earlier but we need
to take a look at how often we run low.
Send a Paging Request to the BTS every two seconds. This way it is
unlikely that a phone will try to respond to two paging requests as
it is currently happening.
The length field of the IPA header allows to have 16bit numbers
and I just ran into the 300 byte limit with MGCP messages. Make it
three times the size and see how long this is going to be enough.
For some mode of operation it can be acceptable to reallocate
an already allocated endpoint. This can be the case when we
only deal with one call agent that is keeping track of the
endpoint but slightly confused.
Currently vty_interface.c is used for the BSC config, in case of
the MGCP Gateway or the BSC Nat process these logging commands are
not available. Move the commands to a new vty_interface_cmds.c file
to allow to share basic commands across different programs.
we will need the call identifier for the MDCX and DLCX message
for now we were just assuming it would increment, use som python
to extract the CI from a possible response, also switch back to
a blocking read to test the BSC nat.
Move the conversion of GSM0808 timeslot and multiplex from
the bssap.c into the mgcp.h so it can be reused by multiple
users. The weird math comes from the mapping of the MSC...
E.g. when the underlying connection transport medium is gone
one needs to force to close SCCP connections, add this helper.
It will remove the connection from the list of connections and
it will free the data.
Make the source address mandantory and complain about
complain when it is missing. The address is mandantory
as it needs to be put into the MGCP messages...
When we have assigned the cn we will use mempcy to copy the one
byte into the target. Use a static assert to assure that the type
have the same size.
warning: dereferencing type-punned pointer will break strict-aliasing rules
This code simply enables the channel allocator to understand the
dynamic TCH/F / PDCH channel type as used by ip.access nanoBTS.
It does not actually try to switch the dynamic mode, but instead
sends signals to a (not yet present) dynamic switching algorithm.
Before this patch, there was a bug in the code caused by a memcpy
from one data structure to another. unfortuantely the data structures
were not the same, so we have to explicitly iterate over the array
and assign the structure members manually.
The logging/debugging code is generic enough to move it into libosmocore
while keeping OpenBSC specific definitions in openbsc itself.
This commit uses the logging support present in libosmocore-0.1.2,
you will have to update your library to this version.
As the debug subsystem number is used as index into the debug_info_cat
array, there is no need to store the number explicitly inside the
structure again.
Instead of deleting the msgb within the SCCP library the implementor
of the write callback needs to free it. This is required for non
blocking io with the server.
The "sms send pending" VTY command did not work due a mismatch
of types. We are specifying a unsigned long long in the query
and provided DBI with a signed integer type. The result was a
failure do find any information.
Change the API to operate on unsigned long long that is matching
the id of the SMS and the Subscriber and the mismatch with the
query string is gone and pending SMS are sent.
The 08.08 API will interface with the internal BSC code and it is
the boundary between MSC and BSC. So nothing that calls the BSC
functionality should know about lchan or such.
Change the MSC transaction code to operate on a GSM Subscriber Connection
instead of the lchan. This will help us to separate the two commands properly.
Together with the previos -e Number option one can easily turn on
debugging without needing to remember the category masks for a quick
check on what is going on.
When we are on a TCH/H or TCH/F always use the SACH for SAPI!=0
for the establishment otherwise it will never be answered. This
can be tested by starting to page with a traffic channel and then
trying to submit the SMS.
The code in 354ef81d80 checked
for fd >= 0 but on startup the struct is memset to 0 so this
test is true. Initialize the fds to -1 to make the code work
and be able to handle all ranges of the fd.
Attempt to read the three byte IPA header. If we read 0 then
the socket can be closed otherwise we need to read three bytes, if
we don't we do have a failure.
After having parsed the header we need to evaluate the length,
if the length is bigger than would fit into our buffer we will
ignore that and print an error.
This is fixing a crash when the BTS is crashing...
This code used to be a sleep, it was changed to be a timer by Andreas
but this timer does not seem to have any use. When doing the sw load
this timer is increasing the upload time dramatically, reduce it to
make it work faster.
Currently one has to put -w in front of -f to really write the
firmware file to disk. Change the config handling to first take
all parameters and then execute on them. This means -f can now
be used with any other parameter.
Fix a infinite loop when establishing a new RSL connection and the
BSC is identifying itself with a unit id of an already established
RSL connection. The infinite loops happens because we are corrupting
the the linuxlist inside the bsc_fd when registering the bfd twice.
Due the lack of proper authentication favor the new RSL connection
as the real one and close the previous one.
Even when removing AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR aclocal insisted that it
needs to have a m4 directory. Make it happy by providing one. As git
is not tracking directories I needed to add a dummy file.
This new gprs-conf branch is intended to contain everything needed
to configure GPRS in the nanoBTS, but without implementing the SGSN/GGSN
functionality.
The SGSN/GGSN development will happen in a branch based on this branch
called "gprs-sgsn"
Use the start address inside the header entry, the start is relative
to the surrounding SDP record which is located in our base offset, when
writing it out also ignore four bytes of something (crc?).
* The length of the table is not at a fixed position. We will need
to read the offset, seek there, read the data, convert it to the
host endianes.
* Prepare the code to work with offsets of 0...
/usr/lib/gcc/i686-pc-linux-gnu/4.3.4/../../../../i686-pc-linux-gnu/bin/ld:
Warning: size of symbol `rsl_rlm_cause_strs' changed from 8 in ./openbsc/src/libbsc.a(abis_rsl.o)
to 120 in /usr/local/lib/libosmocore.so
spotted and sent to the list by Andreas
* I'm doing a nonblocking connect and for this I need to select
on writable and the first thing I need to do is to check the
SOL_SOCKET SO_ERROR state. I realize this by setting a different
cb on the embedded bfd during setup and then go back to the real
implementation.
The write queue can be a dropin replacement for the bsc_fd. It
is featuring two callbacks. One for ready read and one for ready
write. Whenever there is a message in the queue the write_queue
will set the BSC_FD_WRITE flag and then call the write callback.
It will make sure to delete the msgb after the write function
has been called. This class is intended to be be used in the
osmocom, layer2, bsc_msc_ip, bsc_hack and other applications.
The are three policies. Accept, Reject and Defer. This will
allow to handle network connections and such from the policy
callback instead of directly acting on it.
In case of a wrongly formatted AUEP, CRCX, DLCX, MDCX the
transaction id pointer was a dangling pointer... Initialize
the transaction id to a static string..
Also fix a off by one bug. We want to extract four elements
from the MGCP message and not only 3... So a short AUEP message
made it us read too many things.
This change separates the protocol from the actual network code
(bind, forward data). This will allow to more easily hook up the
RTP code from OpenBSC and to not use local sockets at all.
The send_ methods stopped to send the MGCP messages but was
changed to actually just create a msgb_ that can be sent to
a mediagateway. Rename the methods now.
In separation of using the MGCP parsing in another context, refactor
the code to operate on a struct mgcp_config, split out the vty code
from the mgcp_protocol.c, and move the callbacks into the mgcp code.
There should be no functional changes.
From now on, you will have to obtain, build and install libosmocore
before being able to build openbsc. Sorry for that. But I hope
it's a small price to pay for having no code duplication with our
work on the phone side GSM stack!
* use pkg-config from openbsc to find header and library
* move sms and timer tests to libosmocore itself
* ensure "make distcheck" works on both packages
This library is intended to collect all generic/common funcitionality
of all Osmocom.org projects, including OpenBSC but also OsmocomBB
The library currently includes the following modules:
bitvec, comp128, gsm_utils, msgb, select, signal, statistics, talloc, timer,
tlv_parse, linuxlist
msgb allocation error debugging had to be temporarily disabled as it depends on
'debug.c' functionality which at the moment remains in OpenBSC
Using msgb->data only works as long as msgb->data == msgb->l2h.. In
the case of receiving a MSU unit from a E1 link, or even receiving
the IPA header we will have some non SCCP data at msgb->data and then
cast garbage to what we think is making sense..
Use msgb->l2h and everything is fine.
* Close the socket when the bind is failing.
* Close the socket when the listen is failing.
* Close the socket then the bsc_register_fd is failing.
* Return an error when the socket call is not returning a socket.
The msgb class is using the debug framework and needs to be able
to output data. We would need a way to add custom areas or to have
the struct of areas outside of the default debug.c... but this can
happen at a later point.
* include <sys/types.h> to have a definition of the u_intX_t types
* include "linuxlist.h" via local includes so it can be found from
the liblaf0rge directory where <openbsc/ does not exit.
Do not directly send data from inside the mgcp_protocol.c
implementation. Instead allocate and return a struct msgb*. The
caller can then either wrap that into the IPA protcol or directly
send it over the UDP socket.
* Call a callback when the endpoint was created, modified or deleted. This
can be used by the BSC MUX to send a MGCP packet over TCP to the right
the BSC to allocate the endpoint there with the right data, or it can be
used in the BSC to send the right commands to the BTS.
* Separate main process and protocol handling into two parts.
* Change the protocol handling to work with UDP and TCP connection
* This will allow to speak MGCP over TCP between the BSC MUX and
the real BSC.
In plain forward mode we don't have DLCX which will clean
and reset the configuration. We will need to remember the
last GSM BTS port and send data to it.
* Do not only check the IP but also the port to figure out
where to send the data
* Do not memset the endp->remote inside the bind_rtp but from
inside the crcx as this will be modified by the MDCX
Rename the variables to refer to the fact that they are
the ports of the remote.
So we have:
rtp_port as the local address we are binding to
net_rtp for the network rtp
bsc_rtp for the bsc rtp
I want to reuse the SCCP code for header parsing in the BSC
NAT to identify data and patch the source local reference. To do
this the current handle_* methods will be changed into two parts
one is strictly parsing the other is handling the parsed data.
If the lchan has AMR as speech codec we also need to send the
multirate config IE in the channel activation. This is already
done for the RSL Channel Modify message.
the unix select function returns a set of file descriptors to be
handled. the result-loop (the loop after the select()) is called again,
if more than one descriptor is removed by the callback funtion. this may
lead to a another call to the callback function, because the bits of the
FD_SETs do not change and still set.
i think we must clear these bits, if they are handled, so the handler
will not be called twice in case of a "restart" of that loop.
The way the VTY configuration sytem works is that it first registers a
BTS of type GSM_BTS_TYPE_UNKNOWN and then sets the type correctly (after
encountering the type statement). This makes sure that registering a BTS
of type UNKNOWN succeeds.
In 39315c4798 we introduced
per-bts OML attribute parser definitions and disallowed
a BTS of type unknown.
However, the VTY code first allocates a BTS with unknown type.
With forward IP in the config and early bind on we will
simply forward RTP data on the endpoints from BTS to the
forward IP address.
This is implemented by disabling MGCP functionality when
a forward IP address was specified, setting the forward IP
in the endp->remote and assigning a ci != CI_UNUSED.
Early bind will make sure the sockets are created, the BSC FD's
are registered and then the normal dispatch code will
do the forwarding.
Some NM attributes are defined differently depending on
the BTS type. Having one big nm_att_tlvdef[] table for
all BTS types is no longer sufficient. This patch
* introduces 'struct gsm_bts_model' to describe a BTS model
* adds definitions of gsm_bts_model for BS-11 and nanoBTS
* changes the abis_nm_tlv_parse() function: include a bts pointer
Currently starting with the opencfg.cfg.nanobts and writing it out
and then trying to start again will not work. The network reject_cause
is initialized to 0 which is not a valid reject reason and when writing
this to the config file and trying to parse it will fail.
Pick roaming not allowed as a harmless option to those phones
accidently trying to connect to the BTS.
These commands let you change the PLL set and work values. Many thanks
to Dieter Spaar for figuring out how to do this!
Now you can just reset your PLL work value if it drifts away due to your
E1 card.
Use it like this: bs11_config pll-workvalue 1000
Whether this function changes the set or the work value depends on your
type of login. In FACTORY login it changes the set value, in FIELD login
it changes the work value (which is what is used by the BS11 to tune the
frequency).
This is useful information to know and actually fixes a segfault
in rllp.c where lchan is accessed even tough it could be NULL in
case of failure.
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Munaut <tnt@246tNt.com>
At least some nanoBTS 139 send the last even (going online) as
'enabled' 'unlocked' but no avail status IE (which I guess mean an empty
set, the doc 12.21 isn't that clear about that).
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Munaut <tnt@246tNt.com>
- One is just to improve the debug prints
- The other fixes a problem in PER encoding found by Dieter Spaar.
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Munaut <tnt@246tNt.com>
Follow up on 424c4f0e29. As pointed out
by Sylvain on the mailinglist I need to remove this here as well.
Do not call db.c code from code that is located in libbsc.a
vty_interface.c is part of libbsc.a but it started to use code
which is found in db.c recently. Fork the subscriber dumping and
provide more information on the layer3+ (MSC) commands. This
is restoring the separation again.
Theses will be useful to know if we can reuse the tuples or if
we should renew. The 'issued' is currently purely informative.
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Munaut <tnt@246tNt.com>
This returns true if the gsm_nm_state can be considered 'running'.
Note that we also accept availability==0xff (which is a code for
no value) because according to 12.21 it is perfectly valid.
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Munaut <tnt@246tNt.com>
The exact sequence the states the BTS goes through is slightly
different for one of the nanoBTS 139 I have and it needs this
to start.
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Munaut <tnt@246tNt.com>
Thise two functions are interfacing with the 04.08 layer 3 to
determine if a particular message should be handled inside
the OpenBSC layer 3, or if it should be handled in the silent call
handler.
* On start the vty code will call the abis_nm method and this
will set the administrative state to unlock/lock
* During startup the BTS will report its state as well and would
possible overwrite the set administrative. We are only going
to update the administrative if it was 0 before. This appears
to work on all of my tests. In case this will not be the case
for others we will have to split the administrative into two
sets one for the BTS and one for the BSC.
* This is used in sw_load_init and sw_load_end and both needs
to be touche for every BTS. Move it into a common method.
* This was only verified on the nanoBTS.
* Do not issue the restart right aways if we have OML IP or
software load in the queue (hint, we need a real queue of operations
to carry out... with one big state machine)
* Change the signal_data of ipacc ACK/NACK to contain the msg type
and the bts pointer.
* Issue a restart for software load and OML and use the BTS pointer
we got out of the new signal data.
We are filling sw_load1 with the information found with type
0x1000 and sw_load2 with type 0x2001. It appears from the protocol
traces that these information is not extracted from them. We also
need to include the \0 from the string.
With this firmware flashing seems to work.
* text3 seems to be a version as the text content starts
with a 'v'
* move the sdp_firmware into the ipaccess.h and declare
the function. The headers are returned through a list.
* The second magic number is only a short and it is
the same for all of my cases
* This also means that the first and second header
are the same which means the unknown 8 byte are
header and file size... and the 122 bytes are
actually multiple strings (just all empty on the
outermost SDP). Adding the strings left us with 120
bytes so we have two bytes of unknown usage..
* This is now capable of parsing outer and inner SDP
files and print their header.
* The internal SDP appears to have a different magic number
than the first entry and a slightly different packet format
* There are 8 byte of binary for at the beginning and the header
ends with a table pointing to some strings and then the actual
firmware follows.
* We currently only parse the strings of that header.
The something3 points to the next start of the SDP
entry. The four bytes in front of the " SDP" are not
known and just discarded. Prepare to be able to
recursively parse the SDP header...
I must have picked in the wrong section of these
files... There are some kind of header entries
that are all 138 byte long and this is the total
length...
In many cases we actually want a name / unique ID for the lchan,
not just for the on-air timeslot... especially in SDCCH/8 case,
where 8 SDCCHs share one timeslot...
When we allocate a channel, we send the RSL CHAN ACT REQ and wait until we get
a CHAN ACT ACK. Only the ACK will change the state, so there is a race where
we allocate that same channel to a different channel request before we get
the ACT ACK.
Introducing a new ACT_REQ state resolves this issue.
When we have received the End Ack we are just doing nothing as we
are done. This means rc remains -1 and we will print a warning but
there is no need to have a warning...
* The FOM header needs to be different. We need to address the
base station transceiver, bts, trx set to 0 and ts to 255
* We need to transfer the the \0 of 'id' and 'version'
* We need to issue a NM_ATT_SW_DESCR (just the value)
* We need to use 16bit length for the other two ids..
* After this our Software Load Init is getting an Ack.
Strictly speaking we would only need to start the Site Manager
and could probably start flashing afterwards but it is more easy
to have one config path...
This will mostly work like the downloading in bs11_config
and is based on the bs11_config state machine as well. Once
it is working we can see how to unite both implementations.
See GSM 04.11 Chapter 5.4 for details. The idea is that when
multi-SMS are mobile originated, it's possible the CP-ACK of
the previous transaction to be lost and the reception of a
new CP-DATA for a new transaction should close previous transaction
"as-if" we had received the CP-ACK ...
Note that testing is hard since it's an exceptional condition that's
hard to create. I tested by temporarly disabling CP-ACK processing
and checked it worked as expected.
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Munaut <tnt@246tNt.com>
The current code used the variable bitmap format, but
that's not possible since in this format the base ARFCN is
part of the set. That lead to a neighbor list containing ARFCN 0.
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Munaut <tnt@246tNt.com>
We need transaction_id to be a int (as returned by trans_assign_trans_id)
to detect the error condition -1.
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Munaut <tnt@246tNt.com>
The idea is to find the highest used id and try to get the
next. This way when there are transactions back to back with
an overlap, we go 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 ...
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Munaut <tnt@246tNt.com>
This marks the departure from printing all the debug messages to the console by
default. We only print NOTICE and WARNING level messages by default
If you're interested in more details, you need to enable it via command
line options or the VTY
The VTY code makes so many allocations that a full report is
simply too long to provide any useful information. So we sub-divide
it in multiple contexts, and report only one level deep at SIGURS1.
We also introduce SIGUSR2 for the full detailed VTY report.
In case we have multiple TRX configured, but not all of them are
actually active/operational, we should not try to allocate channels
from such transceivers.
This proxy allows us to restart OpenBSC while the BTS's are kept
running with their CCCH/BCCH alive. This is very useful to
make sure the phones don't roam to other networks while restarting
OpenBSC.
The proxy also intrduces UDP sockets for injecting UDP packets
into the A-bis data stream.
So far I have not much idea about the format. It is starting with
the magic byte and the header is spanning until the next occurence
of the " SDP" marker.
The magic " SDP" is occuring twice in the file. The first time
seems to be the file header and the second time it is with the
payload. We will need to parse this somehow...
* The two version strings are not in an easy to parse header
and from my trace it appears like the whole file is sent
to the BTS. So just open the firmware file..
Change the counters_store_db function to be a generic for_each
function taking a function pointer and data. Use that in bsc_hack
to store it to the DB.
This is removing the DB requirement and will allow to handle
the counter values in different ways without making the counter
list public.
I verified that the syncing is still taking place.
This is the new logging architecture, including
* support for multiuple logging targets like stderr and vty
* log levels in addition to categories/subsystems
* filtering based on imsi, i.e. only see events for one subscriber
* dynamically change log level for each category for each vty
This has the advantage that counters can be added all over the code
very easily, while having only one routine that stores all of the
current counter values to the database. The counters are synced
every 60 seconds, providing relatively fine grained statistics
about the network usage as time passes by.
Tweaking theses can be useful especially tx-integer that influence
both the spread of rach attemps and the delay between two attemps.
Looking up GSM 04.08 3.3.1.1.2 & 10.5.2.29 can help determine good
values. The default are choosed with a wide spacing between attemps
(tx integer = 9 -> T=12 & S=217 (non-combined CCCH/SDCCH) or 115 (for
combined CCCH/SDCCH)). This alleviates the problem of responding to
several RACH attempts by a same MS, allocating several RF channels when
only 1 is needed.
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Munaut <tnt@246tNt.com>
The previous implementation had some shortcomings:
- If the MIN ID given was not the exact id of the first unsent SMS,
it would try to submit the same sms several time until id++ finally
made id go to the next one.
- If a subscriber had several SMS pending it would try to submit
them individually (only to get rejected because a paging for that
subscriber was already in progress)
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Munaut <tnt@246tNt.com>
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
